UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010



# UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)

DESIGN: PETROLEUM FUEL FACILITIES

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE; DISTRIBUTION UNLIMITEDUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)

CRITERIA FORMAT STANDARD

Any copyrighted material included in this UFC is identified at its point of use. Use of the copyrighted material apart from this UFC must have the permission of the copyright holder.

U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS

NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND (Preparing Activity)

AIR FORCE CIVIL ENGIN EER SUPPORT AGENCY

Record of Changes (changes are indicated by \ 1 \ ... / 1 /)

Change No. Date Location

This UFC supersedes UFC 3

- 460

- 01, dated 16 January 2004

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

i FOREWORD

The Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) system is pr escribed by MIL

- STD 3007 and provides planning, design, construction, sustainment, restoration, and modernization criteria, and applies to the Military Departments, the Defense Agencies, and the DoD Field Activities in accordance with USD (AT&L) Memorandum dated 29 May 2002. UFC will be used for all DoD projects and work for other customers where appropriate. All construction outside of the United States is also governed by Status of Forces Agreements (SOFA), Host Nation Funded Construction Agreements (HNFA), and in some instances, Bilateral Infrastructure Agreements (BIA.) Therefore, the acquisition team must ensure compliance with the more stringent of the UFC, the SOFA, the HNFA, and the BIA, as applicable.

UFC are living documents and will be periodically reviewed, updated, and made available to users as part of the Services’ responsibility for providing technical criteria for military construction. Headquarters, U.S. Army Corps of Engin eers (HQUSACE), Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFAC), and Air Force Center for Engineering and the Environment (AFCEE) are responsible for administration of the UFC system. Defense agencies should contact the preparing service for document interpretation and improvements. Technical content of UFC is the responsibility of the cognizant DoD working group. Recommended changes with supporting rationale should be sent to the respective service proponent office by the following electronic form: Criteria Change Reques t (CCR)

. The form is also accessible from the Internet sites listed below.

UFC are effective upon issuance and are distributed only in electronic media from the following

source:

**•** Whole Building Design Guide web site http://dod.wbdg.org/

. Hard copies of UFC printed from electronic media should be checked against the current electronic version prior to use to ensure that they are current.

______________________________________ JAMES C. DALTON, P.E. Chief, Engi neering and Construction U.S. Army Corps of Engineers ______________________________________ JOSEPH E. GOTT, P.E. Chief Engineer Naval Facilities Engineering Command

______________________________________ DENNIS FIRMAN Director of the Air Force Ce nter for Engineering

and the Environment Department of the Air Force ______________________________________ MICHAEL McANDREW Director, Facility Investment and Management Office of the Deputy Under Secretary of Defense (Installations and Environment)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

ii UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC) REVISION SUMMARY SHEET

Document: UFC 3- 460

- 01 Superseding: UFC 3

- 460

- 01, 16 January 2004 . Note that UFC 3

- 460

- 01, 16 January 2004 did not make any changes to MIL

- HDBK

- 1022, 1 November 1999.

Description of Changes: This update to UFC 3

- 460

- 01 incorporate changes to the design requirements for fuel facilities. These changes are based on lessons learned from the previous guidelines, new technologies, updated requirements by the services for fuel handling and quality, and new regulations and other reference documents. Incorporation of the se changes will decrease the life

- cycle costs by ensuring the integrity of the fueling systems during operations and decreasing maintenance requirements. These changes include, but not limited to updating the references, and the requirements for:

**•** Physical Security (Paragraph 2

- 6)

**•** Electrical Classifications (Paragraph 2

- 12)

**•** Fire Protection (Paragraph 2

- 15)

**•** Canopies (Paragraph 3

- 8)

**•** Fuel Filtration (Table 4

- 1)

**•** Isolation Valves (Paragraph 3

- 6.7)

**•** Tanks (Paragraphs 8

- 4 Thru 8

- 10)

**•** Aboveground Tank Spill Containm ent Systems (Paragraph 8- 14 )

**•** Tank Appurtenances, (Table 8

- 1)

**•** Coating Systems, (8

- 3.9, 9

- 6 Thru 9

- 9)

**•** Piping Systems (paragraph 9

- 2.1). This update also includes hyperlinks between the Table of Contents to the document, and the document to the glossary and references.

Reasons for Changes:

**•** Requirements for the fueling systems and related facilities have changed due to the type of fuels currently used, and the quality requirements for these fuels. The quality requirements for these fuels are set by the Na val Air Systems Command, Naval Sea Systems Command, Air Force Petroleum Office, and the Army Petroleum Office.

**•** Many of the changes are from lessons learned from design, construction, maintenance and operations of the fuel facilities.

**•** Many of the references have changed or out dated.

Impact: T he changes to this UFC will i mpact the design and cost of fuel facilities. However, the following benefits should be realized.

**•** Ensure that the fuel quality issued to the DoD aircraft, trucks, ships, and vehicles is such that no damage is realized to all of the DoD assetsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

iii **•** By ensuring that all fuel facilities will be standardized throughout the tri

services.

**•** Decrease the amount of maintenance and repair required on the fuel facility system.

Non

- Unified Items: Th ere are a few items that are either Navy, Air Force or Army specific. The list below summarizes these items, along with the justification for it to be Service Specific:

**•** The Navy requires the use of a fusible link butterfly valve at the inlet to truck fill stand and on supply and return risers at aircraft direct fueling stations . The Navy’s position for fusible link valves is primarily because JP- 5, which is primarily used by the Navy, does not have the Static dissipater additive (SDA) , so it is more likel y to spark during transport thru pipelines and equipment than any other fuel. (Refer to paragraph 2

- 3.14.3). The fusible link will shut if there is a fire or other high

- temperature event. Also, the Navy’s aircraft direct fueling stations are designed to hot refuel aircraft, so the fusible link will also protect the aircraft if there is a high

- temperature event between the tank and the fusible link.

**•** The Air Force allows the use of internally coated filter separators and piping from the filter/separators t o the skin of the aircraft. Since it is Air Force policy to always filter the fuel at the skin of the aircraft, any paint and carbon particles in the fuel will be filtered before entering the aircraft. The Navy does not filter at the skin of the aircraft, therefore the filter

separator must be either aluminum or stainless steel, and the piping from the filter

- separator to the aircraft is to be stainless steel.

**•** This UFC references Service

- Specific documents, which the tri -service fuel community does not oversee. Also, each service has its own requirements for fuel quality and operations.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

iv ABSTRACT

This guidance is for individual project planning and for preparing engineering and construction documentation

. Basic guidance is provided to professional f acility planners, engineers, and architects for use in designing liquid fueling and dispensing facilities, liquefied petroleum gas facilities, and compressed natural gas facilities. Included are basic requirements for the design of fueling systems; the de sign of receiving, dispensing, and storage facilities; ballast treatment and s ludge removal; corrosion and fire protection; and environmental requirements.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

v TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION

..................................................................................... 1 1-1 SCOPE

...................................................................................................... 1 1-2 USE OF UFC

............................................................................................. 1 1-3 PURPOSE OF CRITERIA

.......................................................................... 1 1-4 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DoD) FUELS FACILITY ENGINEERING PANEL

....................................................................................................... 1 1-5 SERVICE HEADQUA RTERS SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS (SME)

....... 1 1-6 WAIVERS

.................................................................................................. 2 1-7 RELATED CRITERIA

................................................................................. 2 1-8 POLICY

...................................................................................................... 2 1-9 REFERENCED STANDARDS

................................................................... 2 1- 10 PROJECTS OUTSIDE OF CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES

................. 3 1- 10.1 NATO Standards

....................................................................................... 3 1- 10.2 Non

- NATO Projects

................................................................................... 3 CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL DESIGN INFORMATION

....................................................... 4 2-1 OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES

................................................................ 4 2-2 FUEL SPECIFICATIONS

........................................................................... 4 2-3 FUEL PROPERTIES AND ADDITIVES

..................................................... 5 2- 3.1 Motor Gasoline (Mogas) [F

- 46] [ ASTM D4814 ]

.......................................... 5 2- 3.2 Aviation Gasoline (Avgas) [F

- 18] [ ASTM D910 ]

......................................... 5 2- 3.3 Aviation Turbine Fuels

............................................................................... 5 2- 3.4 Kerosene [ASTM D3699 ]

........................................................................... 6 2- 3.5 Diesel Fuels

............................................................................................... 7 2- 3.6 Burner Fuel Oils

......................................................................................... 8 2- 3.7 Alternative Fuel (E85) [ASTM D5798]

........................................................ 9 2- 3.8 Alternative Fuel Bio

- Diesel (B20)

............................................................... 9 2- 3.9 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

............................................................... 10 2- 3.10 Compresse d Natural Gas (CNG)

............................................................. 11 2- 3.11 OTTO Fuels

............................................................................................. 12 2- 3.12 Lubricating Oils

........................................................................................ 12 2- 3.13 Hydrazine - Water (H

- 70) [MIL

- PRF

- 26536]

............................................ 12 2- 3.14 Fuel Additives

.......................................................................................... 13 2-4 PRODUCT SEGREGATION

.................................................................... 14 2- 4.1 Product Grades

........................................................................................ 14 2- 4.2 Exceptions

............................................................................................... 14 2-5 TRANSFER FLOW RATES

..................................................................... 14 2-6 PHYSICAL SECURITY

............................................................................ 16 2- 6.1 Antiterrorism and Physical Security

......................................................... 16 2- 6.2 Security Fencing

...................................................................................... 16 2-7 MAINTAINABILITY CAPABILITIES

......................................................... 16 2-8 VOICE COMMUNICATIONS

................................................................... 17 2-9 OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

.................................................................. 17 2- 9.1 Data Communications

.............................................................................. 17 2- 9.2 Fire Alarm Communication

...................................................................... 17 2- 10 VAPOR RECOVERY

............................................................................... 17 2- 11 WORKER SAFETY

.................................................................................. 17UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

vi 2- 11.1 Safety Showers and Eyewash F ountains

................................................. 17 2- 12 ELECTRICAL DESIGN

............................................................................ 18 2- 12.1 Area Classifications

................................................................................. 18 2- 12.2 Illumination

............................................................................................... 20 2- 12.3 Grounding and Bonding

........................................................................... 20 2- 13 CATHODIC PROTECTION

...................................................................... 22 2- 13.1 Tanks

....................................................................................................... 22 2- 13.2 Piping

....................................................................................................... 22 2- 13.3 Structures

................................................................................................ 23 2- 14 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

......................................................... 23 2- 14.1 General Policy

......................................................................................... 23 2- 14.2 Regulations

.............................................................................................. 23 2- 14.3 Transfer of Fuel at Ports

.......................................................................... 24 2- 14.4 Air Quality Control

.................................................................................... 25 2- 14.5 Water Quality Control

............................................................................... 26 2- 14.6 Aboveground Storage Tanks

................................................................... 28 2- 14.7 Underground Storage Tanks

.................................................................... 29 2- 15 FIRE PROTECTION

................................................................................ 29 2- 15.1 General Requirements

............................................................................. 29 2- 15.2 Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks

.............................................. 29 2- 15.3 Fire Protection of Pumping Facilities

....................................................... 30 2- 15.4 Fire Protection of Underground Vertical Storage Tanks

.......................... 30 2- 15.5 Protection of Tank Truck and Tank Car Facilities

.................................... 31 2- 15.6 Protection of Aircraft Fueling Facilities

..................................................... 31 2- 15.7 Protection of Fuel Testing Laboratory

...................................................... 31 2- 15.8 Protection of Support Facilities

................................................................ 31 2- 15.9 Protection of Fuel Piers

............................................................................ 31 2- 16 EMERGENCY SHUT

- DOWN

.................................................................. 31 2- 17 ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION HAZARDS

...................................... 32 2- 18 IDENTIFICATION

.................................................................................... 32 2- 19 ANTISTATIC DESIGN

............................................................................. 32 2- 19.1 Piping Inlet Connections

.......................................................................... 32 2- 19.2 Enclosed Vapor Spaces

........................................................................... 32 2- 19.3 Filter/Separators

...................................................................................... 33 2- 19.4 Aircraft Direct Fueli ng Stations

................................................................ 33 2- 19.5 Truck Bottom Loading

.............................................................................. 33 2- 20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

........................ 33 2- 20.1 Equipment Operation and Maintenance Documentation

......................... 33 2- 20.2 Operation and Maintenance Support Information (OMSI)

........................ 33 2- 21 PROTECTION AGAINST SEISMIC ACTIVITY

........................................ 33 2- 22 STRUCTURAL DESIGN

.......................................................................... 34 2- 23 CONCRETE

............................................................................................. 34 2- 24 AIRFIELD/AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS

................................................ 34 2- 25 PERMITS

................................................................................................ . 34 CHAPTER 3 - BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITIES

..................................................... 35 3-1 INTRODUCTION

..................................................................................... 35 3-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

.................................................................. 35UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

vii 3-3 RECEIVING FACILITIES

......................................................................... 35 3- 3.1 Pipeline Receiving Facilities

.................................................................... 35 3- 3.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- loading Facilities

....................................... 37 3- 3.3 Marine Off

- loading Facilities

.................................................................... 42 3-4 DISPENSING FACILITIES

....................................................................... 43 3- 4.1 Pipeline Pumping Facilities

...................................................................... 43 3- 4.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading Facilities

............................................ 44 3- 4.3 Marine Loading Facilities

......................................................................... 49 3-5 PIPING SYSTEMS

.................................................................................. 49 3- 5.1 Product Segregation

................................................................................ 49 3-6 EQUIPMENT D ESCRIPTIONS

................................................................ 50 3- 6.1 Bulk Air Eliminators

.................................................................................. 50 3- 6.2 Meters

...................................................................................................... 50 3-6 .3 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges

................................................... 51 3- 6.4 Strainers

.................................................................................................. 51 3- 6.5 Surge Suppressors

.................................................................................. 52 3- 6.6 Pumps

...................................................................................................... 52 3- 6.7 Valves

...................................................................................................... 53 3- 6.8 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

................................... 57 3- 6.9 Diaphragm Control Valves

....................................................................... 57 3- 6.10 Thermometers

......................................................................................... 58 3- 6.11 Fuel Hoses

............................................................................................... 59 3-7 CONTROLS

............................................................................................. 59 3- 7.1 Design Requirements

.............................................................................. 59 3- 7.2 Flow Controls

........................................................................................... 59 3- 7.3 Pump Controls

......................................................................................... 59 3-8 CANOPIES

.............................................................................................. 61 3- 8.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets

............................................................ 61 3- 8.2 Canopies to Reduce Stormwater

............................................................. 62 3-9 PRODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS

........................................................ 62 3- 10 FUEL ADDITIVES

.................................................................................... 62 CHAPTER 4 - AIRCRAFT FUELING FACILITIES

......................................................... 63 4-1 INTRODUCTION

..................................................................................... 63 4- 1.1 Function

................................................................................................... 63 4- 1.2 Aviation Turbine Fuels

............................................................................. 63 4- 1.3 Special Precautions for Av iation Turbine Fuel Quality

............................. 63 4-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

.................................................................. 64 4-3 RECEIVING FACILITIES

......................................................................... 64 4- 3.1 Pipeline Receiving Facilities

.................................................................... 64 4- 3.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading Facilities

...................................... 66 4- 3.3 Mari ne Off

- Loading Facilities

................................................................... 71 4- 3.4 Special In

- Bound Filtration

....................................................................... 71 4-4 DISPENSING FACILITIES

....................................................................... 71 4- 4.1 Refueler Truck Fillstands

......................................................................... 71 4- 4.2 Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems

................................................................ 77 4- 4.3 Marine Loading Facilities

......................................................................... 81 4-5 PIPING SYSTEMS

.................................................................................. 81UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

viii 4- 5.1 Product Segregation

................................................................................ 81 4-6 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS

................................................................ 82 4- 6.1 Bulk Air Eliminators

.................................................................................. 82 4- 6.2 Meters

...................................................................................................... 82 4- 6.3 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges

................................................... 83 4- 6.4 Strainers

.................................................................................................. 83 4- 6.5 Surge Suppressors

.................................................................................. 84 4- 6.6 Filter/Separators

...................................................................................... 84 4- 6.7 Pumps

...................................................................................................... 86 4- 6.8 Valves

...................................................................................................... 87 4- 6.9 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

................................... 90 4- 6.10 Diaphragm Control Valves

....................................................................... 91 4- 6.11 Fuel Hoses

............................................................................................... 92 4-7 CONTROLS

............................................................................................. 92 4- 7.1 Design Requirements

.............................................................................. 92 4- 7.2 Flow Controls

........................................................................................... 93 4- 7.3 Pump Controls

......................................................................................... 93 4-8 CANOPIES

.............................................................................................. 95 4- 8. 1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets

............................................................ 95 4- 8.2 Canopies to Reduce Stormwater

............................................................. 95 4-9 FUEL ADDITIVES

.................................................................................... 95 4- 9.1 Plus 100 Additive

..................................................................................... 95 4- 10 DEFUELING AND RETURN

- TO

- BULK (RTB) SYSTEMS

....................... 95 4- 10.1 General Criteria

....................................................................................... 95 4- 10.2 JP- 5 Systems

........................................................................................... 96 4- 10.3 JP- 8 Systems

........................................................................................... 96 4- 11 P RODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS

........................................................ 97 4- 11.1 Tank Trucks and Fuel Bowsers

............................................................... 97 4- 11.2 Return to Bulk

.......................................................................................... 97 CHAPTER 5 - MARINE RECEIVING AND DISPENSING FACILITIES

....................... 100 5-1 FUNCTION

............................................................................................ 100 5-2 FUEL PIERS AND WHARVE S

.............................................................. 100 5-3 BERTHING PIERS

................................................................................ 100 5-4 OFFSHORE MOORINGS

...................................................................... 100 5-5 GENER AL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 100 5-6 GENERAL LAYOUT

.............................................................................. 100 5-7 PIPING SYSTEMS

................................................................................ 101 5- 7.1 Piping Arrangement

............................................................................... 101 5-8 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS

.............................................................. 102 5- 8.1 Loading/Off

- Loading Arms

..................................................................... 102 5- 8.2 Fuel Hoses

............................................................................................. 102 5- 8.3 Submarine Fuel Hoses

.......................................................................... 102 5- 8.4 Meters

.................................................................................................... 103 5- 8.5 Strainers

................................................................................................ 103 5- 8.6 Surge Suppressors

................................................................................ 104 5- 8.7 Valves

.................................................................................................... 104 5- 8.8 Other Valves

.......................................................................................... 107UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

ix 5- 8.9 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges

................................................. 107 5- 8.10 Stripper Pumps

...................................................................................... 108 5- 8.11 Excess Flow Sensors

............................................................................. 108 5- 8.12 Solid Cyclonic Separators

...................................................................... 108 5- 8.13 Grounding Systems

............................................................................... 108 5- 8.14 Special Considerations for AviationTurbine Fuels

................................ . 108 5-9 PRODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS

...................................................... 108 5- 10 WEATHER SHEDS

................................................................................ 109 5- 11 CANOPIES

............................................................................................ 109 5- 12 SPECIAL CALCULA TIONS

................................................................... 109 5- 13 SAFETY SHOWERS AND EYEWASH FOUNTAINS

............................ 109 5- 14 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS

............................................................................ 109 5- 15 SPECIAL DRAINAGE FOR FUELING PIERS

....................................... 109 5- 16 BALLAST TREATMENT AND SLUDGE REMOVAL

............................. 110 5- 16.1 Ballast Receiving and Treatment Facilities

............................................ 110 5- 17 SLUDGE REMOVAL SYSTEMS

........................................................... 112 5- 17.1 Design Requirements

............................................................................ 11 2 5- 17.2 Sludge Disposal

..................................................................................... 112 5- 17.3 Piping Materials

..................................................................................... 112 CHAPTER 6 - INTERTERMINAL AND INSTALLATI ON PIPELINES

.......................... 113 6-1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 113 6-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 113 6-3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

................................................................... 113 6- 3.1 Fuel Segregation

................................................................................... 113 6- 3.2 Applicable Regulations

.......................................................................... 113 6- 3.3 Sampling

................................................................................................ 113 6- 3.4 Pigging

................................................................................................... 114 6- 3.5 Surge Suppression

................................................................................ 114 6-4 PIPING SYSTEMS

................................................................................ 114 6-5 EQUIPMENT

......................................................................................... 114 6- 5.1 Meters

.................................................................................................... 114 6- 5.2 Manual Valves

....................................................................................... 114 6- 5.3 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

................................ . 117 6- 5.4 Diaphragm Control V alves

..................................................................... 118 6- 5.5 Strainers

................................................................................................ 119 6- 5.6 Surge Suppressors

................................................................................ 120 6- 5.7 Pigging Equipment

................................................................................. 120 6- 5.8 Pumps

.................................................................................................... 120 6- 5.9 Sampling Connections

........................................................................... 120 6- 5.10 Special Consideration for AviationTurbine Fuels

................................... 120 6-6 PRODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS

...................................................... 121 6-7 CANOPIES

............................................................................................ 121 6- 7.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets

.......................................................... 121 6- 7.2 Canopies to Reduce Stormwater

........................................................... 121 6-8 SPECIAL CALCULATIONS

................................................................... 121 CHAPTER 7 - GROUND PRODUCTS FUELING FACILITIES

................................... 122 7-1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 122UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

x 7- 1.1 Types of Facilities

.................................................................................. 122 7-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 122 7-3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

................................................................... 122 7- 3.1 Fuel Segregation

................................................................................... 122 7- 3.2 Facility Size

............................................................................................ 122 7- 3.3 Facili ty Configurations

............................................................................ 123 7- 3.4 Shelters

.................................................................................................. 123 7- 3.5 Concrete Fueling Area – Filling Stations

................................................ 123 7- 3.6 Concrete Fueling Area – Tactical Refueler Truck Loading Facilities

...... 123 7- 3.7 Canopies

................................................................................................ 123 7- 3. 8 Regulations

............................................................................................ 124 7- 3.9 Bottom Loading

...................................................................................... 124 7-4 STORAGE TANKS

................................................................................ 124 7-5 PIPING SYSTEMS

................................................................................ 124 7- 5.1 Piping System – Tactical Refueler Facilities

.......................................... 124 7- 5.2 Aboveground Piping System – Filling Station s

...................................... 124 7-6 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS

.............................................................. 124 7- 6.1 Filling Stations

....................................................................................... 124 7- 6.2 Tactical Refueler Truck Loading Facilities

............................................. 125 7- 6.3 Valves

.................................................................................................... 125 7- 6.4 Diaphragm Control Valves

..................................................................... 126 7- 6.5 Other Valves

.......................................................................................... 126 7-7 VAPOR RECOVERY

............................................................................. 127 CHAPTER 8 - ATMOSPHERIC STORAGE TANKS

................................................... 128 8-1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 128 8-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 128 8-3 GENERAL C RITERIA

............................................................................ 128 8- 3.1 Materials

................................................................................................ 128 8- 3.2 Protection

............................................................................................... 128 8- 3.3 Desig n Requirements

............................................................................ 128 8- 3.4 Storage Capacity

................................................................................... 128 8- 3.5 Tank Spacing

......................................................................................... 129 8- 3.6 Distance from Buildings and Property Lines

.......................................... 130 8- 3.7 Distance from Roadway, Railroads and Power Lines

............................ 131 8- 3.8 Dista nce from Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading and Loading

....... 132 8- 3.9 Interior Coatings

.................................................................................... 132 8- 3.10 Exterior Coatings

................................................................................... 132 8- 3.11 Fill Piping

............................................................................................... 133 8- 3.12 Vapor Emission Control Systems

.......................................................... 133 8- 3.13 St rapping Tables

.................................................................................... 133 8- 3.14 Product Recovery Systems

.................................................................... 133 8- 3.15 Registration

............................................................................................ 134 8-4 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS (SINGLE

- WALL STEEL)

...... 134 8- 4.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 134 8- 4.2 Installati on

.............................................................................................. 134 8-5 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS (DOUBLE

- WALL STEEL)

.... 135 8- 5.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 135UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

xi 8- 5.2 Installation

.............................................................................................. 135 8-6 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS (FIRE

- RESISTANT)

............. 136 8- 6.1 Gener al Design Considerations

............................................................. 136 8- 6.2 Installation

.............................................................................................. 136 8-7 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS ( PROTECTED TANKS )

....... 137 8- 7.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 137 8- 7.2 Installation

.............................................................................................. 137 8-8 ABOVEGROUND VERTIC AL STORAGE TANKS

................................ . 138 8- 8.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 138 8- 8.2 Tank Roofs

............................................................................................ 139 8- 8.3 Internal Floating Pans

............................................................................ 139 8- 8.4 Tank Bottoms

......................................................................................... 140 8- 8.5 Foundations

........................................................................................... 140 8-9 UNDERGROUND HORIZONTAL STORAGE TANKS

........................... 141 8- 9.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 141 8- 9.2 Insta llation

.............................................................................................. 142 8- 10 UNDERGROUND VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS (Cut and Cover)

...... 142 8- 10.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 142 8- 11 APPURTENANCES

............................................................................... 143 8- 12 HEATERS

.............................................................................................. 143 8- 12.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 143 8- 12.2 Heating Medium

..................................................................................... 143 8- 12.3 Convection

- Type

.................................................................................... 143 8- 12.4 In

- Line Type

........................................................................................... 143 8- 12.5 Insulation and Tracing

............................................................................ 144 8- 13 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK SPILL CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

.............................................................................................. 144 8- 13.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 144 8- 14 ABOVEGROUND TANK SPILL CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

................ 144 8- 14.1 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 144 8- 14.2 Spill Containment System Capacity

....................................................... 145 8- 14.3 Remote Containment/I mpoundment Spill Collection Systems

............... 145 8- 14.4 Diked Enclosure – Earthen Dike Type

................................................... 146 8- 14.5 Diked Enclosure – Reinforced Concr ete Dike Type

............................... 146 8- 14.6 Diked Enclosure – Combination Dike Type

............................................ 146 8- 14.7 Stormwater Collection Systems

............................................................. 146 8- 14.8 Dike Access

........................................................................................... 146 8- 15 MISCELLANEOUS USE TANKS

........................................................... 147 8- 15.1 Installation

.............................................................................................. 147 8- 15.2 Heating Oil Tanks

.................................................................................. 147 8- 15.3 Emergency Generator Fuel Tanks

......................................................... 147 8- 15.4 Fire Pump Fuel Tanks

............................................................................ 147 8- 15.5 Waste Oil Tanks

.................................................................................... 147 8- 15.6 Containment

.......................................................................................... 147 8- 15.7 Underground Tanks

............................................................................... 147 8- 16 SHIPBOARD OFF

- LOAD FUEL STORAGE TANKS

............................. 148 8- 16.1 Function

................................................................................................ . 148UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

xii 8- 16.2 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 148 8- 16.3 Locations

............................................................................................... 148 8- 17 JET EN GINE TEST CELL FUEL STORAGE TANKS

............................ 148 8- 18 FUELS AUTOMATED SYSTEM

............................................................ 148 CHAPTER 9 - PIPING SYSTEMS

............................................................................... 154 9-1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 154 9-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 154 9- 2.1 Design Requirements

............................................................................ 154 9- 2.2 Piping Arrangement

............................................................................... 156 9- 2.3 Surge Analysis

....................................................................................... 157 9-3 ABOVEGROUND PIPIN G

..................................................................... 158 9- 3.1 Identification

........................................................................................... 159 9- 3.2 Pipe Supports

........................................................................................ 159 9- 3.3 Arr angement

.......................................................................................... 159 9- 3.4 Anchors

.................................................................................................. 159 9- 3.5 Thermal Relief Valves

............................................................................ 160 9-4 UNDERGROUND PIPING

..................................................................... 160 9- 4.1 Depth of Cover

....................................................................................... 161 9- 4.2 Parallel and Crossing Pipes

................................................................... 161 9- 4.3 Casing Sleeves

...................................................................................... 161 9- 4.4 Line Markers

.......................................................................................... 162 9- 4.5 Warning Tapes

...................................................................................... 162 9- 4.6 Double

- Wall Piping

................................................................................ 162 9- 4.7 Single

- Wall Piping Leak Detection Systems

.......................................... 162 9-5 UNDERWATER PIPING

........................................................................ 162 9- 5.1 Special Arrangements

............................................................................ 163 9- 5.2 Connections

........................................................................................... 163 9- 5.3 Unique Considerations

........................................................................... 163 9- 5.4 Corrosion Protection

.............................................................................. 163 9- 5.5 Depth of Burial

....................................................................................... 163 9- 5.6 Pipe Thickness and Weight

................................................................... 164 9-6 PIPING MATERIALS

............................................................................. 164 9- 6.1 Non

- Aviation Systems

............................................................................ 164 9- 6.2 Aviation Systems

................................................................................... 164 9-7 WELDING CRITERIA

............................................................................ 164 9-8 PIPING CONNECTIONS

....................................................................... 164 9-9 INTERIOR PIPE COATINGS

................................................................ . 165 9- 10 EXTERIOR PIPE COATINGS

................................................................ 166 9- 11 SAMPLING FACILITIES

........................................................................ 166 CHAPTER 10 - ALTERNATE POL FACILITIES

.......................................................... 167 10 -1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 167 10 -2 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG)

.................................................. 167 10

- 2.1 Uses

....................................................................................................... 167 10

- 2.2 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 167 10

- 2.3 Receiving Facilities

................................................................................ 169 10

- 2.4 Storage Facilities

................................................................................... 170 10- 2.5 Distribution Facilities

.............................................................................. 172UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

xiii 10

- 2.6 Air Mixing Facilities

................................................................................ 1 75 10 -3 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG)

................................................ 175 10

- 3.1 Uses

....................................................................................................... 175 10

- 3.2 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 176 10

- 3.3 Warning

................................................................................................ . 178 10 -4 HYDRAZINE STORAGE AND SERVICING FACILITIES

...................... 179 10

- 4.1 Uses

....................................................................................................... 179 10

- 4.2 General Design Considerations

............................................................. 179 10

- 4.3 Construction Concepts

........................................................................... 180 10 -5 OTTO FUELS

........................................................................................ 184 CHAPTER 11 - SUPPORT FACILITIES

...................................................................... 185 11 -1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 185 11 -2 OPERATIONS BUILDING

..................................................................... 185 11

- 2.1 Design Standards

.................................................................................. 185 11

- 2.2 Fuel Office

............................................................................................. 185 11

- 2.3 Training/Conference Room

.................................................................... 185 11

- 2.4 Fuel Maintenance Workshop

................................................................ . 185 11

- 2.5 Storeroom

.............................................................................................. 185 11- 2.6 Laboratory

.............................................................................................. 185 11

- 2.7 Miscellaneous Safety Equipment

........................................................... 187 11

- 2.8 Control Room

......................................................................................... 187 11

- 2.9 Miscellaneous Spaces

........................................................................... 187 11

- 2.10 Communications

.................................................................................... 187 11 -3 ROADS

.................................................................................................. 187 11 -4 UTILITIES

.............................................................................................. 187 11 -5 AIRCRAFT REFUELER AND FUEL DELIVERY VEHICLE PARKING

.. 188 11

- 5.1 General

.................................................................................................. 188 11

- 5.2 Clearances

............................................................................................. 188 11

- 5.3 Arrangement

.......................................................................................... 189 11

- 5.4 Ingress/ Egress

....................................................................................... 189 11

- 5.5 Paving

.................................................................................................... 189 11

- 5.6 Containment Area

.................................................................................. 190 11

- 5.7 Remote Spill Containment System

........................................................ 190 11

- 5.8 Fire Protection

....................................................................................... 190 11

- 5.9 Security

.................................................................................................. 190 11

- 5.10 Lighting

.................................................................................................. 190 11

- 5.11 Block Heater Connections

..................................................................... 190 CHAPTER 12 - MAJOR REHABILITATION

................................................................ 191 12 -1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 191 12 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 191 12 -3 ABOVEGROUND FUEL STO RAGE TANK REHABILITATION

............. 191 12

- 3.1 Aboveground Vertical Tank Inspections

................................................. 191 12

- 3.2 Increase Manhole Sizes

......................................................................... 191 12

- 3.3 Replace Tank Floors

.............................................................................. 192 12

- 3.4 Replace Floating Roof Tanks With Fixed Roofs

.................................... 193 12

- 3.5 Product Recovery Systems

.................................................................... 193 12

- 3.6 Coatings

................................................................................................ . 194UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

xiv 12

- 3.7 Isolation Valves

...................................................................................... 194 12

- 3.8 Alarms and High Level Shut

- off Valves

.................................................. 194 12 -4 UNDERGROUND OPERATING TANKS

............................................... 194 12

- 4.1 Manholes

............................................................................................... 194 12

- 4.2 Interior Coatings

.................................................................................... 194 12 -5 HYDRANT SYSTEMS

........................................................................... 194 12

- 5. 1 Pumps

.................................................................................................... 195 12

- 5.2 Filter/Separators

.................................................................................... 195 12

- 5.3 Fuel Quality Monitors

............................................................................. 195 12

- 5.4 Control Systems

.................................................................................... 195 12

- 5.5 Electrical Systems

................................................................................. 196 12

- 5.6 Lateral Control Pits

................................................................................ 196 12

- 5.7 Distribution Piping

.................................................................................. 196 12

- 5.8 Diaphragm Control Valves

..................................................................... 196 12

- 5.9 Hydrant Outlets

...................................................................................... 197 12 -6 DIKES, LINERS, AND BASINS

............................................................. 197 12 -7 LEAK DETECTION

................................................................................ 197 12 -8 CATHODIC PROTECTION

.................................................................... 197 12 -9 ISOLATION VALVES

............................................................................. 197 12

- 10 SOIL AND GROUNDWATER REMEDIATION

...................................... 197 12

- 11 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG) FACILITIES

............................. 198 12

- 12 PIPELINE INSPECTION

........................................................................ 198 12

- 12.1 Inspectio n

.............................................................................................. 198 12

- 12.2 Smart Pigging

........................................................................................ 198 12

- 13 CHECKLIST

........................................................................................... 198 CHAPTER 13 - FUELING FACILITY TEMPORARY DEACTIVATION

........................ 202 13 -1 INTRODUCTION

................................................................................... 202 13 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 202 13 -3 FUEL STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

............................ 202 13

- 3.1 Tanks

..................................................................................................... 202 13

- 3.2 Pipelines

................................................................................................ 204 13 -4 FACILITIES

............................................................................................ 205 13

- 4.1 General Considerations

......................................................................... 205 13

- 4.2 Fencing

.................................................................................................. 205 13

- 4.3 Paved Surfaces

..................................................................................... 205 CHAPTER 14 - FUELING FACILITY CLOSURE

........................................................ 207 14 -1 CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 207 14

- 1.1 Aboveground Tanks

............................................................................... 207 14

- 1.2 Underground Tanks

............................................................................... 20 7 14

- 1.3 Pipelines

................................................................................................ 207 14 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

................................................................ 208 14 -3 INVENTORY

.......................................................................................... 208 GLOSSARY

................................................................................................................ 239 APPENDIX A - REFERENCES

.................................................................................... A-1 APPENDIX B - MANUAL SURGE CALCULATIONS FOR SIMPLE P IPING SYSTEMS

............................................................................................... B-1 APPENDIX C - CHARTER OF DoD FUELS FACILITY ENGINEERING PANEL

........ C-1UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

xv TABLES Table 2

- 1. Properties of Aviation Fuels

.......................................................................... 6 Table 2

- 2. Physical Properties of Diesel Fuels

............................................................... 7 Table 2

- 3. Physical Proper ties of Burner Fuel Oils

......................................................... 8 Table 2

- 4. Design Flow Rates

...................................................................................... 15 Table 4

- 1. Aviation Turbine Fuel Receipt Filtration Table (1) (3)

.................................. 98 Table 8

- 1. Appurtenances

.......................................................................................... 149 Table 9

- 1. Allowable Pressure Table – ANSI Class 150 Flanged Joints

.................... 158

FIGURES Plate 001 – UFC Chapter Identification Plan

............................................................... 209 Plate 002 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Receiving and Dispensing Facilities

............... 210 Plate 003 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading Drop Tank System

...................... 211 Plate 004 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Packaged Off

- Loading System

....................... 212 Plate 005 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading System and Direct Off

- Loading System

..................................................................................................... 213 Plat e 006 – Refueler Truck Facilities Layout Plan

....................................................... 214 Plate 007 – Refueler Truck Loading Systems

............................................................. 215 Plate 008 – Aircraft Direct Fue ling Systems Large Frame Aircraft On

- Apron Fueling Positions

.................................................................................................. 216 Plate 009 – Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Small Frame Aircraft Fueling Lane and Apron Edge

.............................................................................................. 217 Plate 010 – Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Small Frame Aircraft In

- Shelter Fueling Positions

.................................................................................................. 218 Plate 011 – GOV Vehicle Motive Fuel Filling Station Plan

.......................................... 219 Plate 012 – Tactical Refueler Ground Product Truck Loading Facility Plan

................ 220 Plate 013 – Tactical Refueler Ground Product Truck Loading Systems

...................... 221 Plate 014 – Level Alarm Setpoints Vertical Aboveground Tank with Floating Pan

...... 222 Plate 015 – Level Alarm Setpoints Vertical Aboveground Tank without Floating Pan

. 223 Plate 016 – Aboveground Vertical Storage Tanks Inlet Fill Connection

...................... 224 Plate 017 – Horizontal Underground Storage Tanks Inlet Fill Connection

................... 225 Plate 018 – Horizontal Aboveground Storage Tanks Inlet Fill Connection

.................. 226 Plate 019 – Earthen Dikes

........................................................................................... 227 Plate 020 – Piping Systems Sliding Pipe Support

....................................................... 228 Plate 021 – Piping Systems Anchor Pipe Support

...................................................... 229 Plate 022 – Aviation System Piping Materials System Standards

............................... 230 Plate 023 – Thermal Relief Pip ing Systems Integral Valve and Conventional

............. 231 Plate 024 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Equipment Pump House or Pads

........... 232 Plate 025 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Tank Truck and Refueler Racks

............. 233 Plate 026 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Storage Tanks

........................................ 234 Plate 027 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Small Volume Facility for Trucks and Cylinders

.................................................................................................. 235 Plate 028 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Large Volume Facility for Tank Cars and Wate r Vessels

.......................................................................................... 236 Plate 029 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Tank Spacing Requirements

............. 237 Plate 030 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas FacilitiesTank Spacing Requirements

.............. 238UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

1 CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION

1-1 SCOPE This Unified Facilities Criteria, UFC 3

- 460

- 01, contains general criteria and standard procedures for the design and construction of military land

- based facilities which receive, store, distribute, or dispense liquid fuels. It is also applicable to the handling of liquefied petroleum gases (LPG) and compressed natural gas (CNG). It provides guidance on the rehabilitation, deactivation, or closure of fueling facilities. Support facilities are also included. Facility Plate 001 provides assistance in identifying UFC chapter numbers for specific fueling components.

1-2 USE OF UFC The guidance contained in this UFC is intended for use by facility planners, engineers, and architects for individual project planning and for preparing engineering and construction documentation. In addition, it is intended for use by operations and maintenance personnel as a guidance document for facility design, modifications, and improvements.

1-3 PURPOSE OF CRITERIA These criteria, except Chapters 12

, 13 , and 14 of this UFC, are intended for new construction only and do not apply retroactively to facilities existing at the time this UFC was issued. However, these criteria, including Chapters 12

, 13 , and 14 , are applicable when modernizing or expanding existing facilities if the improvements can be justified in terms of obsolescence, expanded operational requirements, safety, environmental compliance, or excessive maintenance costs.

1-4 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE ( DoD ) FUELS FACILITY EN GINEERING PANEL This UFC was updated by the DoD Fuels Facility Engineering Panel. This group is an association of recognized petroleum, oils, and lubricants (POL) experts, primarily from the engineering community, to advise the Services on ways to provide safe, operationally effective and economic fueling systems. The panel will investigate, develop, and recommend standardization of facilities, equipment, and procedures for storage, distribution, and dispensing systems for aircraf t, marine, and ground fuels. The panel will investigate the use of facility component parts on DoD installations and will serve as a pool of expertise to assist in resolving systemic POL facility problems. It will also serve as a forum to update members on new equipment, DoD or service -specific programs, and changes affecting the fuels maintenance/repair community. Refer to Appendix C

, Charter for DoD Fuels Facility Engineeri ng for more information.

1-5 SERVICE HEADQUARTERS SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS (SME)

It is recognized that the policies, obligations, and responsibilities of the military branches may vary on some minor points. Therefore, consult the Subject Matter Expert at the

a ppropriate Service Headquarters for interpretation

. For the purposes of interpretationUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

2 of this UFC, the Subject Matter Expert at the appropriate Service Headquarters is defi ned as follows:

a) Army – Headquarters, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, POL Facilities Proponent (CECW

- CE)

b) Air Force – The Air Force Fuels Engineer (HQ AFCESA/ CEOA ) through the applicable Major Command (MAJCOM) Fuels Engineer

c) Navy/Marine Corps: NAVFAC POL Faci lity Subject Matter Expert (NFESC

- OP 232 ).

d) Defense Energy Support Center (DESC) – DESC Facilities Engineer

. Defense Energy Support Center (DESC

- WI)

1-6 WAIVERS For specific interpretations or waivers, contact the appropriate Service Headquarters Subject Matter Experts (SME) and refer to MIL

- STD

- 3007 for the waiver process

. Substantive deviations from this UFC must first be presented to the appropriate Service Headquarters SMEs, and then reviewed / approved by the DoD Fuels Facility Engineering Panel, preferably in a normal meeting, prior to being carried further in the waiver process. Where time does not permit, approval may be obtained by polling the voting members. The DoD Fuel Facility Engineering Panel consists of members from the above Service Headquarters SMEs

.

1-7 RELATED CRITERIA Other sources for criteria related to petroleum fuel facilities are identified in Appendix A, References . Any reference noted is the latest edition unless otherwise stated.

UFC 1

- 200

- 01 General Building Requirements, provides applicability of model building codes and government

- unique criteria for typical design disciplines and building systems, as well as for accessibility, antiterrorism, security, sustainability, and safety. Use this UFC in addition to UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and the UFCs and government criteria referenced therein.

1-8 POLICY Design petroleum fuel facilities to me et the operational and management requirements of the command in which the facility is located, as well as to meet all applicable federal, state, and local regulations concerning environmental, health, safety, and fire protection issues.

1-9 REFERENCED STANDAR DS The execution agency issuing a contract for design and/or construction services will direct the use of standard designs, guide specifications, and/or definitive drawings. In other situations where these standards are not readily available, contact appr opriate Service Headquarters for assistance in obtaining these documents.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

3 1- 10 PROJECTS OUTSIDE OF CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES

1- 10.1 NATO Standards For fueling projects outside of the continental United States (CONUS) and in a NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) country, review and comply with all appropriate NATO documents.

1- 10.2 Non

- NATO Projects For fueling projects located outside of the CONUS and not in a NATO country, use this UFC, applicable Service policy, and host

- nati on standards (if more stringent).UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

4 CHAPTER 2 - GENERAL DESIGN INFORMATION

2-1 OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES Design fuel facilities for continued operation using emergency or temporary expedients despite the loss of one or more components of the fuel receiving and/or dispensing system by enemy action or other factors. For tactical or mission

- related fuel facilities, provide an alternative source of fuel supply to the fuel facility to ensure emergency operation under the most adverse conditions, including back

- up power (emergency generators). Maintain consistency with prescribed criteria in appropriate directives, instructions, and standard designs (including NATO Standards).

2-2 FUEL SPECIFICATIONS The following specifications apply to the various petroleum fuels that may be address ed:

a) MIL

- DTL

- 5624 , Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Grades JP -4 and JP- 5.

b) MIL

- DTL

- 38219 , Turbine Fuel, Low Volatility , JP

- 7.

c) MIL

- DTL

- 83133 , Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Kerosene Type, JP

- 8 ( NATO F- 34 ) , and NATO F

- 35, and JP- 8+100 ( NATO F

- 37 ).

d) MIL

- DTL

- 25524 , Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Thermally Stable.

e) ASTM D165 5

, Standard Specification for Aviation Turbine Fuels.

f) CID A -A- 52557 , Fuel Oil, Diesel ; for Posts, Camps and Stations.

g) CID A -A- 59693

, Diesel Fuel, Biodiesel Blend ( B20)

. h) MIL

- DTL

- 16884 , Fuel, Naval D istillate

. i) ASTM D3699

, Standard Specification for Kerosene

. j) ASTM D4814

, Standard Specification for Automotive Spark

- Ignition Engine Fuel.

k) ASTM D910

, Standard Specification for Aviation Gasoline ( Avgas)

l) ASTM D 975 , Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils

. m) MIL

- DTL

- 87107 , Propellant, High Density Synthetic Hydrocarbon Type, Grade JP

- 10.

n) ASTM D5798

, Standard Specification for Fuel Ethanol (Ed75

- Ed85) for Automotive Spark

- Ignition Engines

. o) ASTM D6751

, St andard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

5 2-3 FUEL PROPERTIES AND ADDITIVES In addition to the fuel specifications, refer to Coordinating Research Council, Inc. (CRC), Handbook of Aviation Fuel Properties , for additional fuel properties. The following paragraphs list typical physical properties of various grades of fuel and additives which would affect the design of a petroleum fuel facility. The NATO designation is shown in brackets.

2- 3.1 Motor Gasoline (Mogas) [F

- 46] [ ASTM D4814 ]

2- 3.1.1 Special Precautions for Mogas Because of its high volatility , gasoline produces large amounts of vapor at ordinary temperatures. When confined in a tank or container at liquid temperatures above 20 degrees F (- 7 degrees C), the vapor space is normally too rich to be explosive. At temperatures 20 degrees F (

- 7 degrees C) or less, vapor spaces above gasoline may be in the explosive range. One gallon (3.785 L) of liquid gasoline when vaporized will occupy about 25 cubic feet of space (0.7 m 3 ), and if permitted to escape and become diluted with air, it is highly flammable. Provide a design that precludes disposing of Mogas into storm or sanitary sewers.

2- 3.2 Aviation Gasoline ( Av gas) [F

- 18] [ ASTM D910 ]

2- 3.2.1 Description of Aviation Gasoline Aviation gasoline is a high

- octane aviation fuel used for piston or Wankel engine
pow ered aircraft. It is distinguished from motor gasoline, which is the everyday gasoline used in ground vehicles. In military service, avgas is seldom used in manned aircraft but is commonly used in Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs).

2- 3.2.2 Avgas Grades 100LL, spoken as "100 low lead", is the most common grade used in military applications. It is dyed blue, and contains a maximum of 2 grams of lead per US gallon ( 0.56 grams/ liter ) and is the most commonly available and used aviation gasoline. Other grades that are theoretically available include Grade 80, Grade 91, Grade 100, and Grade 82UL. The differences between all 80, 91, 100, and 100LL are lead content and color. Grade 82UL is unleaded.

2- 3.2.3 Special Precautions for Avgas Using the wrong grade of gasoline will cause engine problems. Virtually all grades of avgas available contain tetra

- ethyl lead (TEL) as a lead based anti

- knock compound

. See Mogas for flammability issues.

2- 3.3 Aviation Turbine Fuels

2- 3.3.1 Physical Properties of Aviation Turbine FuelsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

6 Table 2

- 1. Prope rties of Aviation Fuels Grade Number Property

Relative density Specific Gravity Reid Vapor Pressure at 100 **°** F(38 **°** C)

psia (kPa) Minimum Flash Point

,

**°** F ( **°** C) Avera ge (kin.) Viscosity at 100 **°** F (38 **°** C), ft 2 /s x 10 - 5 (cSt) Freezing Point,

**°** F ( **°** C)

JP- 4 [F

- 40] 57° to 45° API 0.751 to 0.802 2 to 3 (13.8 to 20.7) - 20 (

- 29) 0.9 x 10 -5 (0.8)

- 72 (

- 58)

JP-5 [F

- 44] 48° to 36° API 0.788 to 0.845 0 .04 (0.3) 140 (60) 1.6 x 10 -5 (1.5)

- 61 (

- 52)

JP

- 8 [F

- 34

, F

- 37 ] 51° to 37° API 0.775 to 0.840 0.05 (0.3) 100 (38) 1.9 x 10 -5 (1.8)

- 53 (

- 47)

JP- 10 20° to 18.5° API 0.935 to 0.943 0.11 (0.8) 67 (19) 3.4 x 10 -5 (3.2)

- 110 (

- 79)

JPTS 53° to 46° API 0.767 t o 0.797 0.11 (0.8) 110 (43) 1.3 x 10 -5 (1.2)

- 64 (

- 53)

Jet A 51° to 37° API 0.775 to 0.840 0.029 (0.2) 100 (38) 1.6 x 10 -5 (1.5)

- 40 (

- 40)

Jet A

- 1 [F

- 35] 51° to 37° API 0.775 to 0.840 0.05 (0.3) 100 (38) 1.6 x 10 -5 (1.5)

- 53 (

- 47)
Hydrazine 9° API 1.007 NA 126 (52) NA NA

2- 3.3.2 Special Precautions for Aviation Turbine Fuels Because of the serious consequences of a turbine engine failure and the nature of the fuel systems in turbine engines, provide designs which include means to prevent Contamination of aviation turbine fuels by dirt, water, or other types of fuels. Solid contaminants are generally those which are insoluble in fuel. Most common are iron rust, scale, sand, and dirt. Iron rust contaminates aviation turbine fue l. Special filtration is required for receiving aviation turbine fuel into bulk storage and operating storage to remove contaminants before the fuel is delivered to aircraft. To preserve fuel quality, limit materials in contact with the fuel to stainless steel, non

- ferrous, or coated carbon steel for aircraft fueling systems. Do not use zinc, copper, and zinc - or copper

- bearing alloys in contact with aviation turbine fuels, including pipe, valves, equipment, and accessories. The maximum allowable aircra ft servicing use limits of solids is 2.0 mg/L and the maximum allowable aircraft servicing use limits of free water is 5 ppm. Provide a design that precludes disposing of aviation turbine fuels into storm or sanitary sewers

.

2- 3.4 Kerosene [ ASTM D3699 ]

2- 3.4.1 Physical Properties of Kerosene

a) Relative density

API Gravity 51 degrees to 37 degrees API Specific Gravity 0.775 to 0.840UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

7 b) Reid Vapor Pressure 0.5 psia (3.5 kPa) (maximum at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C))

c) Flash Point (minimum) 100 degrees F (38 degrees C)

d) Viscosity at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) 1 to 2 x 10

- 5 ft 2 /s (0.9 to 1.9 cSt.)

e) Freezing Point

- 22 degrees F (

- 30 degrees C) (maximum)

2- 3.4.2 Special Precautions for Kerosene Design separate systems for kerosene to avoid discoloration caused by contamination

. Provide a design that precludes disposing of kerosene into storm or sanitary sewers.

2- 3.5 Diesel Fuels

2- 3.5.1 Sulfur Content of Diesel Fuels Diesel fuel that is available for motive fuel in the United States is Low Sulfur Diesel (LSD) which has a maximum sulfur content of 500 ppm and Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) which has a maximum sulfur content of 15 ppm, both meeting ASTM D975

.

2- 3.5.2 Physical Properties of Diesel Fuels

Table 2

- 2. Physical Properties of Diesel Fuels Automotive DF

- 2 [F

- 54] Diesel Fuel Marine [F

- 76] Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel [ASTM D975] (a) Relative density API Gr avity

, ° API ( Specific Gravity ) 40 to 34 (0.825 to 0.855) 39 to 33 (0.830 to 0.860) 30 ( 0.876 )

(b) Reid Vapor Pressure at 100 °F (38 °C), psia (kPa) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0 (0)

(c) Flash Point

, ° F ( ° C) 131 (55) 140 (60) 150 (66) (d) Viscosity at 104 ° F (40 ° C) ft 2 /s (cSt) 2.0 to 4.4 x 10

- 5 (1.9 to 4.1) 1.8 to 4.6 x 10

- 5 (1.7 to 4.3) 2.7 x 10

- 5 (2.5)

(e) Pour Point, ° F ( °C ) 10 (

- 12) 20 (

- 7) 0 (

- 18)

Notes: JP

- 8 is c urrently used as arctic grade diesel fuel (DFA) in the Arctic and Antarctic for heating fuel. The gross heating value of JP

- 8 is 18,400 Btu/lb (42 800 kJ/kg).

DF

- 1, winter grade diesel fuel, has a flash point of 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) and a viscosity of 1.4 to 2.6 x 10 -5 ft 2 /s (1.3 to 2.4 cSt) at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C).

2- 3.5.3 Special Precautions for Low Sulfur Diesel Fuels While not as critical as with aviation turbine fuels, diesel fuel systems are subject to damage by dirt and water in the fuel. Avoid contamination by dirt and water or dilution by lighter fuels. In cold climates, provide designs that will prevent “gelling.” Provide a design that precludes disposing of diesel fuels into storm or sanitary sewers.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

8 2- 3.5.4 Special Precautions for Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel With the reduction in sulfur content comes a reduction in overall lubricity and conductivity of the fuel. A lower lubricity level can cause premature wear and damage to metal parts in typical compression ignition engines. Lubricity additives are added in accordance with ASTM D975 . Lower conductivity can cause a potential for an increased risk in fire or explosion caused by static electricity. Even though a conductivity additive is added it is recommended that flow rates are limited and bonding and grounding equipment be utilized to minimize static electricity during loading operations.

2- 3.6 Burner Fuel Oils

2- 3.6.1 Physi cal Properties of Burner Fuel Oils

Table 2 -3

. Physical Properties of Burner Fuel Oils Grade Number
1 2 4 5 Light 5 Heavy 6 Relative Density

**°** API 48 to 36 40 to 28 30 to 15 22 to 14 23 to 8 22 to 7

Specific Gravity 0.786 to 0.843 0.825 to 0.877 0.876 to 0.966 0.922 to 0.972 0.913 to 1.017 0.922 to 1.022

Reid Vapor Pressure at 100 **°** F (38 **°** C), psia (kPa) < 0.1 (< 0.7) < 0.1 (< 0.7) < 0.1 (< 0.7) < 0.1 (< 0.7) < 0.1 (< 0.7) < 0.1 (< 0.7)

Minimum Flash Point

, **°** F ( **°** C) 100 (38) 100 (38) 130 (54) 130 (54) 130 (54) 150 (66)

Average viscosity at 100 **°** F (38 **°** C), ft 2 /s x 10 -5 (cSt) 1.5 to 2.4 (1.4 to 2.2) 2 to 3.3 (1.9 to 3.1) 11.3 to 70 (10.5 to 65) 70 to 215 (65 to 200) 323 to 969 (300 to 900) 208 to 807 (193 to 750) Pour Point

,

**°** F ( **°** C) - 10 (

- 23)

- 5 (

- 21) 21 (

- 6) 20 to 30 (- 7 to

- 1) 20 to 30 (- 7 to

- 1) 30 to 70 (- 1 to 21) Gross Heat Value, Btu/lb (kJ/kg ) 19,765 (45 973) 19,460 (45 264) 18,840 (43 820) 18,560 (43 171) 18,825 (43 787) 18,200 (42 333)

2- 3.6.2 Special Precautions for Burner Fuel Oils When the ambient temperature of the burner fuel oil is less than 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) above the pour point temperature, the burner fuel oil needs to be heated. At the burner fuel oil’s pour point temperature, the fuel oil has reached a gel

- like state and would be difficult to pump. In nearly all cases, No. 6 fuel oil requires heating to be pumped. In some cases, No. 4 and No. 5 burner fuel oils will require heating. Provide a design that precludes disposing of burner fuel oils into storm or sanitary sewers.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

9 2- 3.7 Alternativ e Fuel (E85) [ ASTM D5798 ]

2- 3.7.1 Physical Properties of E85

a) Specific Gravity 0.760 to 0.780

b) Reid Vapor Pressure 6

- 12 psia (42 to 83 kPa)

c) Flash Point (minimum)

- 20 degrees F (

- 30 degrees C)

d) Viscosity is 6.1x10 -6 to 3.4x10 -5 ft 2 /s (0.57 to 3.19 cSt)

e) Pour Point - 212 degrees F (

- 100 degrees C)

2- 3.7.2 Special Precautions for E85 Due to the corrosiveness of E85, many common materials used with gasoline systems are not compatible with the handling and storage of alcohols (E85

, or ethanol

, is 85 percent ethyl alcohol). Zinc, brass, lead, aluminum, and lead based solder are several metals that become degraded by ethanol exposure. Other metals

, includ ing unplated steel, stainless steel, black iron and bronze seem to have acceptable resistance to ethanol corrosion. Certain nonmetallic materials that have been successfully used with ethanol include: Buna

- N, Neoprene rubber, polyethylene, nylon, polypropylene, nitrile, Viton, and Teflon. C ommon nonmetallic materials degraded by ethanol are natural rubber, polyurethane, cork gasket material, leather, polyester

- bonded fiberglass laminate, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polya mides, and methyl

- methacrylate plastics. Proper cleaning of existing tanks that are being converted for E85 storage is required, because E85’s solvent properties loosen tank deposits. In ethanol dispensing a one

micron in

- line filter is recommended for impurity/particle removal. The shelf life of E85 is approximately 60

- 90 days in some cases. At normal temperatures E85 is less explosive than gasoline, but E85 is more explosive at lower temperatures

. Ethanol vapors have similar behavior to gasoline, but a lower vapor pressure. E85 is an electrical conductor, and is potentially carcinogenic. Provide a design that precludes disposing of E85 into storm or sanitary sewers. For Air Force p rojects see ETL 03

- 04

.

2- 3.8 Alternative Fuel Bio

- Diesel (B20)

2- 3.8.1 Physical Properties of Bio

- Diesel Biodiesel fuel B20 is a blend of petroleum diesel fuel meeting ASTM D975 and 100 percent (neat) biodiesel fuel meeting either ASTM D 6751 or EN 1 4214, where the biodiesel content of the blended fuel is no more than 20 percent biodiesel by volume (B20). Biodiesel has physical properties very similar to conventional diesel.

a) Specific Gravity 0.870 to 0.890

b) Reid V apor Pressure 0.0 psia (0.0 kPa) (maximum at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C))UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

10 c) Flash Point (minimum) 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) for D1, 126 degrees F (52 degrees C)

d) Viscosity at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) 1.2 to 4.4 x 10

- 5 ft 2 /s (1.3 to 4.1 cSt.)

e) Pour Point 10 degrees F (

- 12 degrees C)

2- 3.8.2 Special Precautions for Bio

- Diesel In dispensing Bio

- Diesel, it is recommended that a 30

- micron and a 10

- micron in

- line filter be used, in succession, as a primary and secondary means for impurity/particle removal. Bio

- Diesel (B100) has good solvent qualities and will remove deposits from fuel systems. As a result, it may require more filter changes initially. One of the most

com monly used blends of Bio

- Diesel is B20. B20 has not been approved for use in combat or tactical vehicles or equipment. The usage of bio

- diesel in other engines/vehicles has been reviewed by vehicle manufacturers and copies can be obtained at http://www.biodiesel.org/ . B20 should be used within six months of manufacturer, because of the fuels shelf life. Users should be aware that a B20 blend will have in creased viscosity requirements. Provide a design that precludes disposing of bio

- diesel fuels into storm or sanitary sewers. For Air Force p rojects see ETL 03

- 04

.

2- 3.9 Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)

2- 3.9.1 Physical Properties of LPG LPG is composed predominantly of propane and propylene with minor amounts of butane, isobutane, and butylene. It is odorless, colorless, and non

- toxic. To reduce the danger of an explosion from undetected leaks, commercial LPG usually contains an odorizing agent which gives it a distinctive pungent odor. LPG is a vapor at atmospheric conditions. It is normally stored as a liquid at a storage pressure of 200 psia (1400 kPa). LPG has the following properties:

a) Freezing Point, degrees F (degrees C)

- 305 (

- 187)

b) Relative Density ( Specific Gravity ) 147 degrees API (0.588)

c) Vapor Pressure at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), 175.8 (1212) psi (kPa)

d) Heat Content, Btu/lb (kJ/kg) 21,591 (50 221)

2- 3.9.2 Special Precautions for LPG

a) Sto re LPG under pressure in appropriate pressure

- rated tanks.

b) The potential for fire and explosion presents extreme hazards to life and property. Provide adequate relief venting and additional fire protection in accordance with NFPA 58

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

11 c) Provide tank spacing in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 10 of this UFC.

2- 3.10 Compressed Natural Gas (CNG)

2- 3.10.1 Physical Properties of CNG Appendix A to NFPA 52

, Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Vehicular Fuel Systems, defines certain CNG properties. Natural gas is a flammable gas. It is colorless, tasteless, and non

- toxic. It is a light gas, weighing about two thirds as much as air. It tends to rise and diffuse rapidly in air when it escapes from the system. Natural gas burns in air with a luminous flame. At atmospheric pressure , the ignition temperature of natural gas mixtures has been reported to be as low as 900 degrees F (482 degrees C). The flammable limits of natural gas

- air mixtures at atmospheric pressure are about 5 percent to 15 percent by volume of natural gas. While natural gas consists principally of methane, it also contains ethane, small amounts of propane, butane, and higher Hydrocarbons and may contain small amounts of nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and helium which will vary from zero to a few percent depending upon the source and seasonal effects. As distributed in the United States and Canada, natural gas also contains water vapor. This “pipeline quality” gas can contain 7 pounds or more of water per million cubic feet of gas (112 kg/106 m 3 ). Some constituents of nat ural gas, especially carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide in the presence of liquid water, can be corrosive to carbon steel, and the corrosive effect is increased by pressure. The pressures used in CNG systems covered by NFPA 52 are substantial and well above those used in transmission and distribution piping and in other natural gas consuming equipment. As excessive corrosion can lead to sudden explosive rupture of a container, this hazard must be controlled. Pressures in CNG fueling stations are typically less than 5,000 psi (35 000 kPa).

2- 3.10.2 Special Precautions for CNG

a) Provide venting for safety relief in areas where CNG is to be stored.

b) CNG is a highly flammable substance. Therefore, in design of facilities, use the following precautions to prevent fires from becoming uncontrollable:

(1) Do not directly extinguish fires with water.

(2) Do not extinguish large fires.

(3) Allow large fires to burn while cooling adjacent equipment with water spray.

(4) Shut

- off CNG s ource, if possible.

(5) Extinguish small fires with dry chemicals.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

12 c) CNG is non

- toxic but can cause anoxia (asphyxiation) when it displaces the normal 21 percent oxygen in a confined area without adequate ventilation.

d) Because of cor rosion problems, water in Department of Transportation (DOT) certified tanks is limited to 0.5 pounds per million cubic feet (8 kg/10 6 m 3 ).

2- 3.11 OTTO Fuels Information on OTTO fuels is contained in NAVSEA S6340

- AA

- MMA

- 010 , Technical Manual for OTTO Fuel II Safety, Storage, and Handling Instructions, published by direction of Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command. Distribution of this document is restricted and Naval Sea Systems Command handles requests for information

.

2- 3.12 Lubrica ting Oils

2- 3.12.1 Steam Turbine Lubricating Oils [0

- 250] [ MIL

- PRF

- 17331 ]

a) For use in main turbines and gears, auxiliary turbine installations, certain hydraulic equipment, general mechanical lubrication, and air
compresso rs.

b) Physical Properties:

(1) Flash Point : 400 degrees F (204 degrees C) minimum

. (2) Pour Point : 20 degrees F (

- 6 degrees C) maximum

. (3) Viscosity at 104 degrees F (40 degrees C), 80 to 104 x 10 -5 ft 2 /s (74 to 97 x 10 -6 m 2 /s).

2- 3.12.2 Lubricating Oils [0

- 278], [ MIL

- PRF

- 9000 ] For use in advanced design high

- output shipboard main propulsion and auxiliary diesel engines using fuel conforming to MIL

- DTL

- 16884

.

2- 3.12.3 Special Precautions for Lubricating Oils To pump the oil when the ambient temperature of the lubricating oil is less than 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) above the pour point temperature, heat the lubricating oil. At the pour point temperature, the oil becomes gel

- like and is difficult to pump. Ensure the design does not allow the discharge of lubricating oil into storm or sanitary sewers.

2- 3.13 Hydrazine - Water (H

- 70) [ MIL

- PRF

- 26536 ]

2- 3.13.1 Physical Properties of H

- 70 This fuel is a mixture of 70 percent hydrazine and 30 percent water. It is a clear, oily,
water

- like liquid with a fishy, ammonia

- like odor. It is stable under extremes of heat and cold; however, it will react with carbon dioxide and oxygen in the air. It may ignite spontaneously when in contact with metallic oxides such as rust

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

13 2- 3.13.2 Special Precautions for H

- 70 Keep working and storage areas clean and free of materials that may react with hydrazine. Provide only stainless steel in areas where extended contact is possible. Areas where incidental contact is possible should be kept free of rust

. Ensure the design does not allow the discharge of H

- 70 into storm or sanitary sewers.

2- 3.14 Fuel Additives

2- 3.14.1 Fuel System Icing Inhibitor (FSII), High Flash, [ MIL

- DTL

- 85470 ] (diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (DIEGME))

a) Used in av iation turbine fuels to prevent the formation of ice crystals from entrapped water in the fuel at freezing temperatures. In addition, it has good biocidal properties, preventing growth of microorganisms in the fuel.

b) Avoid water entry/bottoms in storage ta nks because the additive will dissolve in the water, reducing the concentration of additives left in the fuel.

c) Refer to fuel specification for more information.

d) Consult federal, state, and local regulations for appropriate di sposal methods.

2- 3.14.2 Corrosion Inhibitor/Lubricity Improver (CI), [ MIL

- PRF

- 25017 ] A combination lubricity improver and corrosion inhibitor additive, procured under MIL

- PRF

- 25017 , is injected in all military aviation turbine fuels at the refinery in order to improve the lubricating characteristics of the fuel.

2- 3.14.3 Static Dissipater Additive Static dissipater additive (SDA) enhances safety during handling and flight by redu cing static discharge potential in the vapor space above the fuel. SDA increases the conductivity of the fuel, thus decreasing the electrostatic charge relaxation time (the rate of which a charge dissipates or travels through the fuel) which decreases the potential for ignition from static charges. The actual proportion is in accordance with the specific fuel military specification. For fuel system design purposes, assume a lower limit of 50 picosiemens per meter in the determination of relaxation requirements. SDA is added to all JP

- 8 (F

- 34; F

- 35; F

- 37). SDA is not added to JP

- 5 and F

- 76 or to Jet A/A

- 1 that is stored at military installations.

2- 3.14.4 Thermal Stability Improver Additive (+100 Additive) Thermal stability additive (TSIA) enhances safety during handling and flight by increasing fuel tolerance to elevated temperatures. JP

- 8+100 (NATO F

- 37) is the aviation turbine fuel that utilizes TSIA.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

14 2-4 PRODUCT SEGREGATION

2- 4.1 Product Grades Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters , provide separate receiving

, storage

, and distribution systems for each product. Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters , prevent misfueling (transferring a type of fuel other than the type intended) by using different size piping, valves, adaptors, nozzles, etc. The products to be segregated include:

a) Mogas.

b) Diesel fuel, including ultra

- low sulfur diesel and distillate ty pe burner fuels (No. 1, No. 2, and kerosene ).

c) Aviation turbine fuel, separate systems for each grade.

d) Residual type burner fuels (No. 4, No. 5, and No. 6).

e) LPG.

f) CNG.

g) OTTO fuels.

h) E85.

i) Bio

- diesel.

2- 4.2 Exceptions Designs for different products using the same piping may be approved for long receiving lines such as from a tanker or barge pier or a cross

- country pipeline to a storage facility. Where such common use occurs, make provisions for receiving and segregating the interface between two products. Consider the use of pigs or break

- out tanks to separate batches. Exceptions will not be approved for common systems to carry both clean and residual type fuels.

2-5 TRANSFER FLOW RATES Table 2 -4 shows the recommended range of design flow rates. In some cases, greater rates may be needed to meet the operational requirements of a particular facility.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

15 Table 2 -4. Design Flow Rates

Service 1 Aviation Turbine

Fuel Diesel Fuel Burner Fuel Oils Mogas

Between stora ge tanks, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 600 to 1,200 ( 136 to 272 ) 600 to 1,200 ( 136 to 272 ) 600 to 1,200 ( 136 to 272 ) 600 to 1,200 ( 136 to 272 ) Tank car unloading to storage (per car), gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 ( 68 )

Tank truck unloading to storage (per truck), gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 ) 300 to 600 ( 68 to 136 )

Gravity receipt tank to storage gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 600 ( 136 ) 600 ( 136 ) 600 ( 136 ) 600 ( 136 ) Storage to tank tr uck/refueler loading (per truck), gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 )

Delivery from direct fueling stations to aircraft, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) Varies 2 N/A N/A N/A

Delivery from direct fueling stations to helicopters, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) Varies 2 N/A N/A N/A

Between super tanker and storage, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 16,800 ( 3815 ) 16,800 ( 3815 ) 16,800 ( 3815 ) 16,800 ( 3815 ) Between regular tanker and storage, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 7,000 ( 1590 ) 7,000 ( 1590 ) 7,000 ( 1590 ) 7,00 0 ( 1590 ) Between barge and storage, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 2,800 ( 636 ) 2,800 ( 636 ) 2,800 ( 636 ) 2,800 ( 636 ) To fleet oilers, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 3,500 ( 795 ) 3,500 ( 795 ) N/A N/A To AOEs, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 7,000 ( 1590 ) 7,000 ( 1590 ) N/A N/A To carriers, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 2,450 ( 556 ) 2,450 ( 556 ) N/A N/A To average cruisers, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 700 ( 159 ) 1,400 ( 318 ) N/A N/A To average destroyers, gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 700 ( 159 ) 1,400 ( 318 ) N/A N/A Storage to tank car loading (per car), gpm ( m 3 /hr ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 3 00 or 600 ( 68 or 136 ) 300 or 600 ( 68 or 136 )

1 At dockside, deliveries from tankers should be assumed to be at a pressure of 80 to 100 psig (600 to 700 kPa), and deliveries to tankers to be at 60 psig (400 kPa). Rates to other ships are maximums based on fueling at sea capacities. Lesser rates for fueling at piers can be used if more practical. Loading rates are based on 40 psig (300 kPa) maximum per hose at ship connections.

2 Refer to Chapter 4 of this UFC for guidance on fueling rates for aircraft. Contact appropriate Service Headquarters for actual fueling rates for aircraft for which design applies.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

16 2-6 PHYSICAL SECURITY Plan and design fuel facilities with the goal of protecting the fuels, storage, and transfer capability from enemy attack, terrorists, sabotage, fire, seismic activity, and other damaging influences. In high threat areas, more extensive protection may be required. Consult appropriate Service Headquarters for guidance. NATO projects have their own specific criteria which govern protection level requirements.

2- 6.1 Antiterrorism and Physical Security Per DoD 5200.08

- R, Physical Security Program , at a minimum, fuel support points, pipeline, pumping stations, and piers shall be designated and posted as Controlled Areas. Areas containing critical assets may be designated as a restricted area

.
Controlled and r estricted a reas are defined area s in which there are special restrictive

mea sures employed to prevent unauthorized entry. Restricted areas may be of different types depending on the nature and varying degree of importance of the protected asset. Restricted areas must be authorized by the installation commander, properly posted, and shall employ physical security measures.

UFC 4

- 020

- 01

, DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual

, supports the planning of DoD facilities that include requirements for security and antiterrorism. Use in co njunction with UFC 4

- 010

- 01

, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings

, to establish the security and antiterrorism design criteria that will be the basis for DoD facility designs.

UFC 4

- 010

- 01

, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings

, establishes the standards that provide minimum levels of protection against terrorist attacks for the occupants of all DoD inhabited buildings. Incorporate the minimum standards into the d esign of all new construction and major renovations of inhabited DoD buildings.

Coordinate with installation or activity Security and Antiterrorism Officer (ATO) to determine area designation (controlled or restricted), threat environment, Design Basis Th reat (DBT)

, level of protection and access control requirements

.

2- 6.2 Security Fencing Unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters , provide security fencing around all petroleum facilities to ensure safety and inhibit sabotage, theft, vandalism, or entry by unauthorized persons. Install a 7

- foot (2.1 m) fabric height fence of chain

- link type with three

- strand barbed wire outriggers on top or its equivalent

. Ensure fencing

, gates , and associated clearance require ments are in accordance with MIL

- HDBK

- 1013/10 or UFC 4- 020

- 03FA . Contact the Installation Security Organization for additional requirements.

2-7 MAINTAINABILITY CAPABILITIES Provide adequat e maintenance space around all equipment including:

a) Filter/separator and other filtration device maintenance access, particularly element removal. For vertical filtration devices provide stair and platform access to at least one side of each unit.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

17 b) Manual valves, especially replacement of slips in double block and bleed tapered lift plug valves.

c) Adequate room and locations for the use of an intelligent pig launcher/receiver in all section of piping.

d) Meter reading and maintenance.

e) Cont rol valves.

f) Pumps, including removal.

g) Instruments, especially those mounted on tank shells.

2-8 VOICE COMMUNICATIONS Provide voice communications (direct line for Air Force projects only) between separated areas such as receiving, dispensing, pump stations, a nd fuel storage areas to coordinate operations involved in fuel transfer. Refer to UFC 3

- 501

- 01 and UFC 3

- 550

- 01 or Corps TM 5- 811 -9

.

2-9 OTHER COMMUNICATIONS

2- 9.1 Data Communicatio ns Data communications systems shall be designed in accordance with the applicable Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and Electronic Industries Association (EIA) documents. Coordinate with local B ase C ommunications s quadron where applicable

. F or Army, Navy, and Air Force communication systems design criteria see USACE ETL 1110 -3- 502

, Air Force LTA

- AF and DoD UFC 3

- 580

- 01

.

2- 9.2 Fire Alarm Communication Fire alarm communications systems shall be coordinated with the Base Fire Department . For fire alarm communication system requirements see the relevant UFGS

.

2- 10 VAPOR RECOVERY Provide vapor recovery where required by federal, state, and local regulations ( 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart XX ) and other chapters of this UFC. Refer to paragraph titled Air Quality Control in this chapter of the UFC.

2- 11 WORKER SAFETY Design facilities to comply with the most stringent of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or the host nation standards. Also, ensure that design complies with service

- specific occupational safety and health criteria. For Navy, OPNAVINST 5100.23 Series Applies.

2- 11.1 Safety Showers and Eye w ash Fountains Safety showers and eyewash facilities are required in workshops, laboratories, pumphouses, fueling piers and other similar facilities. Fixed safety showers andUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

18 eyewash facilities, or portable eyewash units, shall be installed at other locations where fuel is transferred to/from t rucks, rail cars, and aircraft. Refer to Appendix D of UFC 3

- 420

- 01

, Plumbing Systems , for additional requirements associated with Emergency Shower and Eyewash Stations.

2- 12 ELECTRICAL DESIGN

2- 12.1 Area Classifications Classify all fuel facilities, except as modified by this UFC, in accordance with API RP 500

, NFPA 30

, NFPA 70 , and ANSI/IEEE C2 . These practices may be modified where unusual conditions occur, where locations contain hazardous atmospheres classified other than Group D (as defined by NFPA 70 ), or where equipment malfunction may

ca use hazardous situations. Use sound judgment in applying these requirements. Specify a higher classification wherever necessary to maintain safety and continuity of service. Treat combustible liquids under pressure as flammable liquids

. All piping and equipment including that connected to an atmospheric storage tank shall be considered pressurized. Ensure design is in accordance with the requirements designated in NFPA 70 for the specific division and class. Ensure equipment temperature class or operating temperature is in accordance with NFPA 70

. Ensure that project drawings include hazardous area plans indicating extent and classification of areas. Drawings should provide dimensions indicating extent of classified areas and should include sections/elevations when required to fully convey the extent of the areas.

2- 12.1.1 Class I, Division 1 Class I, Division 1 locations include:

a) Outdoor locations and those indoor locations having positive mechanical ventilation that is within 3 feet (0.9 m) of the fill openings or vents on individual containers to which flammable liquids are being transferred . Provide alarm devices on all ventilation systems.

b) Outdoor locations within 5 feet (1.5 m) of open end of vents and openings on liquid fuel storage tanks extending in all directions

. c) Entire pit, sump, open trench, or other depression, any part of which i s within a Division 1 or 2 location and is without mechanical ventilation.

d) Location s within and on exterior walls of open top spill containment structures including oil/water separators and spill containment boxes

. e) Lo cations at fuel dispensers.

f) Locations within 3 feet (0.9 m) of vent, extending in all directions, when loading a truck through the bottom connection.

g) All pump /filter houses handling liquid fuels.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

19 h) Any area containing electrical equipment that is or may be e xposed to atomized fuel and where the ambient temperature can at any time be above the flash point of the fuel.

2- 12.1.2 Class I, Division 2 Class I, Division 2 locations include:

a) Outdoor locations between 5 feet (1.5 m) and 10 feet (3 m) of the Division 1 zones at vents and openings, o n liquid fuel storage tanks extending in all directions

. b) Entire pit, sump, open trench, or other depression, any part of which is within a Division 1 or 2 location and is provided with mechanical ventilation.

c) Outdoor locations within 3 feet (0.9 m) of the exterior surface of pumps, air relief valves, withdrawal fittings, meters, and similar devices that are located in pipelines handling liquid fuels under pressure. Class I, D ivision 2 locations extend upward 18 inches (450 mm) above grade level and within 10 feet (3 m) horizontally from any surface of the device.

d) Locations within and extending upward to the top of the dikes that surround aboveground tanks containing liquid fuels and within 10 feet (3 m), extending in all directions of the tank shell, ends, or roof.

e) Locations extending upward 18 inches (450 mm) above grade level within 15 feet ( 4.6 m) horizontally from any surface of open top spill contai nment structures including oil/water separators and spill containment boxes , whether installed indoors or outdoors.

f) Locations 25 feet (7.6 m) horizontally in all directions on pier side from portion of hull containi ng cargo and from water level to 25 feet (7.6 m) above cargo tank at highest point.

g) Area between 3 feet (0.9 m) and 10 feet (3 m) extending in all directions from vent when loading a truck. Also upward 18 inches (450 mm) above grade and within 10 feet (3 m) horizontally from the truck load connection.

2- 12.1.3 Non

- Classified Locations Non

- classified locations include:

a) Outdoor locations having closed piping systems handling flammable or combustible liquids that have no pumps, air relief valves, withdrawal fittings, valves, screwed fittings, flanges, meters, or similar devices which create joints in piping.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

20 b) Office buildings, boiler rooms, control rooms, and similar locations that are outside the limits of hazardous locations, as defined above, and are not used for transferring flammable or combustible liquids or containers for such liquids.

c) Areas in which flammable and combustible liquids are stored i n accordance with NFPA 30 , outside the limits of a classified location, and the liquids are not transferred.

2- 12.2 Illumination Illuminate all working areas for night operations to the minimum intensity recommended in Table 4 of API RP 540

. Lighting design should also provide for road access on tall light posts to allow for lamp replacement. For facilities within the jurisdiction of the U.S. Coast Guard under 33 CFR Part 154

, illuminate to the minimum intensity required by that regulation. Provide security lighting in accordance with MIL

- HDBK

- 1013/1 for the Navy, UFC 3

- 550

- 03FA for the Army and Air Force a nd AFOSH Standard 91

- 38 for the Air Force. If local or state regulations exist, follow the most stringent requirements.

2- 12.3 Grounding and Bonding The following references apply to grounding and bonding systems:

a) ANSI/IEEE 142

b) NFPA 70

c) NFPA 77

d) NFPA 780

e) API RP 540

f) API RP 2003

g) ANSI/ IEEE 1100

h) NFPA 407

2- 12.3.1 Grounding Requirements Ground the following items in accordance with Article 250 of NFPA 70 :

a) Motor , generator, and transformer frames.

b) Non

- current

- carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment and installations, such as enclosures for panelboards, switchgear, and motor control centers.

c) Metallic messengers of self

- supporting cables.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

21 d) Exposed conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors , such as metallic conduit, metallic tubing, metallic armoring, sheaths and shields, cable troughs, trays and racks, wireways, and busways.

e) Filter/separators and other filtra tion equipment.

2- 12.3.2 Current and Lightning Protection Provide lightning protection in accordance with Corps TM 5

- 811 -3

, AFM 88 -9

, NFPA 780

, MIL

- HDBK

- 1004/6 , and local installation requirements. For fault current protection and lightning protection, ground the following items through ground rods or beds or bond to a grounded network. Provide ground for these items as required by the above references.

a) F ences.

b) Lightning arrestors and lightning shield conductors.

c) Operating mechanisms of overhead airbreak switches.

d) Canopies.

e) Aboveground storage tanks.

2- 12.3.3 Static El ectricity Prevention To prevent the buildup static electricity

, ground the following items directly through ground rods or beds or bond to a grounded network. Do not exceed 10,000 ohms of resistance to ground , unless otherwise stated

. Do not bond dissimilar metals together.

a) Aboveground tanks, vessels, stacks, heat exchangers, and similar equipment not directly supported or bolted to a grounded supporting network.

b) Pipe and pipe support columns in accordance with the more stringent of NFPA 77 or below.

(1) Provide (minimum) 1 ground rod on pipe runs 100 feet (30 m) long or less unless the pipe is connected to a grounded source within the 100 feet (30 m).

(2) Provide (minimum) 2 ground rods on runs of pipe that exceed 100 feet (30 m), but are less than 300 feet (90 m) in length

. (3) Provide (minimum) 1 ground rod at intervals not exceeding 300 feet (90 m) on r uns of pipe that are greater than 300 feet (90 m) in length

. (4) Parallel pipes may be bonded and common ground rods used, spaced in accordance with (1) through (3) above.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

22 c) Aircraft direct fueling stations.

d) Hydrant pits.

e) Internal floating pans bonded to the storage tank shell.

f) Aboveground portions of electrically isolated piping at truck, rail, and marine loading and unloading stations.

2- 12.3.4 Installation Isolate grounding systems for instrumentation, instrument control boards , and electronic equipment from all other ground systems. Additional grounding is not required for overhead electrical equipment bolted directly to grounded metallic structures. Where feasible, separate the conductor connecting a lightning rod to the grounding electrode from other grounding conductors. Route with a minimum of sharp bends and in the most direct manner to the grounding elect rode . Do not use this electrode in lieu of grounding electrodes which may be required for other systems. This provision does not prohibit the required bonding together for grounding electrodes of different systems.

2- 13 CATHODIC PROTECTION Obtain the services of a National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

- certified Corrosion Specialist or Cathodic Protection Specialist or a registered professional Corrosion Engineer to perform all cathodic protection design and testing. For Army and Air Force designs, comply with the current Engineering Technical Letters in addition to the following requirements. For Navy designs, com ply with NAVFAC Interim Technical Guidance FY94

- 01

.

2- 13.1 Tanks For all underground steel tanks and tank bottoms of aboveground vertical tanks, provide cathodic protection in accordance with UFC 3

- 570

- 02N

, API RP 651

, 40 CFR Part 280

, UL 1746 , and UFC 3

- 460

- 03 . For additional information on cathodic protection , refer to NAVFAC MO

- 230 and AFI 32

- 1054 . Current tank design configuration electrically isolates the tank bottom from surrounding earth. The refore, install cathodic protection between the liner and the tank bottom.

2- 13.2 Piping For all carbon steel and stainless steel underground and underwater piping, provide cathodic protection in accordance with UFC 3

- 570

- 02N and 40 CFR Part 280 for piping associated with underground storage tanks. For additional information on cat hodic protection , refer to NAVFAC MO

- 230

, NACE S P0169 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems, and 49 CFR Part 195 . Buried stainless steel corrodes and, therefore, must be cathodically protected.

2- 13.2.1 Surge Arrestors Provide surge arrestors across all aboveground insulated flanges connected to belowground cathodically protected piping. Require surge arrestors to be designed for use with insulated flanges and for use in Class I, Division 1 areas. Provide covers overUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

23 flanges to preclude dirt from degrading surge arrestors ; refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28

.

2- 13.3 Structures Obtain the services of a (NACE)

- certified Corrosion Specialist or Cathodic Protection Specialist or a registered professional Corrosion Engineer to evaluate the need for cathodic pro tection on steel portions of fueling support facilities. Comply with UFC 3

- 570

- 02N

.

2- 14 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

2- 14.1 General Policy It is the firm policy of the Department of Defense to design and construct fueling facilities in a manner that will prevent damage to the environment by accidental discharge of fuels, their vapors or residues. Designs must comply with foreign government, national, state, and local environmental protection regulations that are in effect at a particul ar facility.

2- 14.2 Regulations

2- 14.2.1 Within U.S.A. Within the jurisdiction of the United States, adhere to the following environmental protection regulations:

a) National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 USC 4321

. b) U.S. Coast Guard Regul ations, 33 CFR Part 154

. c) Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 40 CFR Part 60

. d) Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 40 CFR Part 112

. e) Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 40 CFR Part 122

. f) Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 40 CFR Part 280

. g) Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 40 CFR Part 281

. h) Department of Transportation Regulations, 49 CFR Part 195

. i) Obtain additional data on anti

- pollution regulations for specific locations from Service Headquarters Environmental Support Office.

2- 14.2.2 Outside U.S.A

. At facilities in ot her countries, consult appropriate service environmental directives, DODD Overseas Environmental Baseline Guidance Doctrine and for Navy, OPNAVINST 5090.1

. It may be appropriate to address the D oD Overseas Environmental Baseline Guidance Document and appropriate Final GoverningUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

24 Standards for the region/country. If tank is to be installed in a locale or state with more stringent criteria, use the more stringent criteria. If tank is to be installed in a NATO country other than the CONUS, follow the most stringent of local regulations or NATO Airfield Standard Design - Jet Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems.

2- 14.3 Transfer of Fuel at Ports

2- 14.3.1 Bulk Transfer Compliance with 33 CFR Part 154 is required for each fixed facility capable of transferring fuel in bulk to or from a vessel with a capacity of 10,500 gallons (39 700 L) or more. These facilities are required to have an operations manual approved by the Captain of the Port. In the operations manual, include the requirement for the following systems:

a) Hose assemblies

b) Loading arms

c) Closure devices

d) Monitoring devices

e) Small discharge containment

f) Discharge removal

g) Discharge containment equipment

h) Emergency shutdown

i) Communications

j) Lighting

2- 14.3.2 Vapor Collection For facilities that collect vapor from vessel cargo tanks, ensure that the requirements of 40 CFR Part 60 for the following items are met:

a) Vapor line connections

b) Vessel liquid overfill protection

c) Vesse l vapor overpressure and vacuum protection

d) Fire, explosion, and detonation protection

e) Detonation arrestors, flame arrestors, and flame screens

f) Inerting, enriching, and diluting systemsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

25 g) Vapor compressors and blowers

h) Vapor recovery and vapor destruction unit s

2- 14.4 Air Quality Control

2- 14.4.1 Design Requirements Regulatory requirements pertaining to air quality control will vary according to locality and to type and size of the petroleum vapor source. Petroleum storage and dispensing facilities are common sources of air pollution. Their emissions are typically restricted through requirements in state and local regulations. Federal regulations ( 40 CFR Part 60 Subparts Kb and XX ) may also apply depending on the product handled and size of the tank or facility being constructed.

2- 14.4.2 Aboveground Storage Tanks Federal regulation 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart Kb requires that tanks used for the storage of fuel with a design capacity greater than 19,000 gallons (72 000 L) having a true vapor pressure greater than 0.75 psia (5. kPa) at operating temperature must be equipped with either: 1) a fixed roof in combination with an internal floating pan; 2) an external floating roof equipped with a dual seal closure device between the wall of the tank and the roof edge; or 3) a closed vent system designed to collect all volatile organic compound (VOC) vapors and gases discharged from the tank and a control device designed to reduce VOC emissions by 95 percent or greater. It is the design intent that most vertical aboveground tanks will have internal floating pans and that vapor recovery will be used only if required by federal, state, or local regulations for the type of fuel and type of tank proposed, except as specifically required by another chapter of this UFC. Refer to Chapter 8 of this UFC for specific requirements for floating pans.

2- 14.4.3 Truck and Rail Loading Facilities Tank truck and tank car loading facilities constructed or modified after December 17, 1980 which load an annual average of more than 20,000 gallons (76 000 L) per day of fuel having a true vapor pressure (TVP) of 0.75 psia (5 kPa) or greater must discharge the vapors resulting from such operations into a closed system. Ensure this system leads to a vapor recovery or disposal system which is capable of removing 95 percent of the petroleum vapor before final discharge into the atmosphere. Equip bulk gasoline termina ls (handling fuels with TVP > 4.003 psia or 27.60 kPa) with a vapor collection system designed to collect total organic compound (TOC) vapors displaced from tank trucks during loading. Emissions from the vapor control system due to loading must not exceed 35 mg of TOC per liter of gasoline loaded. For facilities with an existing vapor processing system, the TOC emissions must not exceed 80 mg of TOC per liter of gasoline loaded ( 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart XX ).

2- 14.4.4 Permit Requirement s Air quality permits are typically required for the construction of petroleum storage and dispensing facilities. It is essential for designers to review regulatory requirements to ensure incorporation of proper environmental controls. State and local regulations are primary sources for air quality requirements, but for particularly large facilities, it is alsoUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

26 beneficial to confer with the EPA regional office. The permit review and air quality controls will further depend on whether the construction site is located in an attainment

or non

- attainment area for ozone. Different permit programs apply in these areas, but they can both yield strict control requirements depending on the air quality of the area. An emissions offset analysis may be necessary before any construction permit can be granted. This analysis will require and demonstrate a reduction in VOC emissions from other sources in the locality where the new source construction is to take place. The offset can be obtained by providing new or better controls or otherwise decreasing emissions from an existing source.

2- 14.5 Water Quality Control

2- 14.5.1 Design Requirements Protection of the natural waters against pollution from discharge of petroleum is achieved by complying with federal, state, and local regula tions.

2- 14.5.2 Stormwater Discharge A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit, 40 CFR Part 122

, may be required for the discharge of stormwater. A review of federal, state, and local stormwater regulations is required prior to design and construction. Discharge of stormwater includes:

a) Controlled drainage from storage tank areas with impermeable diked enclosures or drainage systems leading to impoundments.

b) Drainage from treatment syst ems.

c) Drainage from facility transfer operations, pumping, and tank car and tank truck loading/off

- loading areas.

d) Drainage from equipment/vehicle maintenance areas.

2- 14.5.3 Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan The minimum requirements for spill prevention in the United States are contained in 40 CFR Part 112 . It requires the preparation of a SPCC Plan for facilities that may discharge fuel into navigable waters of the United States. Specific design features are

nec essary to meet the SPCC objectives at all facilities. The SPCC plan must demonstrate that the fuel facility will be designed and constructed in a manner that will prevent spillage, and should such a spillage occur, prevent the spill from leaving the
prope rty and entering a waterway. Review API Bull etin D16 to assist with conformance to regulations. Refer to 33 CFR Part 154 for small discharge containment.

2- 14.5.4 Meeting SPCC Plan Objectives 40 CFR Part 112 allows SPCC Plan objectives to be met by either spill cont ain ment or spill treatment. F or facilities covered by this UFC only spill containment systems are acceptable. Spill treatment systems shall not be allowed to meet SPCC requirements unless required by regulations. Provide treatment systems ( oil/water separators ) to treat the discharge from spill containment systems only when required by federal, state,UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

27 or local regulati ons, or by Service Headquarters

. Typical facilities requiring a spill containment system are fuel storage tanks, tank truck loading/off

- loading/parking areas, and tank car loading/off

- loading areas.

2- 14.5.5 Spill Containm ent Systems The SPCC Plan objectives expressed in 40 CFR Part 112 shall be met with impermeable spill containment system designed to prevent a spill from leaving the property unless a spill treatment system is required by federal, state, or local regulations , or by Service Headquarters. See the individual chapters of this UFC for requirements.

2- 14.5.6 Spill Treatment Systems ( Oil/Water Separators ) Treatment systems (oil/water separators) may not be used to meet the requirements of 40 CFR Part 112 unless required by federal, state, or local regulations , or as determined by the appropriate Service Headquarters . Do not pro vide oil/water separator to treat the discharge from spill containment system s (e.g. secondary containment dikes , tank truck parking areas, loading/off

- loading facilities), unless specifica lly required by regulations. Select either a conventional rectangular API type gravity oil/water separator or one with inclined parallel plates. Where possible, design the separator as a rectangular vessel with a fully open top with lid for ease of inspection and cleaning.

a) Design and construct the separator in accordance with the following:

(1) UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

. (2) UFGS 44 42 53

. (3) Army Corps of Engineers ETL 1110 -3- 466

. (4) ACI 350.4R

- 04 , Design Considerations for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures.

b) Consider the following items in sizing the oil/water separator :

(1) Anticipated inlet flow rate of a 5

- year, 1

- hour duration storm event.

(2) Type of fuel.

(3) Specific gravity and viscosity of fuel.

(4) Specific ambient and product temperature ranges.

(5) Product storage capacity required.

(6) Possible contaminants present.

(7) Operating parameters are intermittent or continuous.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

28 c) Require parallel plates to be constructed from non

- oleophilic materials such as fiberglass . Arrange the plates in either a downflow or crossflow mode so that the oil collects in the high point of the corrugations and rises to the top without clogging from settleable solids.

d) Consider installing a retention basin upstream of the oil/water separator . This would allow solids to settle prior to reaching the oil/water separator and allow the option of either releasing th e stormwater to the oil/water separator or to an appropriate stormwater collection system.

2- 14.5.7 Leak Detection As required by federal, state, and local regulations install leak detection on aboveground tank bottoms, unde rground storage tanks, and underground piping

.

2- 14.5.8 Wastewater Disposal Provide a holding tank for wastewater. Wastewater is any water which has been in contact with significant quantities of fuel such as water collected from tank sumps, equipment drains, and equipment sumps. Ensure that tank construction conforms to federal, state, and local environmental requirements. Provide a means to remove wastewater for off

- site disposal.

2- 14.5.9 Dewatering Where dewatering for construction purposes is necessary and contamination is suspected, test the groundwater prior to construction to determine the extent of contamination . If the groundwater is, or has the potential to be, contaminated with petroleum pro ducts, review federal, state

, and local regulations for acceptable treatment methods. Permits may be required for treatment and/or disposal of the water. Contact facility Environmental Department for guidance.

2- 14.6 Aboveground Storage Tanks

2- 14.6.1 Design Requiremen ts Aboveground storage tanks may be single wall, double wall, horizontal, vertical, protected, or fire resistant as di scussed in Chapter 8 . There is not a single federal regulation that specifically addresses aboveground storage tanks similar to 40 CFR Part 280 that solely governs underground storage tanks. The majority of the federal environmental design requirements come from either 40 CFR Part 112 or 29 CFR Part 1910.106 . These regulations include environmental related requirements for:

a) Diking and drainage.

b) Flooding.

c) Corrosion Protection.

d) Inspections, Tests, and Records.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

29 e) Brittle Fracture Analysis.

The designer must consult the latest version of these regulations and comply with all federal, state, and local regulations

.

2- 14.6.2 Other Requirements If a tank is to be installed in a locale or state with more stringent criteria, use the more stringent criteria. If tank is to be installed in a NATO country other than the CONUS, follow the most stringent of local regulations or NATO Airfield Standard Design - Jet Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems.

2- 14.7 Underground Storage Tanks

2- 14.7.1 Design Requirements All underground and cut and cover storage tanks are to be double wall type. Single wall underground storage tanks are not allowed. For underground storage tanks larger than 110 gallons (416 L), the following are required by 40 CFR 280:

a) Corrosion protection for tanks and associated underground piping.

b) High le vel alarm.

c) Spill and overfill protection.

d) Release detection.

2- 14.7.2 Other Requirements If a tank is to be installed in a locale or state with more stringent criteria, use the more stringent criteria. If tank is to be installed in a NATO country other than the CO NUS, follow the most stringent of local regulations or NATO Airfield Standard Design - Jet Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems.

2- 15 FIRE PROTECTION

2- 15.1 General Requirements Design all petroleum fuel storage, handling, transportation, and distribution facilities w ith full consideration of the hazardous nature of the fuels to be handled and their vapors. Ensure compliance with UFC 3

- 600

- 01

.

2- 15.2 Protection of Aboveground Storage Tanks

2- 15.2.1 Tank Exterior Fire Protection Water Systems Provide fire protection water mains, hydrants, valves, pumps, and application devices to permit control of brush and grass fires and cooling of storage tanks in the event of a fire exposure. Provide a minimum of two hydrants. Locate hydrants and valves outside of diked areas and accessible to fire department pumper vehicles . Locate hydrants so that protected exposures can be reached through hose runs not exceeding 300 feet (90 m). Comply with all requirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 for water supply.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

30 2- 15.2.2 Tank Interior Fire Protection Systems Tanks containing Class I flammable fuels or mission

- critical Class II combustible fuels, such as JP

- 8, shall be equipped with a full contact, aluminum honeycomb floating pan. O ther Class II fuels require a floating pan if the tank does not comply with the spacing and diking requirements of this UFC. Tanks storing mission

- critical Class III fuels, such as JP

- 5 and diesel fuel marine (F

- 76), if located in hot (desert

- like) climat e, also require a floating pan to eliminate the fuel/air interface. A single slotted stilling well, that penetrates the floating pan, has a maximum diameter of 10 inches (250 mm) and is used for the automatic tank gauge system, is allowed to be provided without a vapor sleeve (bellow). The slotted well used for manual measurements shall be equipped with

a floating plug.

2- 15.3 Fire Protection of Pumping Facilities Fuel pump houses where over 50% of the fuel hydrant pumping capacity is in one fire area and that area is enclosed shall be protected with an automatic fire suppression system, such as a fire sprinkler system, foam water fire suppression system, etc. Fuel pump houses where over 50% of the transfer pumping is in one (enclosed) fire area shall be protected with an automatic fire suppression system, foam water fire suppression system, etc. Readily available mobile pumping equipment with 50% of the total pumping cap acities can be used to eliminate need for a fire suppression system. Where mobile pumping option is selected, provide connection points in the fuel system for temporary mobile pumps in the event that a pump facility is lost. Pump pads and pump shelters do not need fire suppression systems.

2- 15.3.1 Pumphouses, Pump Shelters, and Pump Pads A pump pad ha s no roof or canopy. A pump shelter has a roof, at least one wall completely open with adequate fire department access, and a total open wall area of 50 percent or more. A pumphouse has a roof, and a total open wall area of less than 50 percent.

2- 15.3.2 Fire De partment Access Provide adequate fire department access for all pump ing facilities

. Provide fire department access to all open sides of a pumphouse or pump shelter. Provide fire department access to at least two sides of a pump pad.

2- 15.4 Fire Protection of Un derground Vertical Storage Tanks

2- 15.4.1 Fire Protection Water Systems Provide fire protection water mains, hydrants, valves, pumps, and application devices to permit control of brush and grass fires and for cooling of the aboveground piping and equipment associa ted with underground vertical storage tanks in the event of a fire
exposure . Provide a minimum of two hydrants. Locate hydrants so that protected exposures can be reached through hose runs not exceeding 300 feet (90 m). Comply with all requirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 for water supply except that the minimum fire flow rate and minimum duration per hydrant shall be calculated using the smallest diameter of aboveground POL tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

31 2- 15.5 Protection of Tank Truck and Tank Car Facilities For facilities (such as loading stands) used for the transfer of flammable or combustible liquids to or from tank truck, refuelers , tank cars, drums, or other portable containers, provide portable dry chemical extinguishers of appropriate size, number, and location for the exposure.

2- 15.6 Protection of Aircraft Fueling Facilities Provide fire fighting equipment in accordance with service requirements. Refer to USAF AFTO 00

- 25

- 172

, NAVAIR 00

- 80R

- 14

, NAVAIR 00

- 80T

- 109

, AR 420

- 90 and NFPA 407

.

2- 15.7 Protection of Fuel Testing Laboratory Labo ratories shall comply with the general facility requirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 and NFPA 45 Laboratories using Chemicals.

2- 15.8 Protection of Support Facilities Comply with UFC 3

- 600

- 01 for fire protection of support facilities.

2- 15.9 Protection of Fuel Piers Provide protection for piers with fixed piping systems used for the transfer of flammable

or combustible liquids in accordance with the following:

a) UFC 3

- 600

- 01

b) UFC 4

- 152

- 01

, UFC 4

- 150

- 02 , and UFC 4

- 150

- 06

c) NFPA 30

d) NFPA 30A

e) NFPA 307 (If liquids are handled in bulk quantities across general purpose piers and wharves.)

2- 15.9.1 Fire Protection Water Systems Use fire water systems with hydrants located so that vessels alongside can be reac hed through hose lines not longer than 300 feet (90 m). Consult UFC 3

- 600

- 01 to determine total water demands for piers based on an extra hazard occupancy classification.

2- 16 EMERGENCY SHUT

- DOWN Emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton s are required wherever there is a potential for an accidental release. EFSO pushbutton stations are required near tanks (outside of berm area), tank car and tank truck loading and off

- loading, refueler truck fillst ands, aircraft direct fueling stations, pumps, fuel piers, etc. All pumps shall shut down and all motor operated valves shall close when an EFSO pushbutton is pressed. An alarm shall be annunciated at the master alarm panel. Operation of all pumps and v alves shall be discontinued until all EFSO pushbuttons are cleared and the alarm acknowledged. Off

- base pipeline receipt and tanker receipt may be exceptions; contact Service Headquarters for direction.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

32 2- 17 ELECTROMAG NETIC RADIATION HAZARDS Potential ignition hazards to petroleum storage, dispensing, or handling facilities may be created by emissions from electromagnetic devices such as radio and radar. Beam/signal strength has been known to cause ignition of flammable vapor

- air mixtures from inductive electrical heating of solid materials or from electrical arcs or sparks from chance resonant connections. For additional information, refer to MIL

- STD

- 461 and NF PA 407 . Incorporate the following specific precautions and restrictions in the design of petroleum fuel facilities:

a) Locate the radio transmitting antennas as far as practically possible from fuel storage or transfer areas.

b) Do not locate the fuel storage or transfer facilities closer than 300 feet (90 m) from aircraft warning radar antennas.

c) Do not locate fuel storage or transfer facilities closer than 500 feet (150 m) from airport ground approach and control equipment.

d) Do not locate fuel storage or transf er facilities closer than 300 feet (90 m) from areas where airborne surveillance radar may be operated.

e) Do not locate fuel storage and transfer facilities closer than 100 feet (30 m) from airport surface detection radar equipment.

2- 18 IDENTIFICATION Identify a ll pipelines and tanks as to product service by color coding, banding, product names, NATO designation, and directions of flow in accordance with MIL

- STD

- 161

. Mark valves, pumps, meters, and other items of equipment with eas ily discernible painted numbers or numbered corrosion

- resistant metal or plastic tags attached with a suitable fastener. Ensure numbers correspond to those on the schematic flow diagrams and other drawings for the installation

.

2- 19 ANTISTATIC DESIGN Consider static build

- up in the design. Refer to CRC Report No. 346 and No. 355

, API RP 2003 ; and NAVFAC MO

- 230 . Because of the many variables involved, such as properties of fuels and geometry of equipment layouts, no specific limits are established for design factors such as flow velocities.

2- 19.1 Piping Inlet Connections Design connections to tanks for reduce d velocity and to prevent splashing by use of diffusers. Fuel products are not permitted to free fall under any circumstances. Position inlet as close to the tank floor as possible to limit free fall.

2- 19.2 Enclosed Vapor Spaces Spaces above flammable or combu stible Hydrocarbons in tanks or other liquid containers must not have any pointed projection or probes which could be focal points for static electricity discharges.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

33 2- 19.3 Filter/Separators The heaviest electrostatic charges are usually developed in filtering elements of this equipment. The design should attempt to reduce such charges before fuel is transferred into storage tanks, vehicle tanks, or any equipment containing vapor spaces.

a) By means of residence time in piping or in a relaxation tank , provide a minimum of 30 seconds relaxation time between this equipment and discharging into a tank or vehicle. The only aviation turbine fuel currently in the inventory that requires this minimum relaxation time are JP- 5, JPTS and other aviation turbine fuels that do not contain SDA.

b) Relaxation time is not required for projects handling only fuels containing a static dissipator additive that provides a conductivity level greater than 50 conductivity units (50 picosiemens per meter) at the fuel temperature of the operations

. Examples of this are JP

- 4 and JP

8.

c) Provide a means for slow filling, to prevent static discharge when first filli ng empty filter

- separator vessels

.

2- 19.4 Aircraft Direct Fueling Stations JP- 5 requires a 30

- second residence time in the piping or in a relaxation tank after flowing through filtration and before being discharged into the aircraft to allow separate charges generated by the filtering elements to recombine and neutralize themselves. Where possible, design the piping layout to provide the required 30

- second relaxation time without use of a re laxation tank

.

2- 19.5 Truck Bottom Loading Provide facilities only capable of bottom loading of trucks. Army facilities that routinely handle trucks that are not capable of bottom loading mus t obtain approval for the addition of top loading capability from the Army Service Headquarters. Refer to NFPA 77 and API RP 2003 for additional information and req uirements.

2- 20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

2- 20.1 Equipment Operation and Maintenance Documentation In all construction and procurement contracts, require operation and maintenance data for pieces of equipment which require maintenance and/or which requi re setting, adjusting, starting, stopping, calibrating, and similar operational activities.

2- 20.2 Operation and Maintenance Support Information (OMSI) An OMSI for all new facilities is required. The determination to include a requirement for a complete OMSI for new facilities or a major rehabilitation will be made by the appropriate Service Headquarters

.

2- 21 PROTECTION AGAINST SEISMIC ACTIVITY Design fuel facility buildings and structures for seismic requirements in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

. Design aboveground vertical storage tanks in accordance with API StdUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

34 650 , Appendix E

. Analyze flexible aboveground pipelines using techniques to account for harmonic res ponse.

2- 22 STRUCTURAL DESIGN Design all buildings and structures in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

.

2- 23 CONCRETE Concrete where used in this UFC refers to cast

- in

- place, Portland Cement Concrete (PCC), reinforced as required, finished, and cured. The use of coated or uncoated bituminous asphalt concrete (asphalt), “shotcrete”, or autoclaved cellular concrete (ACC) in its place is prohibited.

2- 24 AIRFIELD/AIRSPACE REQUIREMENTS Incorporate requirements for airfield and airspace clearances into all construction documents for work near an airfield. Verify compliance with UFC 3

- 260

- 02

.

2- 25 PERMITS The planner, programmer, and designer should give consideration to required permits (dredging, air emissions, water discharges, etc.). Considerations are cost of permit, cost impact of project to meet permit requirements, schedule impact of permit, who is to obtain permit, and at what time in the project schedule should application be made.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

35 CHAPTER 3 - BULK FUEL STORAGE FACILITIES

3-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of bulk fuel storage facilities, including bulk storage tanks and those components normally located within a typical bulk storage compound. These components in clude pipeline receiving facilities, tank truck and tank car receiving facilities, pipeline dispensing (pumping) facilities, tank truck and tank car loading facilities, and all related piping and equipment. Fuel storage tanks are discussed in Chapter 8 and piping systems in Chapter 9 of this UFC

. Support facilities, which are discussed in Chapter 11 of this UFC, are often collocated within bulk facilities. Systems used to receive and dispense aviation turbine fuels are discussed in Chapter 4 of th is UFC. Systems used to receive and dispense fuel from barges and ships are discussed in Chapter 5 of th is UFC

. Installation pipelines connecting bulk facilities with marine receiving and dispensing facilities, aircraft fueling facilities, and ground vehicle fueling facilities, as well as in terterminal pipelines are discussed in Chapter 6 of this UFC. Refer to Facility Plate 0 01 for the entire chapter identification plan pertaining to this UFC.

Note: If aviation fuel can be pumped directly from a tank into an aircraft, aircraft direct fueling system or a refueler

, treat the tank as an operating storage tank regardless of siz e and location and must meet the applicable requirements for aviation turbine fuel operating tanks. The exception is bulk storage tanks that are configured to fill refuelers on an emergency basis only.

3-2 GENERAL REQUIR EMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not begin the design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chap ter 2 of this UFC.

3-3 RECEIVING FACILITIES Fuel is normally received at bulk fuel storage facilities by pipeline, tank truck, tank car, barge, or ship. In many cases, the fuel is pumped by pipeline from the marine receiving facility to the bulk storage facility. Marine receiving facilities are addressed in Chapter 5 of this UFC. Service Headquarters , with concurrence from the Defense Energy Support Center, will determine the appropriate type of delivery method based on mission requirements and an economic analysis. A secondary method of delivery is normally required for aviation activities.

3- 3.1 Pipeline Receiving Facilities

3- 3.1.1 General Criteria Petroleum fuels may be supplied to bulk fuel stora ge tanks by interterminal pipelines which may be dedicated to serving the particular facility or may be commercial pipelines handling a number of types or grades of fuel for more than one user. In some cases,
t he pipeline will be an installation pipeline. If different fuel types are used, separate each type within the receiving facility. Exercise extreme care to avoid designing aUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

36 system that could create damaging surges in the pipeline created by quick closing valves.

3- 3.1.2 Equipment Required

a) Provide pressure

- regulating diaphragm control valves to reduce pipeline pressures to the design pressure of the facility’s piping and equipment. Provide a manual isolation valve at both the upstream an d downstream side of each diaphragm control valve. Prior to designing any features into the system which might affect the flow from a pipeline, contact the operator of the pipeline to ascertain the current operating conditions, evaluate the use of diaphra gm control valves

, conduct a surge analysis of the pipeline, and determine whether the use of diaphragm control valves is appropriate.

b) Provide a meter at the receiving end of the line to measure quantities of fuel received. Turb ine

- type meters are commonly used for pipeline receipt. However, positive displacement meters are acceptable if available at the required flow rate. Consider also the use of alternative meter technologies such as ultrasonic meters. Compensate for fuel
t emperature at the point of custody transfer. Provide a basket strainer on the upstream side of the meter and connections for proving the meter with a portable prover. A meter prover connection consists of a manual isolation valve in the main pipeline with a tee on both the upstream and downstream sides of the valve. The branch of each of the tees has a manual isolation valve and a hose connection. The master meter can be attached to the hose connections.

c) Provide a means for sampling each pipeline product at a breakout manifold.

d) Provide provisions for a contractor to bolt pig launchers and receivers to the system for pigging . Arrange pig receiving connections to avoid introducing pipeline sludge and sediment into the tanks. Pig launching and receiving provisions are required for interterminal (cross

- country) and installation (as described in Chapter 6 of this UFC) underground pipelines.

e) Provide an interface tank to receive mixed fuels at the beginning and end of a shipment unless the commercial pipeline company can provide this service satisfactorily.

f) Provide a breakout tank only if pipeline flow cannot be stopped due to pipeline operational requirements. Provide valves to divert the flow of fuel from the pipeline to the breakout tank in the event fuel transfer is blocked by a manual or automatic valve within the fuel facility system such that the fuel facility system would be overpressurized fromUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

37 transient surge or high pressure from deadheading a pipeline supply pump. Provide appropriate breakout tank overfill alarms and alarm breakout operation so fuel facility operators can take necessary steps to stop pipeline flow. Provide means of transferri ng fuel out of breakout tank back to fuel systems after a breakout event. Conduct a thorough review with the pipeline operator and perform a transient
surge analysis to determine if surge pressure reduction methods are required to avoid damage to the pipeline.

g) Provide means of inbound filtration for all products. The selection of filtration depends on anticipated impurities, the source of fuel, and the shipping methods. Consider the use of micronic filters

, cyclonic filters

, and haypack coalescers as possible filtration devices. Avoid the use of water slug shutoff diaphragm control valves or other r apid

- closing valves on pipeline receipt facilities. For inbound filtration of aviation turbine fuels, refer to “Special In

- Bound Filtration” paragraph of Chapter 4 of this UFC

. h) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equip ment for service.

i) Provide basket strainers upstream of pumps, meters and receipt filtration.

j) Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. k) Provide a concrete housekeeping pad and, unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters, a canopy to protect fixed facilities assets and equipment from the elements. See the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

3- 3.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- loading Facilities

3- 3.2.1 General Criteria Bulk fuel storage facilities may be supplied with fuel by tank truck or tank car or both

. At facilities with pipeline or water transport as their principal supply source, provide tank truck or tank car deliveries as a secondary supply source. Tank truck deliveries are the most common m ethod. However, special transportation considerations or changing circumstances may make the use of rail facilities desirable. Therefore, at an activity with railroad service, arrange a tank truck receiving facility so that the system can be easily and economically extended to the existing rail spur. See Facility Plate 002

. a) The preferred off

- loading method is into a drop tank off

- loading system. See Facility Plate 003

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

38 b) Provide a packaged off

- load ing system when a drop tank type off

loading is not practical for off

- loading tank trucks or tank cars due to environmental concerns, site limitations, or cost considerations, and/or directed by Service Headquarters . See Facility Plate 004

. c) Provide a direct off

- loading system when only an occasional tank truck requires off

- loading and when directed by Service Headquarters . See Facility Plate 005

. d) Do not locate tank truck or tank car receiving facilities closer than 50 feet (15 m) from tanks, buildings, roads, overhead power lines, pad

mounted transformers, and property lines. Comply with NFPA 30 and assume that the property line is the fuel farm fence. Use the criteria for Class I liquids regardless of product and do not take a reduction for fixed fire protection.

e) Provide an adequate number (minimum two) of positions to off

- load the daily fu el requirements of the facility in an eight

- hour period without causing detention or demurrage of delivery conveyances.

f) Provide separate off

- loading connections for each type of fuel to be handled. To facilitate the use of tank trucks with multiple indepe ndent compartments, provide a hose manifold with a minimum of two connections per tank truck. A manifold with hose connections equal to the number of truck compartments is recommended for quick turnaround. If less than five connections are provided, provide a blind flange on the end of the manifold to accommodate additional connections.

g) Provide a containment area at each truck off

- loading position consisting of an impermeable retention and controlled drainage system leading to a concrete remote spill containment system. Pave the containment area consisting of the islands, the spaces between islands and on each side of the outer islands, with concrete pitched a minimum of one percent toward catch basins or trench drains. De sign the containment area in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state

, and local regulations. Do not use asphalt within a spill containment area. The maximu m slope of any paving within a truck movement or parking

are a shall not exceed 2 percent excepting rollover curbs. If a rollover curb is provided, the sum of the vertical entrance and exit grades shall not exceed 8 percent, the horizontal length of the curb in the direction of truck movement shall not be less than 15 feet, and the rollover curb shall be aligned perpendicular with direction of truck movement.

h) At tank car off

- loading areas, pave the contain ment area with concrete (or otherwise provide containment) for an area extending from 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of each outer rail and extending longitudinally 15 feetUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

39 (4.6 m) each way from the center of each loading position. Slope the paved area to a to a spill containment system as described previously

. i) Provide a concrete remote spill containment system for each

c ontainment area. Design the remote spill containment system in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state, and local regulations. Provide the remote spill containment system with capacity greater than either the volume of the largest tank truck or tank car compartment to be off

- loaded

, or runoff from a rainfall of intensity equal to a 5

- year expectancy, 1

- hour duration storm. Provide a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside the enclosure in an area that will be safely accessible during a fire. The valve shall be lockable and normally closed to allow for containment during fueling operations and which can be opened to drain the area when necessary. Tank trucks can be as large as 10,000 gallons (38 000 L) in capacity and tanks cars as large as 40,000 gallons (150 000 L). If a canopy is installed, reduce the sizing for rainfall, accounting for wind

- blown rain. Consider combining the remote spill containment system with other spill containment systems on site, except with tank containment systems. However, take the level of contamination in each containment area into consideration.

j) Construct the drain piping between the containment area and the
concrete remote spi ll containment system

, and between the remote spill containment system and lockable knife gate valve of petroleum

resistant, fire

- resistant, impermeable materials. Do not use clay, concrete, fiberglass, or plastic piping materials.

k) For off

- loading tank trucks, arrange the flow of traffic to permit continuous forward movement of tank trucks at all times. Commercial tank trucks off

- load on the passenger side.

l) To determine the number of connections needed for off

- loading tank cars, consult with Service Headquarters and consider minimizing tank car movements, tank car shipping schedules, conveyance turn

- around times, local rail switching capabilities, and quantity of fuel needed for one day’s fuel supply.

m) Provide an electrical design that meets the minimum requirements of NFPA 70

, NFPA 77 , and NFPA 780 . Treat combustible liquids under
pressure as a flammable liquid

. n) Provide a canopy for protection from the elements of fixed facility assets and equipment per the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

o) Provide a canopy to preclude rain from the containment area whe n the requirements listed in the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter are
met.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

40 p) Provide for egress and entrance of emergency response vehicles. The egress and entrance routes need to be large enough to allow both, trucks and emergency vehicles, leaving and entering the facility.

q) Provide a means of inbound filtration for all products. The selection of filtration depends on anticipated impurities, the source of fuel, and the shipping methods. Consider the use of micronic filters

, cyclonic filters

, and haypack coalescers as possible filtration devices. For inbound filtration of aviation turbine fuels, refer to Chapter 4 of this UFC.

3- 3.2.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Drop Tank Off

- Loading System The introduction of air into a fuel receiving system poses extreme hazards which can result in fire and/or explosion. Hazards are compounded when an air/fuel mixture is passed through rec eipt filter/separators where static electricity is generated and ignition

can occur. Design off

- load ing facilities so air is not introduced into the system. For facilities with t he capability to off

- load several tank trucks at once or where newer tank trucks with multiple hoses are connected to multiple isolated compartments, consider providing an underground, gravity

- type, receiving tank with submersible transfer pumps and level controls. For smaller systems of one or two tank trucks, consider a low profile, aboveground, receiving tank with a centrifugal transfer pump. For either case, provide level sensors to control the flow. Provide a temperature compensated meter on the

rec eipt line to the tank at points of transfer and custody

. For materials of construction for off

- loading drop tanks, refer to Chapter 8

. See Facility Plate 00 3

.

3- 3.2.3 Tank Truck and Tank Car Packaged Off

- Loading System For tank truck or tank car off

- loading

, an off

- loading drop tank may not be practical due to environmental concerns, site limitations, or cost considerations. In these instances, provide a 600 gpm (38 L/s) packaged off

- loading system. Prov ide one packaged system, including vertical inline centrifugal pump, diaphragm control valve s to control flow , meter, and multiple hose connections (one for each tank truck compartment), for each tank truck or tank car receiving station. Provide a n air el iminator tank to remove air from the system, reducing the risk of an air/fuel mixture passing through receipt filter/separators and preventing the metering of air. Level sensors in the air eliminator tank control the pump discharge diaphragm control valve s , modulating the flow rate based on the level in the air eliminator tan k. Refer to NAVFAC Drawing No. 1404005 and Facility Plate 00 4

.

3- 3.2.4 Tank Truck and Tank Car Direct Off

- Loading System Use when only an occasional tank truck requires off

- loading and when directed by Service Headquarters

. Refer to Facility Plate 005

.

3- 3.2.5 Equipment Required

a) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with a drop tank off

loading system, do not provide an off

- loading pump. Provide at least two pumps in the drop tank to transfer fuel to the storage tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

41 b) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with packaged off

- loading systems, provide one system for each tank truck or tank car that is to be off

- loaded simultaneously, at an average capacity of 600 gpm (38 L/s) each. The number of systems shall be determined by Service Headquarters but shall be a minimum of two. The capacity of the systems may be reduced to 300 gpm (19 L/s) each only when directed by Service Headquarters.

c) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with direct off

- loading systems, provide centrifugal pu mps configured to provide automatic air elimination as shown on Facility Plate 005 . Provide at least two pumps to allow continued operation if one is out of service. The capacity of the pumps may be increased to 600 gpm (38 L/s) each only when directed by Service Headquarters. The centerline height of suction line from manifold to pump should not exceed 23.25 inches (591 mm) above truck unloading, parked position. Locate the pump as close as possible to the off

- load point to prevent suction problems.

d) Provide 4

- inch (100 mm) diameter by 10

- foot (3 m) long lightweight reinforced vacuum rated off

- loading hoses and covered hose storage racks for each hose connection at each off

- loading position. Eliminate covered hose storage rack if off

- load rack is to be covered by a
canopy . Ensure that all swivels are non

- lubricated aluminum or stainless steel in

- line repairable type. Consult with Activity to verify the need for hoses , s ince a t some locations , the fuel hauling contractor
p rovides the hoses.

e) Equip each tank truck off

- loading position with an electronic, intrinsically safe, automatic, self

- monitoring ground verification unit with a lockable bypass. If grounding is not verified and there is an off

loading pump dedicated to that position, ensure the unit prevents the pump from starting. If the pump is not dedicated, ensure an alarm sounds if the off

- loading valve is opened prior to grounding verification. Include a separate grounding reel to accommodate vehicles without groun ding equipment.

f) Provide emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton stations. For truck off

- loading with multiple positions, an EFSO pushbutton station is required for each position and along routes of personnel ingress and egress between 100 and 200 feet fr om the off

- loading position. Design in such a manner that activation of the emergency stop will shutoff all fueling in the off

- loading area and/or the associated pumphouse or pump pad.

g) Provide fuel sampling connections at each position for each product li ne for collecting test samples.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

42 h) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of each strainer or a differential type gauge across each strainer. Where a strainer is upstream of a pump, the pump suction gauge may function as the strainer downstream gauge.

i) Provide a compound (pressure/vacuum) gauge on the inlet side of pumps and a pressure gauge on the outlet side of pumps.

j) If the system is for JP

- 5 or other fuel that does not have a static dissipater additive which provides a conductivity level greater than 50 conductivity units (50 picosiemens per meter), and a 30

- second retention time is not provided between filter/separator and receiving tank, provide a relaxa tion tank downstream of filter/separator to ensure a combined 30

- second retention time (time in the relaxation tank and time in the piping).

k) Provide basket strainers upstream of pumps, meters, and receipt filtration

. l) Provide a combination flow control and non

- surge check diaphragm control valve on all off

- load pumps except positive displacement types. If a bulk air eliminator with automatic air release head is included, provide a means of closing the diaphragm contro l valve with a solenoid pilot.

m) Provide a positive displacement or turbine meter and meter proving connections. Provide meter with temperature compensation capability wherever custody transfer occurs. Provide a basket strainer on the upstream side of the meter.

n) On each off

- loading connection or o n the off

- loading riser, install a visual fuel flow indicator (maximum pressure 275 psi (1900 kPa) at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), with Viton Seals with a maximum temperature rating of 350 degrees F (177 degrees C )). This will allow visual quality assurance and provide the operator with a backup system to shut off the pumps when off

- loading is complete to prevent air build

- up in the receipt lines.

o) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

p) P rovide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 0 23

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

3- 3.3 Marine Off

- loading Facilities See Chapter 5 of this UFC.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

43 3-4 DISPENSING FACILITIES Fuel is normally dispensed from a bulk facility via an installation pipeline, interterminal pipeline, tank truck, or tank car.

3- 4.1 Pipeline Pumping Facilities

3- 4.1.1 General Criteria As discussed in Chapter 6 of this UFC, pipelines are either interterminal pipelines or installation pipelines

. Installation pipelines are commonly used to transfer fuel to an aircraft fueling facility or a marine dispen sing facility. Interterminal pipelines are cross

country between installations. However, since pipeline pumping facilities are typically at a bulk fuel storage facility, they are covered in this chapter.

3- 4.1.2 Equip ment Required

a) Centrifugal pumps complying with API Std 610 with adequate head and capacity. Always provide one additional pump as back

- up.

b) Turbine or positive displacement meter with proving connections. Consideration can also be given to alternative meter technologies such as ultrasonic meters. Compensate for fuel temperature at custody transfer point.

c) Provide fuel sampling connections for collecting test sample.

d) Pig launching and receiving capability for interterminal and installation pipelines

. e) Strainer on the upstream side of meter s and pumps

. f) Manual double block and bleed isolation valves where total isolation is required.

g) Pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer or a differential pressure type gauge across the strainer.

h) Compound (pressure/vacuum) gauges on the inlet side of pumps and pressure gauges on the outlet side of pumps.

i) Provide a combination flow control and non

- surge check d iaphragm control valve on all pumps except positive displacement types. If a bulk air eliminator with automatic air release head is included, provide a means of closing the diaphragm control valve with a solenoid pilot.

j) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

k) Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquidUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

44 trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Pla tes 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. l) Provide a concrete housekeeping pad and, unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters, a canopy to protect fixed facilities assets and equipment from the elements. See the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

3- 4.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading Facilities

3- 4.2.1 General Criteria This chapter applies to facilities required for loading over

- the

- road tank truck transports

or r ail tank cars used for the bulk transfer of fuel. A typical application is the transfer by tank truck from a storage terminal to secondary storage, such as a filling station or a heating plant. In many cases, the receiving and loading facilities are combined. In these cases, both receiving and loading facility requirements must be addressed. This chapter does not include facilities for loading aviation refuelers for direct issue to aircraf t. This process requires special design considerations as discussed in Chapter 4 of this UFC. See Facility Plate s 002

, 003 and 00 5

. a) De termine the volume of fuel and number of tank trucks or tank cars to be handled by an operational analysis with assistance from Service Headquarters

. b) Do not locate tank truck or tank car loading facilities closer t han a minimum of 50 feet (15 m) from tanks, buildings, roads, overhead power lines, pad

- mounted transformers, and property lines. Comply with NFPA 30 and assume that the property line is the fuel farm fence. Use the criteria for Class I liquids regardless of product and do not take a reduction for fixed fire protection. Do not locate a tank truck loading facility closer than 100 feet (30 m) from a railroad track (or spur) or rail siding for loading/off

- loading of fuel.

c) Bottom loading is the only acceptable method of loading tank trucks. Bottom loading results in increased safety, manpower savings, quality control of product, and area cleanliness. At non

- U.S. locations where only contracted top loading tank trucks are available, install a top loading rack with permission of Service Headquarters . In th is event, provide future bottom loading capabilities.

d) Provide a containment area at each truck l oading position consisting of an impermeable retention and controlled drainage system leading to a concrete remote spill con tainment system. Pave the containment area consisting of the islands, the spaces between islands and on each side of the outer islands, with concrete pitched a minimum of one percent toward catch basins or trench drains. Design the containment area in

ac cordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state, and local regulations

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

45 Do not use asphalt within a spill containment area. The maximu m slope of any paving within a truck movement or parking area shall not exceed 2 percent excepting rollover curbs. If a rollover curb is provided, the sum of the vertical entrance and exit grades shall not exceed 8 percent, the horizontal length of the curb in the direction of truck movement shall not be less than 15 feet, and the rollover curb shall be aligned perpendicular with direction of truck movement.

e) At tank car loading areas, pave the containment area with concrete (or otherwise provide containment) for an area extending from 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of each outer rail and extending longitudinally 15 feet (4.6 m) each way from the center of each loading position. Slope the paved area to a spill containment system as described previously in Item (d).

f) Provide a concrete remote spill containment system for each containment area. Design the remote spill containment system in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state, and local regulations. Provide the remote spill containment system with capacity greater than either the volume of the largest tank truck o r tank car compart m en t to be off

- loaded or runoff from a rainfall of intensity equal to a 5

- year expectancy, 1

- hour duration storm. Pro vi de a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside the enclosure in an area that will be safely access ible during a fire. The valve shall be lockable and normally closed to allow for containment during fueling operations and which can be opened to drain the area when necessary. Tank trucks can be as large as 10,000 gallons (38 000 L) in capacity and tank s cars as large as 40,000 gallons (150 000 L). If a canopy is installed, reduce the sizing for rainfall, accounting for wind

- blown rain. Consider combining the remote spill containment system with other spill containment systems on site, except with tank containment systems. However, take the level of contamination in each containment area into consideration.

g) Construct the drain piping between the containment area and the concrete remote spill containment system

, and between the remote spill containment system and lockable knife gate valve of petroleum

resistant, fire

- resistant, impermeable materials. Do not use clay, concrete, fiberglass, or plastic piping materials.

h) Provide a canopy for protection from the elements of fixed facility assets and equipment per the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

i) Provide a canopy to preclude rain from the containment area when the requirements listed in the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter are
met.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

46 j) Provide separate piping, pumps, loading connections, and controls for each different type and grade of fuel.

k) Arrange loading rack with a row of islands with sufficient clearance between to allow easy access to all parts of the tank trucks when parked. Arrange islands and approaches i n a manner that allows forward motion for all tank trucks at all times with ample room for turning. Space and arrange bottom loading islands to accommodate one tank truck only on the side adjacent to the tank truck’s li quid connections, usually the passenger side of the tank truck.

l) Provide for entrance and egress of emergency vehicles.

m) If top loading is required for tank cars (normally only when commercial contract leaves no other choice) and approved by Service Headquarters , provide a typical tank car loading rack with an elevated steel platform, consisting of a walkway, 4 feet (1.2 m) wide, 10.5 feet (3.2 m) above the top of the rails, and the fu ll length of six tank cars. Ensure that the centerline of the structure is 10.5 feet (3.2 m) above the centerline of the tracks. Equip the platform with a counterweighted or spring

- loaded tilting bridge to connect to the tank car dome at each loading station. Design so that when released from the horizontal position, the bridge will automatically move and lock in an upright position away from any part of the tank car under all weather conditions. Ensure conformance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 requirements. Platform is not required on Air Force projects.

3- 4.2.2 Tank Truck Fillstand Equipment Required

a) Provide a positive displacement or turbine meter for each tank truck fill connection. Protect each meter with an upstream basket strainer

. Include temperature compensation if rack is to be point of custody transfer.

b) Provide fuel sampling connections for collecting test samples.

c) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer or a differential pressure type across the strainer.

d) Provid e fusible link butterfly isolation valves as the first piece of equipment (in the direction of the flow) on the loading position. (Valve is not required on Air Force projects.)

e) Make provisions to start and stop the pumps with start and stop pump controls at each position. Include pump status indicator light on control box.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

47 f) Provide a solenoid operated truck loading diaphragm control valve with opening/closing speed control, pressure regulating, check and solenoid shut

- off features. Interlock the solenoid with the electronic high

- level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control system.

g) Provide each fill position with a n electronic high

- level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control system. The system shall be intrinsically safe and self

- che cking. Interlock the system with either the solenoid operated truck loading diaphragm control v al ve or the pump such that the valve cannot remain open or the pump cannot operate if the tank truck compartment is full

, the tank truck is not grounded , or the deadman is released. Ensure the system is compatible with both electronic and fiber optic sensors with manual

- keyed bypass. (May require a parallel effort beyond the project scope to ensure that all trucks using the facility have compatible connections. If facility has trucks that do not have fixed probes

, use cane probes instead

. ) (This unit is optional on Army projects with only tactical refuelers . Contact the Service Headquarters for guidance.)

h) Provide emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton stations. For fillstands with multiple positions, an EFSO pushbutton station is required for each position and along routes of personnel ingress and egress between 100 and 200 feet from the fillstand. Design in such a manner that activation of the emergency stop will shutoff all fueling at that pump house or pump pad.

i) Equip liquid connections to tank trucks for bottom loading with drybreak couplers in accordance with API RP 1004

. j) Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for guidelines on vapor collection and recovery or disposal systems.

k) Provide heaters and insulated, heated pipelines, as required, where vi scous fuels are to be loaded to maintain the temperature of the fuel at its minimum pumping temperature.

l) Provide stainless steel loading arms (pantograph, without hoses) equipped with non

- lubricated swivels may be used instead of hoses, if approved by Service Headquarters . Ensure all swivels are non

lubricated

, stainless steel in

- line repairable type.

m) Provide meter proving connections as described in the paragraph titled “Pipeline Receiving Facilities” , unless local procedure provides an alternative.

n) Provide relaxation tank or piping configuration with sufficient capacity to retain the maximum flow of the loading station for 30 seconds from the time the fuel leaves the last piece of filtration equipment to the fuelUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

48 reaching the loading Nozzle . Applies only to JP

- 5 or other fuels which do not have a static dissipation additive that provides a conductivity level greater than 5 0 picosiemens

. o) Provide basket strainer upstream of meters and pumps

. p) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

q) Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. r) Grounding/bon ding reel (provided as an integral part of the high level shutoff system).

s) Provide h ydraul ic shock surge suppressors (if required ).

3- 4.2.3 Tank Car Loading Station Equipment Required

a) Provide a positive displacement or turbine meter for each tank car fill
connect ion. Protect each meter with an upstream basket strainer

. Include temperature compensation if rack is to be point of custody transfer.

b) Provide meter proving connections as described in the paragraph titled “Pipeline Receiving Facilities”, unless local procedure provides an alternative.

c) Provide fuel sampling connections for collecting test samples.

d) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer or a differential pressure type across the strainer.

e) Provide fusible link butterfly isolation valves as the first piece of equipment (in the direction of the flow) on the loading position. (Valve is not required on Air Force projects.)

f) Provide loading connections, controls, valves, etc., on one or both sides of the loading platform as specified by Service Headquarters

. Load tank cars from the bottom using counterbalanced, articulated tank car loading assemblies.

g) Provide an electronic, intrinsically safe, portable liquid high level sensor with adjustable height at each loading rack. To prevent an overfill, interlock the sensor with the electronic high

- level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control system.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

49 h) Provide an electronic high

- level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control system. The system shall be intrinsically safe and self

- checking. Interlock the system with either the solenoid operated tank car loading diaphragm control valve or the pump such that the valve cannot remain open or the pump cannot operate if: the tank car is full, the tank car is not grounded , or the deadman is released. Provide the capability to connect the ground verification rack to the rail tank car frame.

i) Provide emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton stations. For fillstands with multipl e positions, an EFSO pushbutton station is required for each position and along routes of personnel ingress and egress between 100 and 200 feet from the fillstand. Design in such a manner that activation of the emergency stop will shutoff all fueling at
t hat pump house or pump pad.

j) Provide solenoid operated tank car loading diaphragm control valve with opening/closing speed control, pressure regulating, check, and solenoid shut

- off features. Interlock the solenoid with the electronic high

- level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control system.

k) Provide a basket strainer upstream of meters and pumps.

l) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

m) Provide thermal relief valves around isol ation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. n) Provide relaxation tank or piping configuration with sufficient capacity to retain the maximum flow of the loading station for 30 seconds from the time the fuel leaves the last piece of filtration equipment to the fuel reaching the loading nozzle . Applies only to JP

- 5 or other fuels which do not have a static dissipation additive that provides a conductivity level greater than 50 picosieme ns.

o) Provide hydraulic shock surge suppressors (if required ).

3- 4.3 Marine Loading Facilities See Chapter 5 of this UFC.

3-5 PIPING SYSTEMS Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for more information regarding pip ing systems.

3- 5.1 Product Segregation Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters provide separate receiving, storage, and distribution systems for each product. Except as otherwise approved byUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

50 Service Headquarters , prevent misfueling (transferring a type of fuel other than the type intended) by using different size piping, valves, adaptors, nozzles

, etc.

3-6 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS The appropriate guide specification and/or standard design provides specific information for equipment selection. Make provisions to drain equipment for maintenance. Provide hardpiped drains when the equipment holds more than 5 gallons (19 L) of fuel or when a pipe which drains to the product recovery tank is within 12 ft (3.7 m) of the equipment

.

3- 6.1 Bulk Air Eliminators Use flange

- connected, steel bodied bulk air eliminator of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirement. Include an automatic air release head and interlock the equipment with a float or solenoid

- operated hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. Provide discharge piping to the product recovery tank or other safe means of containment.

3- 6.2 Meters Provide meters with swivel mounted counter heads at truck fillstands to accommodate varying truck and operator positions.

3- 6.2.1 Meters - Positive Displacement Use flange

- connected, cast steel bodied positive displacement meters of the appropriate pressure and flow rating to m eet applicable service requirements. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody transfer. Ensure meter accessories are compatib le with either the mechanical or electronic support equipment selected. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody transfer. Consult the appropriate Service Headquarters for requiremen ts for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Refer to “Card and Key Locks” under “Controls” paragraph of this chapter.

3- 6.2.2 Meters – Turbine Use flange

- connecte d steel bodied turbine meters of the appropriate pressure and flow rating to meet applicable service requirements. Provide a flow straightener before turbine meters or provide a straight length of pipe at a minimum of ten pipe diameters upstream and five pipe diameters downstream of all turbine meters, or as required by manufacturer. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody tr ansfer

. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody transfer. Ensure all supporting equipment for meter is compatible with the turbine meter selected. Consult the appropriate Service He adquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Refer to “Card and Key Locks” under “Controls” paragraph of this chapter.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

51 3- 6.2.3 Meters – O rifice Use this type of meter only where custody transfer or accounting/inventory control is not required. Provide with flange connections. Provide a flow straightener before orifice meters or provide a straight length of pipe at a minimum of ten pipe diameters upstream and five pipe diameters downstream of all orifice meters, or as required by manufacturer.

3- 6.3 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges Use liquid

- filled gauges of range and dial size, as necessary, but not less than 0 to 160 psig (0 to 1100 kPa) pressure range and 4

- inch (100 mm) diameter dial. Gauges sh all be all stainless steel construction, with black graduations on a white face. For extreme temperature environments, consult Service Headquarters for dire ction on the possible use of air

- filled gauges. For locations where the temperature is less than

- 40 degrees F (- 40 degrees C), use appropriate gauge liquid that will not freeze to prevent damaging the gauge.

a) Consider the location, year

- round weather conditions, and service requirements for the type of liquid filling to be used.

b) Gauge liquids and service ranges.

Liquid Range
Glycerin 0 °F to 400 °F (

- 18 °C to 204 °C)

Silicone - 40 °F to 600 °F (

- 40 °C to 316 °C)

c) Provide a lever handle gauge cock and pressure snubber in each pressure gauge connection.

d) Provide indicating and recording pressure gauges on suction and discharge lines for interterminal pipeline pumping stations and on the incoming line at the delivery terminal of each such pipeline, if requir ed by Service Headquarters

. e) Pressure gauges shall be installed so that they are testable without removing them from the piping.

3- 6.4 Strainers Require a strainer to protect centrifug al pumps , unless it precludes meeting the net positive suction head of the pump. Whether or not strainers are installed on the suction side of centrifugal pumps , require a spool piece so that temporary strainers can be installed during startup of the system. Strainers are required on the suction side of all
pumps , meters , and receipt filtration . Also:

a) Use flanged basket strainers constructed of steel and fitted with removable baskets of fine Monel metal or stainless steel mesh withUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

52 large mesh reinforcements. Provide quick opening, single screw type with drain connection in bottom.

b) Provide a fine screen mesh as follows:

Mesh Size of Opening Pump suctions (Centrifugal) 7 0.108 inch (2.74 mm) Pump suctions ( Positive Displacement ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

Receipt Filtration 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) Meter inlets (unless downstream of a filter/separator ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

c) In all cases, ensure the effective screen area is not less than three times the cross sectional area of the pipe.

d) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer or a differential type gauge across the strainer.

3- 6.5 Surge Suppressors Every effort should be made to control hydraulic surge or shock to acceptable limits by the design of the piping system rather than by the use of surge suppressors . Where this is not possible or becomes extremely impractical, surge suppressor(s) may be incorporated. Use the diaphragm or bladder type equipped with a top

- mounted liquid

filled pressure gauge, wafer

- style check valve at the bottom, drain above the check valve, and isolation valve. Provide a needle valve around the check valve to permit controlled bleed back of the surge suppresser without rebounding. Locate surge suppressors as close as possible to the point of shutoff that is expected to cause the shock. Surge suppressors can reduce shock pressure but will not eliminate it entirely. The preferred solution to hydraulic shock is conservative piping design, use of loops, and slow

- closing valves. Surge suppressors are strictly a last resort solution and require the approval of Service Headquarters prior to designing into a system.

3- 6.6 Pumps

3- 6.6.1 Design Requirements Design pumps to deliver the full range of operating conditions anticipated at any facility with flow rates as presented in Chapter 2 of this UFC. Ensure pumps develop sufficient head to overcome the friction and static head losses in the system at the rated flow. Consider the specific gravity , temperature, viscosity

, vapor pressure , corrosive, and solvent properties of the fuel. If a range is given for the specific gravity , etc., in paragraph 2.3, use the larger value for the purpose of calculations. For any single grade of fuel, connect pumps in parallel

. Select according to the type most suitable for the particular application. Do not use positive displacement or reciprocating pumps for product issue or pipeline transfer. Provide enough pumps to allow the system to operate at full capacity with the largest pump out

- of -service.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

53 3- 6.6.2 Centrifugal Pumps Use API Std 6 10 centrifugal pumps to pump from aboveground tanks with continuously flooded suctions.

3- 6.6.3 Vertical Turbine Pumps Use API Std 610 vertical turbine pumps to pump from underground tanks. Do not use horizontal transfer pumps in a pit alongside the underground tank as an alternative.

3- 6.6.4 Rotary Pumps Use sliding vane positive displacement pumps or self

- priming centrifugal pumps for applications such as stripping pipelines or similar service where the pump may frequently lose its prime. For these pumps, provide a pressure relief valve located on the discharge side of the pumps. A variable speed motor can be used on positive displacement pumps to gradually bring the pump to normal operating speed.

Note: On positive displacement pumps the pressure relief valve s shall be considered safety relief valves , not operating valves (valves that modulate on a normal basis to maintain a set pressure) . Use of t he relief valve to modulate the pump discharge
pressure voids the pump warranty.

3- 6.6.5 Drivers Drive permanently installed pumps by an electric motor which is properly classified in accordance with NFPA 70 . Size drivers to be non

- overloading at any point on the

curve. Provide anti

- reversing rachets on all vertical turbine pump motors.

3- 6.6.6 Materials of Construction Use carbon steel or nodular iron casings and components. Refer to Chapter 4 of this UFC for aviation turbine fuels requirements.

3- 6.6.7 Installation Mount permanently installed pumps on substantial foundations of reinforced concrete designed in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards.

3- 6.7 Valves

3- 6.7.1 Materials of Construction – General Service Require valves to have carbon steel bodies and bonnets except for aviation turbine fuels (see below). Valves in general service may be internal nickel plated, or internal epoxy coated. Do not allow valves with aluminum, cast iron, or bronze materials. Use only API fire

- safe valves.

3- 6.7.2 Materials of Construction – Aviation Turbine Fuel Service Valve materials in contact with aviation turbine fuel shall either be stainless steel, chrome plated carbon steel, or electroless nickel plated carbon steel. Do not allow zinc

, zinc

- coated, copper, or copper bearing materials in contact with the fuel. Do not allow internally epoxy

- coated valves.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

54 Require manual valves in aviation turbine fuel systems to have stainless steel bodies and bonnets. Carbon steel bodied valves are permitted provided they are internally plated with nickel plating. Do not allow aluminum, cast iron, or bronze bodied valves. Use only API fire

- safe valves.

3- 6.7.3 Isolation Valve Types

a) Double Block and Bleed Isolation Valves :

(1) Use these for separation of product services, on tank shell connections, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to pressure

testing of piping.

(2) Plug Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ) : Use double

- seated, tapered lift, lockable, plug type valves with a body bleed between the se ats ( double block and bleed ). Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to -m etal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Lubricated plug valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (3) Ball Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ) : Use double

- seated

, trunion mounted, lockable, ball type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) . These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double bl ock and bleed plug valves in applications where the valve is operated very infrequently. An example is isolation valve pits where they are only closed to perform pressure testing of piping. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating mater ial is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (4) Gate Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ) : Use double

- seated, lockable, gate type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ). These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves and double block and bleed ball valves only when other double block and bleed valves will not physically fit. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Single seated gate valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. b) Quick Opening/Frequent Opening Isolation Valves :UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

55 (1) Use these for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required.

(2) Ball V alves : Ball type, lockabl e , valves designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Use Teflon or Viton synthetic seals or seating material . Use full port ball valves where line pigging is required or if within ten pipe diameters upstream and/or five pipe diameters downstream of a flow or pressure control valve, or a flow

- sensing device such as a venturi. Valves should comply with API Std 608

. (3) Butterfly Valves : High

- performance wafer trunion butterfly type valves designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607 . Use Teflon or Viton synthet ic seals or seating material. Use valves of high

performance type with eccentric disc shaft and clamping action for bubble

- tight shutoff. Provide only at inl et to truck fillstand and on supply and return risers at aircraft direct fueling stations with fusible link set to release at 165 degrees F (74 degrees C). These valves are not required nor permitted on Air Force projects.

c) Use full port valves with exact same diameter of the pipe when line pigging is required.

3- 6.7.4 Isolation Valve Operators Manually operate valves not specified for remote, automatic, or emergency operation. Use geared operators for ball and double block and bleed plug valves larger than 6 inches (150 mm). Double block and bleed g ate, ball, and double block and bleed valves specified for remote, automatic, or emergency service may have electric motor operators, if approved by Service Headquarters

. Provide locking tabs on isolation valves to allow padlock to be used to lock out the valves during maintenance. Provide chain operators on valves which are located 72 inches (1800 mm) or higher above grade.

3- 6.7.5 Isolation Valve Locations Provide isolation valves in piping systems to control flow and to permit isolation of equipment for maintenance or repair. Provide additional valves at locations necessary
to co nduct a valid hydrostatic test . Require manually operated valves, except where motor operators are specifically authorized by applicable standard drawings or technical specifications. Use doub le block and bleed type isolation valves for separation of product services, on tank shell connections (ASTs over 12,000 gal lons only) , when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to periodic pressur e- testing of piping. Quick opening/frequent opening type isolation valves may be used for less critical applications where double block and bleedUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

56 shutoff is not required. As a minimum requirement, provide isolation valves at the following locations:

a) Where piping goes underground or comes aboveground and requires periodic pressure testing.

b) At all subsurface and aboveground piping connections to storage tanks.

c) On each branch line at the point of connection to the main product pipeli ne or header.

d) On the product pipeline or header just before the line leaves a pumping station.

e) On the suction side and discharge side of each pumping unit, except the suction side of vertical centrifugal pumps installe d in underground tanks.

f) On the upstream and downstream side of each line blind at connections to cross country pipelines.

g) On the inlet and outlet connection of each line strainer, filter/se parator

, meter, diaphragm control valve, and other equipment that requires periodic servicing. One inlet valve and one outlet valve may be used to isolate more than one piece of adjacent equipment which are connected in series.

h) On each main distribution pipeline immediately downstream of the branch connection to each existing or future operating storage facility served by the pipeline.

i) On the aboveground piping at each tank car or tank truck off

- loading connection, and at each inlet to the gravity drop ta nk.

j) On the aboveground piping at each tank car and tank truck loading connection.

k) At critical roadway, runway and taxiway crossings, consider isolation valves on both sides of runway/taxiway to facilitate hydrostatic te sting and isolation.

3- 6.7.6 Isolation Valve Pits Provide Fiberglass or concrete pits with a rolling or hinged cover designed in accordance with the Air Force Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 for all isolati on valves installed in non

- traffic areas on underground fuel systems. Design valve pits and valve operators so that the valves can be operated by personnel, without confined space entry.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

57 3- 6.8 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

3- 6.8.1 Check Valves Use che ck valves to prevent backflow through pumps, branch lines, meters, or other locations where runback or reverse flow must be avoided. Check valves may be of the swing disk, globe, dual plate hinged disk, spring

- loaded poppet, ball, or diaphragm

actuated ty pes. Use checks of soft

- seated non

- slamming type with renewable seats and disks. Ensure check valves conform to API Spec 6D . Use non

- surge check diaphragm control valves with flow control feature on the discharge of all pu mps. When using non

- surge check diaphragm control valves on pump discharge, consider the use of a spring type wafer check before the diaphragm valve to prevent sudden flow reversals during shutdown from passing back thru the pump before the diaphragm
cont rol valve diaphragm chamber is filled and reacts by closing the valve

.

3- 6.8.2 Thermal Relief Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

3- 6.9 Diaphragm Control Valves Hydraulically operated, single

- seat ed, globe type, diaphragm actuated control valves are used extensively in fueling systems as control valves. These valves consist of a main valve and a pilot control system. The main valve consists of a body, diaphragm, and cover and is operated by varying the amount of pressure above the diaphragm. Since the chamber above the diaphragm exposes a greater area of the diaphragm to chamber pressure than the area of the disc exposed to line pressure, an equal pressure in the chamber and pipeline results in a greater force being applied to the top of the disc. This forces the disc against the seat, thus closing the valve. By selecting the proper pilot control system, these valves can be used in numerous ways to control flow, pressure, and level within fuelin g systems.

3- 6.9.1 Open/Close Operation This is the most basic function of hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves. The operation is accomplished by applying pressure above the diaphragm to close the valve and relieve that pressure to allow line pressure to open the valve. The pilot trim used to perform this operation is a three

- way valve which can be controlled by a solenoid, hand, pressure, pressure differential, or a float.

3- 6.9.2 Throttling Operation This is the other main method of controlling the hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. In this case, the valve modulates to any degree of opening, in response to changes in the throttling control. The throttling control reacts to a pressure or a pressure differential across the main valve or a pressure differential across an orifice plate to regulate the position of the disc in the main valve. For proper operation these valves should be installed with straight pipe on both sides of the valve. Ten pipe diameters on the upstream side and five diameters on the downstream side is sufficient ; provide full port manual isolation valves if they are placed within these limits.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

58 3- 6.9.3 Check Valve Function This is a unique function of a control valve. In this case, the main valve outle t pressure is connected to the diaphragm cover. Therefore, if the downstream outlet pressure exceeds the inlet pressure

, which normally holds the valve open, the valve will close and prevent backflow. Note: In order for the valve to close it must backflow, sometimes for a substantial amount of time. Consider putting a regular check valve in series with this valve in cases where this is a concern.

3- 6.9.4 Remote Operations Hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves can be operated remotely. This is accompl ished by installing tubing from the point of pressure sensing to the valve or by using remote

- controlled solenoids within the trim.

3- 6.9.5 Materials of Construction Use stainless steel pilot control valves and stainless steel tubing. Use bodies, bonnets, and covers made stainless steel, internally plated (chrome) steel

, or internally plated (nickel) nodular iron. Provide Viton or Buna

- N diaphragm and disc ring. Enclose all electrical apparatus according to classification of the area in which they are installed. Provide a means to wire seal all adjustable pilots. Do not use aluminum valves.

3- 6.9.6 Applications For fueling systems, use hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves in the following applications (also refer to specific chapters for applications):

a) Water slug shutoff

. b) Rate of flow control.

c) Pressure reduction.

d) Pressure relief.

e) Liquid level control.

f) Non

- surge check control.

g) Deadman control

. h) Electrical block control.

3- 6.9.7 Combinations A comb ination of these controls is also possible. A typical use of these controls is on a filter/separator for water slug shutoff and rate of flow control.

3- 6.10 Thermometers Provide thermometers in Burner Fuel No. 5 and No. 6 distribution piping systems at each loading and receiving point and on the inlet and outlet of each heater.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

59 3- 6.11 Fuel Hoses Use sizes as required for design flow rates. For hose flanges and nipples , use carbon steel or brass, except at aviation turbine fuel issue points use brass, stainless steel, or aluminum where metal parts contact the fuel.

3- 6.11.1 Loading Fuel Hoses Provide pressurized loading hoses and connections complying with EI Std 1529

.

3- 6.11.2 Off

- Loading Fuel Hoses Provide lightweight, flexible, non

- pressurized off

- loading hoses constructed of nitrile rubber, rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) helix, synthetic braiding, smooth bore, and corrugated outer diameter. Provide non

- pressurized hoses with a 65 psi (450 kPa) rating at 72 degrees F (22 degrees C) and 27 in Hg (90 kPa) vacuum rating.

3-7 CONTROLS

3- 7.1 Design Requirements Automatic controls at any facility may include temperature, pressure, fuel level and pump controls, au tomatic flow controls, alarm and limit switches, motor operated isolation valves, solenoid pilot actuated diaphragm control , and remote system condition indicators. Other forms of automatic controls are remote meter indication, electronic access control, data logging, and application of computer techniques. Base the selection of advanced automation and telemetry systems on a study of the particular application with consideration of possible economic justification, operational, and security requirements.

3- 7.2 F low Controls Where it is possible to achieve flow rates which exceed equipment ratings, provide an adjustable flow control valve on the outlet connection of each meter or filter/separator

. Use a diaphragm control valve controlled by the pressure differential across an orifice or a venturi in the main line. Where necessary, provide remote

- operated valves on storage tank inlet and outlet lines, suction and discharge of transfer pumps, and transfer lines at fuel piers and other locations.

3- 7.3 Pump Controls Operation of pump suction and discharge valves may be a part of the automatic sequence for the starting of a centrifugal pump and for shutting it down, remotely, locally, or by a protective shutdown device. Remote

- operated valves on the discharge side of the pump can be either motor

- operated or the solenoid pilot

- type, hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves. Remote control valves on the suction side of the pump can be motor

- operated valves only. Equip these valves with green and red (open and closed) indicating lights at their pushbutton control locations. Consider the use of PLCs on more complicated systems.

3- 7.3.1 All Pump s Provide the following controls:UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

60 a) A keyed hand/auto butto n at each pump and a keyed hand

- off

- auto switch at the motor starter for each remotely operated pump. Both devices will use the same key.

b) Indicator lights at the control station to give positive indications both when a pump is operating and when it is not energized. Use the "push

- to

- test" type.

c) A signal light or alarm to indicate pump failure when a pump is controlled automatically.

d) Reduced voltage starting if required by electric utility supplier or in all cases for pump motors greater than 50 horsepower (37 kW) and all vertical pumps.

e) Emergency fuel shut

- off (EFSO) push button stations

, between 100 and 200 feet from the pump in the expected ingress and egress direction

, with maintained contacts. Provide additional EFSO pushbutton stations at the point of fuel delivery or receipt (fillstands, piers, tanks, etc.) using the same spacing and location requirements.

3- 7.3.2 Multi

- Function Pumps Multi

- function pumps are typically used at small facilities and are designed and arranged to be able to perform different functions such as fuel loading, off

- loading, or transfer depending on how valves are aligned. Provide each function with the control system requirements for each function described elsewhere in this chapter. For each multi

- task pump provide a manual selector switch to choose which set of control and set points the pump is to "look at" when performing a particular function

.

3- 7.3.3 Transfer Pumps Transfer pumps are used to supply fuel to a tank truck loading facility, tank car loading facility, or transfer fuel from o ne place on the installation to another (e.g., bulk storage tank facility to operating storage tank ). If these pumps exceed 150 horsepower (112 kW), comply with the paragraph titled “Pipeline Pumps” in this Chapter. In addition to requirements in the paragraph titled “Pipeline Pumps” in this Chapter, provide transfer pumps with push button start/stop stations. Where these pumps are used for truck and/or car loading, provide push button controls adjacent to the pumps and at each loading station. Use programmable logic controllers (PLC) where multiple pumps supply header loading multiple trucks or cars to obtain desired flow rate to each loading station.

3- 7.3.4 Pipeline Pumps For pumps over 150 horsepower (112 kW), provide protective shutdown devices with alarm at central supervisory control station in the event of the following:

a) High pump case temperature due to blocked discharge.

b) Excessive pump vibration.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

61 c) Mechanical seal or packing gland failure.

d) High discharge pressure or loss of discharge pressure.

e) Excessive motor vibration.

f) High motor winding temperature.

g) Electrical interlocks which will prevent starting a pump if certain key valve settings are not correct and which will cause a pump shutdown if a key valve setting is changed.

h) Loss of pump suction pressure.

i) High bearing temperature and/or loss of cooling water flow.

3- 7.3.5 Temperature Controls Provide temperature controls at all fuel oil heaters to control the outlet oil temperature with in safe limits. Provide a sensing element in the fuel outlet line which activates a thermostatic valve in the heating medium supply connection to the heater. Use a self

actuating control valve that requires no external power for closure. Use a manually adjustable set point for each temperature variable over the desired temperature range. Provide a bypass around the control valve with a V

- port globe or ball valve for manual operation.

3- 7.3.6 Card and Key Locks Consider the possible economic and operational adva ntages of using an electronic card or key system which permits 24

- hour unmanned operation of the facility. These types of systems are comprised of a card/key reader which is located near the service pump. The reader is activated by a card or key and accu mulates issues and customer data which is downloaded to a central computer on a periodic basis. Activities with capitalized fuel, that is petroleum product owned by Defense Logistics Agency (DLA)/ DESC, are eligible for projects to install automated card/ key lock systems. Activities with capitalized fuel report inventories of these products to DESC through a system called Business Systems Modernization - Energy (BSM

- E). Automated systems to control capitalized inventories must be able to interface with t he BSM

- E. These types of automated systems are managed under the automated fuel service station (AFSS) program by DESC. It should be noted that AFSS equipment is used to control issues of product and is not an automated tank gauging system. Further info rmation on AFSS systems and funding programs may be obtained by contacting DESC

- FE.

3-8 CANOPIES

3- 8.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets Unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

, provide a canopy to protect fixed fa cility assets and equipment from the elements . Fixed facilities and equipment include but are not limited to: pump pads, filtration pads, meter pads, isolation valve pads, tank truck and tank

- car off

- loading and loading equipment pads, control panels, ele ctricalUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

62 panels, and motor control centers (MCCs)

. Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

3- 8.2 Canopies to Reduc e Stormwater Do not provide a canopy to preclude rain from reaching the containment area unless it is required by federal, state, or local regulations; or it is economically justified by reducing the size of the concrete remote spill containment or spill treatment system; or if directed by Service Headquarters

. At a canop y over a tank truck or tank car loading and off

- loading containment area, ensure that the underside of the canopy is high enough to provide operator head room when walking on top of the t ruck or car . Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

3-9 PRODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS Provide a product recovery system to collect and store usable aviation t urbine fuel that would otherwise become waste from operational or maintenance activities. Consider a product recovery system for other products. See Chapter 8 of this UFC for product recovery systems.

3- 10 FUEL ADDITIVES If dir ected by DESC, provide bulk storage facilities which store aviation turbine fuels with the equipment to inject fuel additives. This will require proportional injectors, storage of additives, and capability of recirculating tanks through piping with inject ors. If the additives have a corrosive characteristic, construct the system, including storage tanks, tank appurtenances, pumps if required, piping and associated fittings, valves, and injector assemblies of stainless steel components.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

63 CHAPTER 4 - AIRCRAFT FUELING F ACILITIES

4-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of aircraft fueling facilities, including operating storage tanks and those components normally located within a typical compound. These compo nents include pipeline receiving facilities, tank truck and tank car receiving facilities, refueler truck fillstands, type III, IV, and V aircraft direct fueling systems , and associated piping and equipment. Fuel storage tanks are discussed in Chapter 8 and piping systems in Chapter 9 of this UFC. Systems used to receive fuels from barges and ships are discussed in Chapter 5

. Pipelines that transport fuel from off base and pipelines between bulk tanks and operating storage tanks are discussed in Chapter 6 of this UFC.

Note: I f aviation fuel can be pumped directly from a tank into an aircraft, aircraft direct fueling system or a refueler , treat the tank as an oper ating storage tank regardless of size and location and meet the applicable requirements for aviation turbine fuel operating tanks. The exception is bulk storage tanks that are configured to fill refuelers on an emergency basis only.

4- 1.1 Function Aircraft fueling facilities, as discussed in this chapter, are designed for ground fueling of fixed and rotary wing aircraft. Two methods are used for refueling aircraft: refueler trucks and aircraft direct fueling systems (e.g., hydrant system ). The preferred method of fueling used at most Navy, Marine Corps, and Army small aircraft bases is by refueler trucks. For Air Force transport, tanker, cargo, bomber, and other large aircraft, the preferred method of fueling is by hydrant system where the aircraft are fueled on the apron in their parked positions. Where operational/mission requirements dictate a quick return to the air, small

- frame aircraft, both fixed and rotary wing, are refueled with the engines running via aircraft direct fueling systems under a "gas an d go" or hot pit refueling concept. Install aircraft direct fueling systems only when specifically authorized by Service Headquarters

.

4- 1.2 Aviation Turbine Fuels The fuels co vered in this chapter are JP

- 4, JP

- 5, JP

- 8, JPTS, Jet A, and Jet A

- 1. Because of the critical nature of the end use of the fuel, protection of fuel quality, dependability of the system, and safety are very important. Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for information on fuel properties.

4- 1.3 Special Precautions for Aviation Turbine Fuel Quality Take extra care to prevent the contamination of aviation turbine fuels by dirt, water, and other fuels. Fo r additional information, refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC. Aircraft fueling system must be designed with capability to generate sufficient turbulent flow to flush sediment and condensed water from all portions of piping system s. Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for fuel velocity criteria.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

64 4-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains information on fueling facilities. Do not begin the design on a ny fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapters 2 and 9 of this UFC and with the airfield clearance requirements found in UFC 3- 260

- 02

.

4-3 RECEI VING FACILITIES Fuel deliveries to a military aviation activity are normally made by tank truck, railroad tank car, barge, or pipeline. A secondary method of delivery is normally required. Service Headquarters , w ith concurrence from the DESC, will determine the appropriate type of delivery method based on mission requirements and an economic analysis.

4- 3.1 Pipeline Receiving Facilities

4- 3.1.1 General Criteria Petroleum fuels may be supplied to aviation turbine fuel storage t anks by interterminal pipelines or installation pipelines

. Interterminal pipelines may be dedicated to serving the partic ular facility or may be commercial pipelines handling a number of types or grades of fuel for more than one user. Installation pipelines will normally be a pipe from the bulk facility to the aircraft fueling fac ility. Provide for separate receiving and distribution piping for each grade of aviation turbine fuel unless otherwise approved by Service Headquarters . Exercise extreme care to avoid designing a system that coul d create damaging surges in the pipeline created by quick closing valves.

4- 3.1.2 Equipment Required

a) Provide pressure

- regulating diaphragm control valves to reduce pipeline pressures to the design pressure of the facility’s piping and

e quipment. Provide a manual isolation valve at both the upstream and downstream side of each diaphragm control valve. Prior to designing any features into the system which might affect the flow from a pipeline, contact the operator of the pipeline to ascertain the current operating conditions, evaluate the use of diaphragm control valves, conduct a surge analysis of the pipeline, and determine whether the use of diaphragm control valves is appropriate.

b) Provide a meter at the receiving end of the line to measure quantities of fuel received. Turbine

- type meters are commonly used for pipeline receipt. However, positive displacement meters are acceptable if available at the required flow rate. Consider the use of alternative
meter technologies such as ultrasonic meters. Compensate for fuel temperature at the point of custody transfer. Provide a basket strainer on the upstream side of the meter and connections for proving the meter with a portable prover. A meter prover connection consists of a manual isolation valve in the main pipeline with a tee on both the upstream and downstream sides of the valve. The branch of each ofUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

65 the tees has a manual isolation valve and a hose connection. The master meter can be attached to the hose connections.

c) Provide a means for sampling each pipeline product at a breakout manifold.

d) Provide provisions for a contractor to bolt pig launchers and receivers to the system for pigging . Arrange pig receiving connections to av oid introducing pipeline sludge and sediment into the tanks. Pig launching and receiving connections are required for interterminal (cross

- country) and installation (as described in Chapter 6 of th is UFC) underground pipelines.

e) Provide an interface tank to receive mixed fuels at the beginning and ending of a shipment unless the commercial pipeline company can provide this service satisfactorily.

f) Provide a breakout tank only if pipeline flow cannot be stopped due to pipeline operational requirements. Provide valves to divert the flow of fuel from the pipeline to the breakout tank in the event fuel transfer is blocked by a manual or automatic valve within the fuel facility system such that the fuel fa cility system would be overpressurized from transient surge or high pressure from deadheading a pipeline supply pump. Provide appropriate breakout tank overfill alarms and alarm breakout operation so fuel facility operators can take necessary steps to stop pipeline flow. Provide means of transferring fuel out of breakout tank back to fuel systems after a breakout event. Conduct a thorough review with the pipeline operator and perform a transient
surge analysis to determine if surge pressure reduction methods are required to avoid damage to the pipeline.

g) Provide means of inbound filtration for all products. The selection of filtration depends on anticipated impurities, the source of fuel, and the shipping methods. Avoid the use of water slug shutoff diaphragm control valves or other rapid

- closing valves on pipeline receipt facilities. See the “Special In

- Bound Filtration” paragraph and Table 4 -1 of this Chapter of the UFC for details

. h) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

i) Provide basket st r ainers upstream of meters and filtration.

j) Provide thermal relief valves around isolatio n and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

66 k) Provide a concrete housekeeping pad and, unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters, a canopy to protect fixed facilities assets and equipment from the elements. See the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

4- 3.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading Facilities

4- 3.2.1 General Criteria Fuel system operating tanks may be supplied with fuel by tank truck or tank car or both. At facilities with pipeline or water transport as their principal supply source, provide tank truck or tank car deliveries as a secondary supply source. Tank truck deliveries are the most common method. However, special transportation considerations or changing circumstances may make the use of rail facilities desirable. Therefore, at an activity with railroad service, arrange a tank truck receiving facility so that the system can be easily and economically extended to the existing rail spur. See Facility Plate 002

. a) The preferred off

- loading method is into a drop tank off

- loading system. See Facility Plate 003

. b) Provide a packaged off

- loading system when a drop tank type off

loading system is not practical for off

- loading tank trucks or tank cars due to environmental concerns, site limitations, or cost considerati ons, and/or when directed by Service Headquarters

. See Facility Plate 004

. c) Provide a direct off

- loading system when only an occasional tank truck requires off

- loading and when directe d by Service Headquarters

. See Facility Plate 005

. d) Do not locate tank truck or tank car receiving facilities closer than 50 feet (15 m) from tanks, buildings, roads, overhead power li nes, pad

mounted transformers, and property lines. Comply with NFPA 30 and

assume that the property line is the fuel farm fence. Use the criteria for Class I liquids regardless of product and do not take a reduction for fixed fire protection.

e) Provide an adequate number (minimum two) of positions to off

- load the daily fuel requirements of the facility in an 8

- hour period without causing detention or demurrage of delivery conveyances.

f) Provide separate off

- loading connections for each type of fuel to be handled. To facilitate the use of tank trucks with multiple independent compartments, provide a hose manifold with a minimum of two connections per tank truck. A manifold with hose connections equal to the number of truck compart ments is recommended for quick turnaround. If less than five connections are provided, provide a blind flange on the end of the manifold to accommodate additional connections.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

67 g) Provide a containment area at each truck off

- loading position consisting of an impermeable retention and controlled drainage system leading to a concrete remote spill containment system. Pave the containment area consisting of the islands, the spaces between islands and on each side of the outer islands, with concrete pitched a minimum of one percent toward catch basins or trench drains. Design the containment area in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state and local regulations. Do not use asphalt within a sp ill containment area. The maximu m slope of any paving within a truck movement or parking area shall not exceed 2 percent excepting rollover curbs. If a rollover curb is provided, the sum of the vertical entrance and exit grades shall not exceed 8 percent , the horizontal length of the curb in the direction of truck movement shall not be less than 15 feet, and the rollover curb shall be aligned perpendicular with direction of truck movement.

h) At tank car off

- loading areas, pave the containment area with conc rete (or otherwise provide containment) for an area extending from 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of each outer rail and extending longitudinally 15 feet (4.6 m) each way from the center of each loading position. Slope the paved area to a spill containment system as described previously in item (g).

i) Provide a concrete remote spill containment system for each containment area. Design the remote spill containment system in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state, and local regulations. Provide the remote spill containment system with capacity greater than either the volume of the largest tank truck or tank car compartment to be off

- loaded or the runoff from a rainfall of intensity equal to a 5

- year expectancy for a 1

- hour duration. Provide a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside the enclosure in an area that will be safely accessible during a fire. The valve shall be lockable and normally closed to allow for containment during fueling operations and wh ich can be opened to drain area when necessary. Tank trucks can be as large as 10,000 gallons (38 000 L) in capacity and tank cars as large as 40,000 gallons (151 000 L). If a canopy is installed, reduce the sizing for rainfall, accounting only for wind

- blown rain. Consider combining the remote spill containment system with other spill containment systems on

- site, except with tank containment systems. However, take the level of contamination in each containment area in to consideration.

j) Construct the drain piping between the containment area and the
remote spill containment system

, and between the remote spill containment system and lockable knife gate valve of petroleum

resistant, fire

- resistant, impermeable materials. Do not use clay, concrete, fiberglass, or plastic piping materials.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

68 k) For off

- loading tank trucks, arrange the flow of traffic to permit continuous forward movement of trucks at all times. Commercial tank trucks off

- load on the passenger side.

l) To determine the number of connections needed for off

- loading tank cars, consult with Service Headquarters and consider minimizing tank car movements, tank car shipping schedules, conveyance turn

- around times, local rail switc hing capabilities, and quantity of fuel needed for one day’s fuel supply.

m) Provide an electrical design that meets the minimum requirements of NFPA 70

, NFPA 77 , and NFPA 780 . Treat combustible liquids under
pressure as a flammable liquid

. n) Provide a canopy for protection from the elements of fixed facility assets and equipment per the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

o) Provide a canopy to preclude rain from the containment area when the requirements listed in the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter are
met.

p) Provide for egress and entrance of emergency response vehicles. The egress and entr ance routes need to be large enough to allow both

, trucks and emergency vehicles to leave and enter the facility simultaneously

. q) Provide means of inbound filtration for all products. The selection of filtration depends on anticipated impurities, the source of fuel, and the shipping methods. See “Special In

- Bound Filtration” paragraph and Table 4 -1 in this chapter of this UFC

.

4- 3.2.2 Tank Truck and Tank Car Drop Tank Off

- Loading System The introduction of air into a fuel receiving system poses extreme hazards which can result in fire and/or explosion. Hazards are compounded when an air/fuel mixture is passed through receipt filter/separators where static electricity is generated and ignition

can occur. Design off

- loading facilities so air is not introduced into the system. For facilities with the capability to off

- load several tank trucks at once or where newer tank trucks with multiple hoses are connected to multiple isolated compartments, consider providing an underground, gravity

- type, receiving tank with deepwell turbine transfer pumps and level controls. For smaller systems of one or two tank trucks, consider providing a low profile, aboveground, receiving tank with a centrifugal transfer pump. For either case, provide level sensors to control the transfer rate. Provide a meter on the receipt line to the tank at points of custody transfer and when directed. For materials of construction for off -l oading drop tanks, refer to Chapter 8

. See Facility Plate 00 3

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

69 4- 3.2.3 Tank Truck and Tank Car Packaged Off

- Loading System For tank truck or tank car off

- loading an off

- loading drop tank may not be practical due to environmental concerns, site limitations, or cost considerations. In these instances, provide a 600 gpm (38 L/s) packaged off

- loading system. Provide one packaged system, including vertical inline centrifugal pump, diaphragm control valves to control flow, meter, and multiple hose connections (one for each tank truck compartment), for each tank truck or tank car receiving station. Provide an air eliminator tank to remove air from the system, reducing the risk of an air/fuel mixture passing through receipt filter/separators and preventing the metering of air. Level sensors in the air eliminator tank control the pump discharge diaphragm control valves, modulating the flow rate based on the level in the air eliminator tank. Refer to NAVFAC Drawing No. 1404005

a nd Facility Plate 004

.

4- 3.2.4 Tank Truck and Tank Car Direct Off

- Loading System Use when only an occasional tank truck requires off

- loading and when directed by Service Headquarters . Refer to Facility Plate 005

.

4- 3.2.5 Equipment Required

a) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with a drop tank off

loading system, do not provide an off

- loading pump. Provide at least two pumps in the drop tank to transfer fuel to the storage tank.

b) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with packaged off

- loading systems, provide one system for each tank truck or tank car that is to be off

- loade d simultaneously, at an average capacity of 600 gpm (38 L/s) each. The number of systems shall be determined by Service Headquarters but shall be a minimum of two. The capacity of the systems may be reduced to 300 gpm (19 L/s) each only when directed by Service Headquarters.

c) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with direct off

- loading systems, provide centrifugal pumps configured to provide automatic air elimination as shown on F acility Plate 005 . Provide at least two pumps to allow continued operation if one is out of service. The capacity of the pumps may be increased to 600 gpm (38 L/s) each only when directed by Service Headquarters. The centerline height of suction line f rom manifold to pump should not exceed 23.25 inches (591 mm) above truck unloading, parked position. Locate the pump as close as possible to the off

- load point to prevent suction problems.

d) When tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded with a drop tank off

loading system, do not provide an off

- loading pump. Provide at least two pumps in the drop tank to transfer fuel from the drop tank to the storage tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

70 e) Provide 4

- inch (100 mm) diameter by 10

- foot (3 m) long lightweight reinforced vacuum rated off

- loading hoses and covered hose storage racks for each hose connection at each off

- loading position. Ensure that all swivels are non

- lubricated aluminum or stainless steel in

- line repairable type.

f) Equip each tank truck off

- loading position with an electronic, int rinsically safe, automatic, self

- monitoring ground verification unit with a lockable bypass. If grounding is not verified and there is an off

loading pump dedicated to that position, ensure the unit prevents the pump from starting. If the pump is not ded icated, ensure an alarm sounds if the off

- loading valve is opened prior to grounding verification. Include a separate grounding reel to accommodate vehicles without grounding equipment.

g) Provide emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton stations. For tru ck off

- loading stations with multiple positions, an EFSO pushbutton station is required for each position and along routes of personnel ingress and egress between 100 and 200 feet from the off

- loading position. Design in such a manner that activation of t he emergency stop will shutoff all fueling in the off

- loading area and/or it associated pumphouse or pump pad.

h) Provide fuel sampling connections at each position for each product line for collecting test samples.

i) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of ea ch strainer or a differential type gauge across each strainer. Where a strainer is upstream of a pump, the pump suction gauge may function as the strainer downstream gauge.

j) Provide a compound (pressure/vacuum) gauge on the inlet side of the pumps and a pressure gauge on the outlet side of pumps.

k) If system is for JP

- 5 or other fuel that does not have a static dissipation additive which provides a conductivity level greater than 50 picosiemens , and a 30

- second retention time is not provided between filter/separator and receiving tank, provide a relaxation tank or design the piping layout to provide the required 30

- second relaxation time downstream of filter/separator

. l) Provide basket strainers upstream of pumps, meters and receipt filtration

. m) Provide a combination flow control and non

- surge check diaphragm control valve on all off

- loading pumps except positive displaceme nt types

. If a bulk air eliminator with automatic air release head isUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

71 included, provide a means of closing the diaphragm control valve with a solenoid pilot.

n) Provide a positive displacement or turbine meter and meter proving connections. Provide meter with temperature compensation capability wherever custody transfer occurs. Provide a basket strainer on the upstream side of the meter.

o) On each off

- loading connection or on the off

- loading riser, install a visual fuel flow indicator (maximum pressure 275 ps i (1900 kPa) at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), with Viton Seals with a maximum temperature rating of 350 degrees F (177 degrees C)). This will allow visual quality assurance and provide the operator with a backup system to shut off the pumps when off

- loadi ng is complete to prevent air build

- up in the receipt lines.

p) Provide filter/separators and other filtration devices as described in Table 4 -1 to filter fuel before it enters the storage t ank.

q) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

r) Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. s) For JP- 8 systems, p rovide a capability to defuel JP

- 8 refueler trucks back in to operating storage as described in the paragraph titled “Defueling and Return

- to

- Bulk Systems” in this chapter.

t) Where tank trucks or tank cars are off

- loaded into drop tanks provide a meter on the receipt line to the tank only when directed by Service Headquarters

.

4- 3.3 Marine Off

- Loading Facilities See Chapter 5 of this UFC

4- 3.4 Special In

- Bound Filtration Where fuel is transferred to the base fuel system operating tanks from tankers, barges, or directly from the supplier (off base) by a multi

- product pipeline

, pass the fuel through strainers, then pre

- filtration , then fine filtration . In other cases, pass the fuel throug h strainers and fine filtration only . See Table 4 -1 of this chapter for details

.

4-4 DISPENSING FACILITIES

4- 4.1 Refueler Truck Fills tands Mission and turn

- around times will establish the number of fill positions, with two being the minimum. Service Headquarters can assist in determining the number. See FacilityUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

72 Plate s 006 and 007 for general design guidance and also DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 , Type IV/V

. Provide a separate loading system for each grade or type of fuel to be handled.

4- 4.1.1 General Criteria

a) Locate the refueler loading facility as close as practical or permissible to the location of the aircraft to be fueled but not less than 50 feet (15 m) from tanks, buildings, roads, overhead power lines, pad

- mounted transformers, and property lines

. b) For aircraft direct fueling systems , the fuel supply piping to the refueler truck loading facility may be a spur or extension from that system and constructed of the same material as that system. In this case, the filter/separator s are not required since they are provided as part of the aircraft direct fueling system . Where filtration is downstream of the pump house and the spur connects prior to the filtration equipment, a filtered lateral is required.

c) Arrange fuel loading equipment on one or more concrete islands configured for refueling on one side only. Make the direction of traffic appropriate for the location of the loading connections on the refueler

, located on the driver's side. When more than one island is required because of the volume or number of fuel grades to be handled, arrange them in a parallel fashion with approximately 15 feet (4.6 m) between adjacent sides. Arrange the islands and approaches to allow forward motion for all trucks at all times with ample room for turning. Allow for egress and entrance of emergency response vehicles.

d) Provide a containment area at each truck loading pos ition, consisting of an impermeable retention and controlled drainage system leading to

a concrete remote spill containment

. Pave the containment area consisting of the islands, the spaces between islands and on each side of the outer islands, with concrete pitched a minimum of one percent toward catch basins or trench drains. Design the containment areas in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state

, and local regulations. Do not use asphalt within a spill containment area. The maximum slope of any paving a within truck movement or parking area shall not exceed 2 percent excepting rollover curbs. If a rollover curb is provided, the sum of the vertical entrance and exit grades shall not exceed 8 percent, the horizonta l length of the curb in the direction of truck movement shall not be less than 15 feet, and the rollover curb shall be aligned perpendicular with direction of truck movement.

e) At tank car loading areas, pave the containment area with concrete (or otherwise provide containment) for an area extending from 5 feet (1.5 m) outside of each outer rail and extending longitudinally 15 feet (4.6UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

73 m) each way from the center of each loading position. Slope the paved area to a spill containment system as described prev iously in item (d).

f) Provide a concrete remote spill containment system for each containment area. Design the remote spill containment system in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01

, federal, state, and local regulations. Provide the remote spill containment system with capacity greater than either the volume of the largest refueler to be loaded or the runoff from a rainfall of intensity equal to a 5

- year expectancy for a 1

- hour duration. Provide a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside the enclosure in an area that will be safely accessible during a fire. The valve on the drain system shall be lockable and normally closed to allow for containment during fueling operations and which can be opened to drain the area when necessary. Tank trucks can be as large as 10,000 gallons (38 000 L) in capacity. If a canopy is installed, reduce the sizing for rainfall, accounting only for wind

blown rain. Consider combining the remote spil l containment systems with other spill containment systems on

- site, except with tank containment systems . However, take the level of contamination in each containment area into consideration.

g) Construct the drain piping between the containment area and the concrete remote spill containment system, and between the remote spill containment system and lockable knife gate valve of petroleum

resistant, fire

- resistant, impermeable materials. Do not use clay, concrete, fibergl ass, or plastic piping materials.

h) Load aircraft refueler trucks by bottom loading only. D esign the system to deliver a nominal flowrate of 600 gpm (38 L/s) with a
pressure re fueling nozzle pressure of 35 psig ( 240 kPa). System design shall take into consideration pressure and flow settings to prevent damage to bottom loader. Contact Service Headquarters for further direction.

i) Provide a canopy for protection from the elements of fixed facility assets and equipment per the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter.

j) Provide a canopy to preclude rain from the containment area when the requirements listed in the “Canopies” paragraph of this chapter are
met.

k) Design all electrical systems and apparatus for use in Class I, Division 1, Group D

, hazardous areas in accordance with NFPA 70 , regardless of the t ype of fuel dispensed.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

74 l) Provide for egress and entrance of emergency response vehicles. The egress and entrance routes need to be large enough to allow both

, trucks and emergency vehicles, leaving and entering the facility.

m) For JP- 8 systems, p rovide a capability to defuel JP

- 8 refueler trucks back into operating storage as described in the paragraph titled “Defueling and Return

- to

- Bulk Systems” in this chapter.

4- 4.1.2 Equipment Required Provide separate piping, pumps, loading connections, and controls for each d ifferent type or grade of fuel. Provide an individual isolation valve for each fill connection. Include the following equipment in each refueler truck fill stand:

a) Self

- closing emergency valve with 165 degrees F (74 degrees C) fusible link ( These valves are not required nor permitted on Air Force projects ).

b) Provide manual isolation valves to isolate equipment for service.

c) Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

. d) Provide filter/separator

, unless fill stand is supplied from a n aircraft direct fueling system via a non

- ferrous branch connection downstream of the issue filter/separator

. e) Positive displacement or turbine meter with rated capacity equal to the maximum flow of the loading station and the following accessories:

(1) If custody transfer point : a combination ticket printer and large numeral zero reset counter with self

- closing weatherproof cover. Ticket printer not required on Army or Air Force projects.

(2) Pulse transmitter of the photoelectric, high resolution type required for projects which employ electronic data acqu isition systems.

(3) Temperature compensation if at a custody transfer point.

f) Provide relaxation tank or piping configuration with sufficient capacity to retain the maximum flow of the loading station for 30 seconds from th e time the fuel leaves the last piece of filtration equipment to the fuel reaching the loading pressure re fueling nozzle . Applies only to JP

- 5 or other fuels which do not have a static dissipation additive that provides a conductivity level greater than 50 picosiemens per meter.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

75 g) Mechanical loading arm. The preferred device is a non

- lubricated, swiveled, stainless steel, counterbalanced mechanical loading arm. As an option, with th e approval of Service Headquarters , use a loading hose approximately 10 feet (3 m) long, 3 or 4

- inch (75 or 100 mm) nominal diameter, and meeting requirements of EI Std 1529 . A spi ral protective device (slinky) may be installed around the hose. House the hose in a covered hose tray to protect from ultraviolet damage. Install with a non

- lubricated stainless steel in

- line repairable swivel.

h) SAE AS5877 pressure re fueling nozzle of size and type compatible with truck

- loading connections (coded for product use, if more than one type of fuel is issued at the fillstand). Connect the pressure fu eling nozzle to the loading arm or hose with a dry

- break quick disconnect.

i) Sample outlet with a 1/4

- inch ( 8 mm) diameter sample point with probe, ball valve, and quick disconnect at each position for each product line.

j) Make provisions to start and stop the pumps with start and stop pump controls at each position. Include pump status indicator light on control box.

k) A hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve with the following functions (care must be taken to select equipment which is compatible with electronic or mechanic al meter stacks):

(1) Adjustable rate of flow control if fillstand is on a branch line from

an aircraft direct fueling system or other multiple pump arrangement which could result in issue exceeding 600 gpm (38 L/s).

(2) Pressure regulating to maintain desired upstream or downstream
pressures

. (3) Adjustable time delay for opening and closing speed control.

(4) Control valve to close in the event of diaphragm failure.

(5) Thermal relief to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points.

(6) Position indicator.

(7) Solenoid Shutoff. Interlock the solenoid with the electronic high

level shutoff, ground verification, and deadman control.

l) Provide each fill position with an electronic high

- level sh utoff, ground verification, and deadman control system. The system shall beUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

76 intrinsically safe and self

- checking. Interlock the system with either the solenoid operated truck loading diaphragm control valve or the pump such that the valve cannot remain open or the pump cannot operate if the tank truck compartment is full, the tank truck is not grounded , or the deadman is released. Ensure the system is compatible with both electronic and fiber optic sensors with manual

- keyed bypass. (May require a parallel effort beyond the project scope to ensure that all trucks using the facility have compatible connections. If facility has trucks that do not have fixed probes, use cane probes instead.) (This unit is optional on Army projects with only tactical refuelers. Contact the Service Headquarters for guidance.)

m) Provide emergency fuel shutoff (EFSO) pushbutton stations. For fillstands with multiple positions, an EFSO pushbutton station is

re quired for each position and along routes of personnel ingress and
egress between 100 and 200 feet from the fillstand . Design in such a manner that activation of the emergency stop will shutoff all fueling at that pump house or pump pad.

n) Low

- intensity area lighting, in accordance with API RP 540 , to permit full visibility of all equipment and controls during night operations.

o) Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for information on vapor collection and

r ecovery or disposal systems.

p) On/off station for pumps, if pumps are dedicated to fillstand. Provide a light to indicate on/off status.

q) Grounding reel and grounding plate as detailed in Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 , Type III with multiple connections.

r) Provide basket s trainer upstream of pumps, meters, and where a filter/separator is not provided at the load rack.

s) Pressure gauge.

t) Maintenance drains.

u) Vents.

v) Provide hydraulic shock surge suppressors (if required).

w) For JP- 8 systems, to allow defueling of refuel er trucks, p rovide a Return

- To

- Bulk (RTB) station by providing a MIL

- STD MS 24484 aircraft refueling adapter a point upstream of receipt filtration. Acceptable locations include the return line at a truck fillstand, the return line at a hydrant hose truck check

- out station, the return line at a pantograph flush station, the product recovery tank , or at a truckUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

77 off

- load station. Provide one SPR connection per group of fillstands or truck off

- load stations. If into a product recovery tank , do not bypass the level control valve.

x) Meter proving connections, unless local procedure provides an alternative.

4- 4.2 Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Aircraft d irect fueling systems are fuel systems that deliver fuel directly into an aircraft and require a dditional fueling hardware, such as a hydrant hose truck, pantograph, or hydrant hose cart. These may be Type III hydrant systems (DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 ) for portable pantograph s o r hydrant servicing trucks/carts; or may be hard piped with fixed pantographs, which is usually the case for Type V in

- shelter fueling (DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 ) and Type IV hot fueling stations (DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 ) . While individual components may vary slightly between the various aircraft fueling systems, the basic philosophy of a system configured in a loop with no dead ends, is followed by all the services. The loop is made up of the supply/return piping with a flushing/back

- pressure control valve that maintains a constant pressure on the supply side piping and relieves excess fuel not taken on by the aircraft(s) into the return portion of the piping and back to the tank. The lead pump is turned on either automatically by a drop in the system pressure or manually by an on/off switch at each direct fueling station. A venturi in the supply piping senses flow rate in the loop and works in conjunction with a venturi in the return loop. Depending on the flow demand, the return venturi turns on/off additional pumps as required. If return flow is below a preset limit (indicating that fuel is being dispensed), a low flow is sensed and additional pump(s) are turned on, one at a time, until a steady flow condition is reached. Conversely, if the return flow is above a preset limit (indicating less fuel is being dispensed), the return venturi senses high flow conditions and turns the pump(s) off, one at a time, until the system is brought to rest. The continued circulation of the fuel not only provides a self

- cleaning action but when properly adjusted, the system is able to more closely match the varying fuel filling rates of aircraft. This provides smooth operation and helps eliminate destructive surge pressure spikes. In order to ensure the highest quality of fuel, contact with bare carbon steel is limited to an absolute minimum prior to filtration and is not permitted downstream of the issue filter/separators , unless specifically authorized by Service Headquarters

.

4- 4.2.1 General Requirements Install aircraft direct fueling systems on ly when specifically authorized. Service Headquarters or MAJCOMs assist in determining the number and type of stations required by the activity and with locating hydrant pits in aircraft parking ramps. Construct new facilities only for issuing aviation turbine fuels through pressurized

re fueling nozzles and closed circuit fueling nozzles . Locate fueling stations at the edge of the aircraft p arking apron or taxiways or at apron parking spots for large frame aircraft. Size and configure these systems based on the types of aircraft to be refueled, aircraft fuel capacity, and the number and types of aircraft to be simultaneously refueled. A par king plan shall be approved before proceeding with the hydrant pit layout design. Some aircraft, such as fighters and some helicopters, may be refueled withUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

78 engines running. See Facility Plate s 008

, 009 and 010 . For additional guidance on Air Force projects, refer to AFH 32

- 1084

.

4- 4.2.2 Fixed

- Wing Small

- Frame Aircraft Locate aircraft direct fueling stations for small

- frame aircraft (carrier a ircraft, patrol aircraft, fighter aircraft, and small transports) along the edge of designated access ramps, aprons, or fueling lanes with easy access by aircraft and as close to their normal taxi routes as practical while still meeting centerline clearance requirements. Provide facilities for fueling aircraft with engines or support equipment running

. These systems are installed where the mission dictates a continuing need for rapid turnaround without shutting engines down and are located to permit quick return to the runway. Configure taxi patterns to and from fueling stations to keep jet blast away from people. Refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 and Navy Definitive Design No. 1404000 . Use the following design criteria:

a) Outside of the limits prescribed for clear areas by UFC 3

- 260

- 01 and UFC 3

- 260

- 02 , locate the equipment aboveground on a concrete slab adjacent to the edge of an access ramp, apron, or fueling lane. Ensure that the width of the slab and location of the equipment, including the pantograph when retracted, with respect to the ramp, apron, or fueling lane, does not interfere with any part of the aircraft on its approach to or departure from the fueling station. Equip Army and Navy hot fueling stations with an emergency dry breakaway coupling

. b) Limit the height of the equipment, including lighting, on the slab to no more tha n 30 inches ( 762 mm) above nominal grade . C ontact Airfield Manager for additional clearances

. c) Provide a nominal maximum flow rate for each direct fueling station of 600 gpm (38 L/s). However, design the system to deliver 400 gpm (25 L/s) with a nozzle pressure of 35 psig (240 kPa). Ensure adequate pump design for 600 gpm flowrate. (In general, systems designed to deliver 400 gpm at 35 psig have been shown to be fully capable of delivering 600 gpm with a nozzle pressure reading of 10 to 20 psig.) Actual fueling rates for small

- frame aircraft range from 250 to 550 gpm (16 to 35 L/s). Since the actual flow rate will vary as the nozzle back pressure varies, it is necessary to limit the maximum nozzle pressure to 55 psig (380 kPa) at the skin of the aircraft to protect the aircraft. The issue venturi in a pantograph is a critical component of the aircraft direct fueling system and must be able to correctly simulate nozzle pressure and compensate for all pressure losses up to and including the fueling nozzle . Use maximum rates and the number of requir ed simultaneous refuelings for system sizing.

d) Provide at least two fueling stations, with the system sized for a minimum flow rate of 1,200 gpm (76 L/s). Where more than two fueling stations are required, increase the total system rate by 600 gpmUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

79 (38 L/s) for every three additional fueling stations. Service headquarters and Major Command approval are required for systems exceed ing 2400 gpm. However, systems are not recommended to exceed 3,000 gpm (including spare pump).

e) DOD has two variations of the standard design for fixed

- wing, small frame aircraft direct fueling stations – Type IV (DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 ) and Type V (DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 ) . Both variations use pantographs for fueling the aircraft. The Type V is the same as the Type IV except that the refueling points are located in hardened aircraft shelters. The Type V variation is also known as in

shelter refueling.

f) Both h ose

- end and hoseless pantographs can be used with either Type IV or Type V aircraft direct fueling systems . Contact the service headquarters for which type of pantograph to use. Use S AE AS5877 pressure refueling nozzles on pantographs. Equip pantographs on Navy/Marine Corps projects with 55 psi hose end pressure regulators located just before the refueling nozzle. Refer to DoD Standard De sign AW 78

- 24

- 29 , Type IV/V.

4- 4.2.3 Large

- Frame Aircraft Locate aircraft direct fueling stations for large aircraft (transports, cargo planes, tankers, long

- range patrol planes, and bombers) adjacent to their normal parking position s. Use the following design criteria:

a) Individually determine the number of fueling stations required for each activity. This depends on the number of large aircraft based at the activity or the number of aircraft that will need refueling as transients. To accommodate the fueling of a number of aircraft within a given time span without moving them, more fueling stations are normally required than would actually be used at one time.

b) Provide a flow rate criteria for each fueling station of 600 gpm (38 L/s) or 1,200 gpm (76 L/s) at 45 psig (310 kPa) nozzle pressure. The selection of 600 gpm (38 L/s) or 1,200 gpm (76 L/s) is based on aircraft. Contact MAJCOM for guidance. Size combined system requirements in multiples of 600 gpm (38 L/s), starting at a minimum flow rate of 1,200 gpm (76 L/s) up to a maximum flow rate of 2,400 gpm (152 L/s).

c) Design the piping, hydraulics, materials, and pumps in accordance with other paragraphs in this chapter.

d) Large aircraft such as transports and cargo planes can be fueled from flush

- mounted hydrant pits (preferred method for Air Force projects). Flush

- mounted hydrant pits are required to conform to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 for Type III hydrant systems . Pantographs canUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

80 be used where normal aircraft parking positions can be located adjacent to edge of the ramp (fixed long

- reach pantographs have a maximum reach of 135 feet (41 m)).

e) Use self

- propelled hydrant hose trucks, Ty pe III hydrant hose carts, or detachable pantograph assemblies to provide the connection from the flush

- mounted hydrant pits to the aircraft and the necessary controls. Provide a hydrant control valve that is hydraulically or pneumatically actuated and op erated , depending on the type of mobile refueling equipment used

. In order to ensure that the control valve is always in control and modulating and thus able to protect the aircraft, provide a differential pressure pilot with a set point of 15 psi (100 kP a)

. Provide Navy fueling stations with hose end controllers to limit pressure at the aircraft skin.

f) Equip pantographs in accordance with DoD S tandard Designs . When incorporating the detachable pantograph into the design, follow USAFE/NATO specifications in which the swivels contain in

- line repairable roller bearings. In addition, include the pantograph(s) as part of the construction project. Normally, the number of pantographs required equals the number of simultaneous refuelings to be performed.

g) The Ai r Force large

- frame aircraft direct fueling system is referred to as a Type III pressurized fueling system. The Type III fueling system, or the constant pressure system, is the standard hydrant fueling system for large

- frame aircraft. It is comprised of two operating storage tanks

, a pump house , a hydrant loop, and hydrants at each parking position. The system is controlled by two redundant PLCs and is constantly
press urized when in operation. Fuel is pumped from the tanks, through filter separators and a supply venturi into the hydrant loop. It flows through the appropriate hydrant valve, through a hydrant servicing vehicle or mobile pantograph, into the aircraft if refueling is underway. A backpressure control valve keeps system pressure at a
pre

- set level and a return venturi measures flow back to the storage tank. Working in conjunction with the return venturi, pumps are turned on and off depending on refueling requirements. This system is sized in 600 gpm (38 L/s) increments up to 2,400 gpm (152 L/s). Issue pumps are sized to provide a minimum of 100 psi (690 kPa) at the outlet of the most distant hydrant adapter. Each hydrant pit control valve is equipped with a pressure control and surge shutdown pilot. These pilot controls are set at 45 psig (310 kPa) and 50 psig (345 kPa), respectively. The hydrant control valves allow nominal flow rates up to 900 gpm ( 57 L/s) using a 4

- inch valve and nominal flow rates up to 1200 gpm (76 L/s) using a 6

- inch valve. Contact Service Headquarters for specific guidance and sizing of the hydrant controlUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

81 valve. Refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 for Type III hydrant systems

.

4- 4.2.4 Helicopters Refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 , Type IV, and use the following design criteria for designing direct fueling sys tems for helicopters :

a) Design piping, pumps, controls, accessories, and auxiliary systems in accordance with other applicable paragraphs of this chapter. For each direct fueling station, provide a nominal maximum flow of 300 gpm (19 L/s). Design system to be capable of delivering 275 gpm (17 L/s) at 35 psig (240 kPa) nozzle pressure. Make the minimum size system 600 gpm (38 L/s) with at least two fueling stations. For diversity usage, increase by 300 gpm (19 L/s) for every thr ee additional fueling stations. At outlying fields and with Service Headquarters ’ approval, a single fueling station may be used.

b) Provide aboveground direct fueling stations equipped identical to fixed

wing small

- frame aircraft fueling stations. Design the horizontal position and vertical projection of fueling equipment to avoid interference with the helicopters' blades when in the drooped attitude.

c) Coordinate the type of pressure re fueling nozzle

, SAE AS5877 or closed- circuit, with the end user.

4- 4.2.5 Surface

- Effect Hovercraft Turbine

- powered, surface

- effect hovercraft can be fueled on the parking apron with aircraft direct fueling systems . Use a 200 gpm (13 L/s) maximum fueling rate at 30 psig (207 kPa) nozzle pressure. The fueling hardware components are similar to those required for aircraft direct fueling with JP

- 5. Orien t fueling stations so that the blast generated from the turbine engine does not damage the direct fueling station components. Refer to Do D Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 29 , Type IV.

4- 4.3 Marine Loading Facilities See Chapter 5 of this UFC.

4-5 PIPING SYSTEMS Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for information and guidelines regarding piping systems.

4- 5.1 Product Segregation Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters , prevent contamination of aviation turbine fuel by providing separate receiving, storage, and distribution systems for each product. Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters prevent misfueling (transferring a type of fuel other than that intended) by using different size piping, valves, adaptors, nozzles, etc.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

82 4-6 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS The appropriate guide specifications and/or standard design will provide specific informatio n for equipment selection. Make provisions to drain equipment for maintenance. Provide hard piped drains when the equipment holds more than 5 gallons (19 L) of fuel or when a pipe which drains to the product recovery tank is within 12 feet (3.7 m) of the equipment

.

4- 6.1 Bulk Air Eliminators Use flange

- connected, steel bodied bulk air eliminator of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirement. Include an automatic air release head and in terlock the equipment with a float or solenoid

- operated hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. Provide discharge piping to the product recovery tank or other safe means of containment.

4- 6.2 Meters Provide meters with swivel mounted counter heads at truck fillstands to accommodate varying truck and operator positions.

4- 6.2.1 Meters – Positive Displacement Use flange

- connected, cast steel bodied (except aluminum or stainless steel if after the issue filter/separator ) positive displacement meters of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirements. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody transfer. Ensure meter accessories are compatible with either the mechanical or electronic support equipment selected. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody transfer. Consult the appropriate Service Headquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Cards or keys, as appropriate, are coded to identify the receiver of the fuel and to allow access to the fuel. The quantities taken are transmitted to a data

- receiving device by electronic pulse transmitters mounted on each meter, and each transaction i s automatically recorded.

4- 6.2.2 Meters – Turbine Use flange

- connected, stainless steel

- bodied turbine meters of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirement. Provide a flow straightener before turbine meters or provide a straight length of pipe at a minimum of ten pipe diameters upstream and five pipe diameters downstream of all turbine meters, or as required by manufacturer. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody transfer. Ensure all supporting equipment for meter is compatible with the turbine meter selected. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody transfer. Consult the appropriate Service Headquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Cards or keys, as appropriate, are coded to identify the receiver of the fuel and to allow access to the fuel. The quantitiesUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

83 taken are transmitted to a data

- receiving device by electronic pulse transmitters mounted on each meter, and each transaction is automatically re corded.

4- 6.3 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges Use liquid

- filled gauges of range and dial size, as necessary, but not less than 0 to 160 pounds per square inch (0 to 1100 kPa) pressure range and 4

- inch (100 mm) diameter dial. Gauges are to be of all stainless steel construction, with black graduations on a white face. For locations where the temperature exceeds 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), consult Service Headquarters for direction on the possible use of gas

- filled g auges. For locations where the temperature is less than

- 40 degrees F (- 40 degrees C)

, use appropriate gauge liquid that will not freeze to prevent damaging the gauge.

a) Consider the location, year

- round weather conditions, and service requirements for the type of liquid filling to be used.

b) Gauge liquids and service ranges:

Liquid Range
Glycerin 0 **°** F to 400 **°** F (

- 18 **°** C to 204 **°** C)

Silicone - 40 **°** F to 600 **°** F (

- 40 **°** C to 316 **°** C)

c) Provide a lever handle gauge cock and pressure snubber in each pressure gauge conn ection.

d) Provide indicating and recording pressure gauges on suction and discharge lines for interterminal pipeline pumping stations and on the incoming line at the delivery terminal of each such pipeline, if required by Service Headquarters

. e) Pressure gauges shall be installed so that they are testable without removing them from the piping.

4- 6.4 Strainers Require a strainer to protect centrifugal pumps , unless it precludes meeting the net positive suction head of the pump. Whether or not strainers are installed on the suction side of centrifugal pumps , require a spool piece so that temporary strainers can be installed during startup of the system. Strainers are required on the suction side of all positive displacement pumps

, meters and receipt filtration . Strainers are not required upstream of issue filter/separators or diaphragm control valves. Also:

a) Use fl anged basket strainers constructed of steel and fitted with removable baskets of fine Monel metal or stainless steel mesh with large mesh reinforcements. Provide quick opening, single screw type with drain connection in bottom.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

84 b) Provide a fine screen mesh as follows:

Mesh Size of Opening Pump suctions (Centrifugal) 7 0.108 inch (2.74 mm) Pump suctions ( Positive Displacement ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

Receipt Filtration 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) Meter inlets (unless downstream of a filter/separator ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

c) In all cases, ensure the effective screen area is not less than three times the cross sectional area of the pipe.

d) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer or a differential type gauge ac ross the strainer.

4- 6.5 Surge Suppressors Every effort should be made to control hydraulic surge or shock to acceptable limits by the design of the piping system rather than by the use of surge sup pressors . Where this is not possible or becomes extremely impractical, surge suppressor s may be incorporated. Use the diaphragm or bladder type equipped with a top

- mounted liquid

filled pressure gauge, wafer

- style c heck valve at the bottom, drain above the check valve, and isolation valve. Provide a needle valve around the check valve to permit controlled bleed back of the surge suppresser without rebounding. Locate surge suppre ssors as close as possible to the point of shutoff that is expected to cause the shock. Surge suppressors can reduce shock pressure but will not eliminate it entirely. The preferred solution to hydraulic shock is conservative piping design, use of loops, and slow

- closing valves. Surge suppressors are strictly a last resort solution and require the approval of Service Headquarters prior t o designing into a system.

4- 6.6 Filter/Separators The common aviation turbine fuel contaminants are water, solids, surfactants, micro

organisms, and miscellaneous contaminants. Solid contaminants are generally those which are insoluble in fuel, most common are iron rust , scale, sand, and dirt. However, metal particles, dust, lint from filter material and rags, gasket pieces, and even sludge produced by bacterial action are included. The maximum amount and size of solids that an aircraft can tolerate vary by aircraft type and fuel system. Close Tolerance mechanisms in turbine engines can be damaged by particles as small as 1/20th the diameter of a human hair. Filter/separators continually remove dirt and free water from aviation turbine fuels. Ensure that the design requires two separate filtrations prior to the fuel reaching the refueler truck fillstand, hydra nt pit, or aircraft direct fueling s tation.

4- 6.6.1 Design Requirements All aviation turbine fuels pumped into an operating tank must pass through a filter/separator . Provide a filter/sep arator on the discharge line from the operating storage tank

. Filter/separators are required for all aviation turbine fuel systems in facilities where the fuel is dispensed directly to aircraft or is loaded on refuelers thatUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

85 eventually dispense the fuel to aircraft. As a minimum for such facilities, provide filter/separators as follows:

a) Design and construct filter/separators in accordance with EI Specification 1581 ( Edition 5 ).

b) Elements for filter/separators shall meet the standard sizes des cribed in DESC -X-P-2

. c) Provide horizontal filter/separators . Provide vertical filter/separators only where space constraints prohibit horizontal units. Provide access to at least one side of every vertical unit via a separate (not attached to the filter/separator ), stand alone, fixed platform.

d) Design and construct filter/separat ors in accordance with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Construct metal parts which will be in contact with the fuel, including the shell, head, and internal attachments of 3003 or 5083 aluminum alloy. (The Air Force also allows interior epoxy

- coated carbon steel.) Include the following accessories:

(1) Piston

- type differential pressure gauge with 1 psi (5 kPa) graduations across the elements. Pressure gauge shall be testable without removal from the piping.

(2) Sight glass on the water sump.

(3) Hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve in the main discharge piping with rate of flow and water slug features. Include a manual check mechanism external to the filter/separator to check the float. (The water slug feature must not be included on pipeline

, barge , or tanker receipt lines. In those cases, use a differential pressure alarm and a differential
pressure

- actuated bypass valve.)

(4) Only at barge

- rec eiving locations or where large quantities of water are expected, automatic water drain valve connected to the bottom of the water sump

. (5) Manual water drain valve from the bottom of the water sump.

(6) Safety relief va lve in accordance with the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

. (7) Thermal relief.

(8) Automatic air release with check valve.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

86 (9) Basket s trainers upstream of all receipt filter/separators

. (10) Connect automatic water drains, manual drains, thermal relief valves , and air releases to a permanently installed product recovery tank as described in Chapter 8 of this UFC.

(11) Fuel sample points upstream and downstream.

e) Do not provide sight gauges (sight flow indicators) on drain piping and pressure relief valves. Do not allow sight flow indicators to be installed on any filtration device.

f) Do not allow reverse flow thru filter/separators or any other filtration devices.

g) Provide a m e ans to slow

- fill the vessel. This is necessary to avoid static buildup during the filling of the fi lter/separator

. DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 gives details for this design feature.

4- 6.6.2 Arrangement Arrange the system piping so that fuel from the discharge side of the fueling system transfer pumps can be recirculated ba ck through the inlet filter/separators into the operating storage tank . Inlet filter/separators may serve more than one operating storage tank . In aircraft direct fueling systems on the downstream side of operating storage tanks , arrange the piping so that th e fuel can be circulated from the operating storage tanks , through the filter/separators , to each aircraft fixed fueling station and back through the inlet filter/separators to the operating storage tanks . Provide dispensing filter/separators of the same number and capacity as the transfer pumps; that is, fo r three 600 gpm (38 L/s) pumps, provide three 600 gpm (38 L/s) filter/separators

.

4- 6.7 Pumps

4- 6.7.1 Design Requirements Design pumps to deliver the full range of operating conditions anticipated at any facility with flow rates as presented in this chapter. Ensure pumps develop sufficient head to overcome the friction and static head losses in the system at the rated flow. Consider the specific gravity , temperature, viscosity

, vapor pressure , corrosive, and solvent properties of the fuel. Provide at least two pumps for each aviation turbine fueling system. For any single grade of fuel, connect pumps in parallel. Select accor ding to the type most suitable for the particular application. Do not use positive displacement or reciprocating pumps for product issue or pipeline transfer. Provide separate pumps for each type of aviation turbine fuel. Provide at least two transfer pumps, each capable of delivering the required system capacity.

4- 6.7.2 Centrifugal Pumps Use API Std 610 centrifugal pumps to pump from aboveground tanks with continuously flooded suctions.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

87 4- 6.7.3 Verti cal Turbine Pumps Use API Std 610 vertical turbine pumps to pump from underground tanks. Do not use horizontal transfer pumps in a pit alongside the underground tank. Provide a foot valve on all vertical turbine pumps on Navy and USAFE Projects.

4- 6.7.4 Rotary Pumps Use sliding vane positive displacement pumps or self

- priming centrifugal pumps for applications such as stripping pipelines or similar service where the pump may frequently lose its prime. For these pumps, provide a pressure relief valve located on the discharge side of the pumps. A variable speed motor can be used on positive displacement pumps to gradually bring the pump to normal operating speed.

Note: On positive displaceme nt pumps the pressure relief valve shall be considered safety relief valves , not operating valves (valves that modulate on a normal basis to maintain a set pressure). Use of the relief valve to modulate the pump d ischarge pressure voids the pump warranty.

4- 6.7.5 Drivers Drive permanently installed pumps by an electric motor which is properly classified in accordance with NFPA 70

. Size d rivers sh all be non

- overloading at any point on the

curv e. Provide anti

- reversing ratchets on all vertical turbine pump motors.

4- 6.7.6 Materials of Construction For aviation turbine fuels, require cast steel or nodular iron casings and stainless steel impellers and trim. Consider nonferrous materials in severe corrosive environments, consult Service Headquarters

.

4- 6.7.7 Installation Mount permanently installed pumps on substantial foundations of reinforced concrete, designed in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards.

4- 6.8 Valves

4- 6.8.1 Materials of Construction – Aviation Turbine Fuel Service Valve materials in contact with aviation turbine fuel shall either be stainless steel, chrome plated carbon steel, or electroless nickel plated carbon steel. Do not allow zinc, zinc

- coated, copper, or copper bearing materials in contact with the fuel. Do not allow internally epoxy

- coated valves.

Require manual valves in aviation turbine fuel systems to have stainless steel bodies and bonnets. Carbon steel bodied valves are permitted provided they are i nternally plated with nickel plating. Do not allow aluminum, cast iron, or bronze bodied valves. Use only API fire

- safe valves.

4- 6.8.2 Isolation Valve Types

a) Double Block and Bleed Isolation Valves :UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

88 (1) Use these for separation of product services, on tank shell connections, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to pressure

testing of piping.

(2) Plug Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ): Use double

- seate d, tapered lift, lockable, plug type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed )

. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Lubricated plug valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (3) Ball Valves ( D ouble Block and Bleed ): Use double

- seated

, trunion mounted, lockable, ball type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) . These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves in applications where the valve is operated very infrequently. An example is isolation valve pits where they are only closed to perform pressure testing of piping. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Include integral body cavity thermal relief v alve

. (4) Gate Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ): Use double

- seated, lockable, gate type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ). These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves and double block and bleed ball valves only when other double block and bleed valves will not physically fit. V alves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Single seated gate valves are not allowed. Include integral b ody cavity thermal relief valve

. b) Quick Opening/Frequent Opening Isolation Valves :

(1) Use these for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required.

(2) Ball V alv es : Ball type, lockable , valves designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Use Teflon or Viton synthetic se als or seating material. Use full port ball valves where line pigging is required or if within ten pipe diameters upstream and/or five pipe diameters downstream of aUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

89 flow or pressure control valve, or a flow

- sensing device such as a venturi. Valves should comply with API Std 608

. (3) Butterfly Valves : High

- performance wafer trunion butterfly type valves designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal sea t will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607 . Use Teflon or Viton synthetic seals or seating material. Use valves of high

performance type with eccentric disc shaft and clamping action for bubble

- tight shut off. Provide only at inlet to truck fillstand and on supply and return risers at aircraft direct fueling stations with fusible link set to release at 165 degrees F (74 degrees C). These valves are not required nor permitted on Air Force projects.

c) Use ful l port valves with exact same diameter of the pipe when line pigging is required.

4- 6.8.3 Isolation Valve Operators Provide manually operated valves not specified for remote, automatic, or emergency operation. Use geared operators for ball and double block and bleed valves larger than 6 inches (150 mm). Double block and bleed gate, b all and double block and bleed valves specified for remote, automatic, or emergency service may have electric motor operators, if approved by Service Headquarters . Provide locking tabs on isolation valves to allow padlock to be used for lock

- out during maintenance. Provide chain operators on valves which are located 72 inches (1800 mm) or higher above grade.

4- 6.8.4 Isolation Valve Locations Provide isolation valves in product piping systems to control flow and to permit isolation of equipment for maintenance or repair. Provide additional valves at required locations necessary to conduct a valid hydrostatic test

. Require manually operated valves, except where motor operators are specifically authorized by applicable standard drawings or technical specifications

. Use double block and bleed type isolation valves for separation of product services, on tank shell connections (ASTs over 12,000 gal lons only) , when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to periodic pressure

- testing of piping. Quick opening/frequent opening type isolation valves may be used for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required. As a minimum requiremen t, provide isolation valves at the following locations:

a) Provide double block and bleed valves where piping goes below/aboveground and requires periodic pressure testing.

b) At all subsurface and aboveground piping connections to stora ge tanks.

c) On each branch line at the point of connection to the main product pipeline or header.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

90 d) On the product pipeline or header just before the line leaves a pumping station.

e) On the suction side and discharge side of each pumping unit, except the suction side of vertical centrifugal pumps installed in underground tanks.

f) At all aircraft fuel dispensing points.

g) On the inlet and outlet connection of each line strainer, filter/separat or , meter, diaphragm control valve, and other equipment that requires periodic servicing. One inlet valve and one outlet valve may be used to isolate more than one piece of adjacent equipment which are connected in series.

h) On the aboveground piping at each tank car or tank truck off

- loading connection. This requirement does not apply to gravity off

- loading lines unless isolation valves are specifically called for on applicable drawings.

i) On the aboveground piping at each refue ler loading connection.

j) At critical points where pipes cross runways, roads, and taxiways.

4- 6.8.5 Isolation Valve Pits Provide fiberglass or concrete pits with a rolling or hinged cover designed in accordance with the DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 for all isolation valves installed in non

traffic areas on underground fuel systems. Design valve pits and valve operators so that the valves can be operated by personnel, without confined space entry.

4- 6.9 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

4- 6.9.1 Check Valves Use check valves to prevent backflow through pumps, branch lines, meters, or other locations where runback or reverse flow must be avoided. Check valves may be of the swing disk, globe, dual plate hinged disk, spring

- loaded poppet, ball, or diaphragm

actuated types. Use checks of soft

- seated non

- slamming type with renewable seats and disks. Ensure check valves conform to API Spec 6D . Use non

- surge check diaphrag m control valves with flow control feature on the discharge of all pumps. When using non

- surge check diaphragm control valves on pump discharge, consider the use of a spring type wafer ch eck before the diaphragm valve to prevent sudden flow reversals during shutdown from passing back thru the pump before the diaphragm control valve diaphragm chamber is filled and reacts by closing the valve

.

4- 6.9.2 Thermal Relief Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

91 4- 6.10 Diaphragm Control Valves Hydraulically operated, single

- seated, globe type, diaphragm actuated valves are used extensively in fueling systems as control valves. These valves consist of a main valve and a pilot control system. The valve is operated by varying the amount of pressure above the diaphragm. Since the chamber above the diaphragm exposes a greater area of the diaphragm to chamber pressure than the area of the disc exposed to line pressure, an equal pressure in the chamber and pipeline r esults in a greater force being applied to the top of the disc. This forces the disc against the seat, thus closing the valve. By selecting the proper pilot control system, these valves can be used in numerous ways to control flow, pressure, and level within fueling systems.

4- 6.10.1 Open/Close Operation This is the most basic function of hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves. The operation is accomplished by applying pressure above the diaphragm to close the valve and relieve that pressure to allow line pressure to open the valve. The pilot trim used to perform this operation is a three

- way valve which can be controlled by a solenoid, hand, pressure, pressure differential, or a float.

4- 6.10.2 Throttling Operation This is the other main method of controlling the hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. In this case, the valve modulates to any degree of opening, in response to changes in the throttling control. The throttling control reacts to a pressure, or a pressure differential across the main valve

, or pressure differential across an orifice plate to regulate the position of the disc in the main valve. For proper operation these valves should be installed with straight pipe on both sides of the valve. Ten pipe dia meters on the upstream side and five diameters on the downstream side is sufficient ; provide full port manual isolation valves if they are placed within these limits

.

4- 6.10.3 Check Valve Function This is a unique function of a control valve. In this case, the main valve outlet pressure is connected to the diaphragm cover. Therefore, if the downstream outlet pressure exceeds the inlet pressure

, which normally holds the valve open, the valve will close and prevent backflow. Note: In order for the valve to close, it must backflow, sometimes for a substantial amount of time. Consider putting a regular check valve in series with this valve in cases where this is a concern.

4- 6.10.4 Remote Operations Hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves can be operated remotely. T his is accomplished by installing tubing from the point of pressure sensing to the valve or by using remote

- controlled solenoids within the trim.

4- 6.10.5 Materials of Construction Use stainless steel pilots and stainless steel tubing. Use bodies, bonnets, and cov ers made of stainless steel

, internally plated (chrome) steel , or internally plated (nickel) nodular iron . Provide Viton or Buna

- N diaphragm and disc ring. Enclose all electrical apparatus according to classification of the area in which they are installed. Provide a means to wire seal all adjustable pilots. Do not use aluminum valves

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

92 4- 6.10.6 Applications For fueling systems, use hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves in the following applications (also refer to specific chapters for applications):

a) Water slug shutoff

. b) Rate of flow control.

c) Pressure reduction.

d) Pressure relief.

e) Liquid level control.

f) Non

- surge check control.

g) Deadman control

. h) Electrical block control.

4- 6.10.7 Combinations A combination of these controls is also possible. A typical use of these controls is on a filter/separator for water slug shutoff and rate of flow control.

4- 6.11 Fuel Hoses Use sizes as required for design flow rates. For hose flanges and nipples , use carbon steel or brass, except at aviation turbine fuel issue points use brass, stainless steel, or aluminum where metal parts contact the fuel.

4- 6.11.1 Loading Fuel Hoses Provide pressurized loading hoses and connections complying with EI Std 1529

.

4- 6.11.2 Off

- Loading Fuel Hoses Provide lightweight, flexible, non

- pressurized off

- loading hoses constructed of nitrile rubber, rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) helix, synthetic braiding, smooth bore, and corrugated outer diameter. Provide non

- pressurized hoses with a 65 psi (450 kPa) rating at 72 degrees F (22 degrees C) and 27 in Hg (90 kPa) vacuum rating.

4-7 CONTROLS

4- 7.1 Design Requirements Automatic co ntrols at any facility may include temperature, pressure, fuel level and pump controls, automatic flow controls, alarm and limit switches, motor operated isolation valves, solenoid pilot actuated diaphragm control valves, and remote system condition indicators. Other forms of automatic controls are remote meter indication, electronic access control, data logging, and application of computer techniques. Base the selection of advanced automation and telemetry systems on a study of the particularUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

93 application with consideration of possible economic justification, operational, and security requirements.

4- 7.2 Flow Controls Where it is possible to achieve flow rates which exceed equipment ratings, provide an adjustable flow control diaphragm control valve on the outlet connection of each meter

or filter/separator . Use a diaphragm control valve controlled by the pressure differential

across an orifice plate in the valve or a venturi in the main li ne

. Where necessary, provide remote

- operated valves on storage tank inlet and outlet lines, suction and discharge of transfer pumps, and transfer lines at fuel piers and other locations.

4- 7.3 Pump Controls Operation of pump suction and discharge valves may be a part of the automatic sequence for the starting of a centrifugal pump and for shutting it down, remotely, locally, or by a protective shutdown device. Remote

- operated valves on the discharge side of the pump can be either motor

- operated or the solenoid pilot

- type, hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves. Remote control valves on the suction side of the pump can be motor

- operated valves only. Equip these valves with green and red (open and closed) indicating lights at their pushbutton control locations. Consider the use of PLCs on more complicated systems.

4- 7.3.1 All Pumps Provide the following controls:

a) A keyed hand/auto button at each pump and a keyed hand

- off

- auto switch at the motor starter for each remotely operated pump. Both devices will use the same key.

b) Indicator lights at the control station to give positive indications both when a pump is operating and when it is not energized. Use the "push

- to

- test" type.

c) A signal light or alarm to indicate pump failure when a pump is controlled automatically.

d) Reduced voltage starting if required by electric utility supplier or, in all cases, for pump motors greater than 50 hp (37 kW) and all vertical
pumps.

e) Emergency fuel shut

- off (EFSO) pushbutton stations, between 10 0 and 200 feet from the pump in the expected ingress and egress direction

, with maintained contacts. Provide additional EFSO pushbutton stations at the point of fuel delivery or receipt (tanks, piers, fillstands, etc.) using the same spacing and locations requirements.

4- 7.3.2 Multi

- Function Pumps Multi

- function pumps are typically used at small facilities and are designed and arranged to be able to perform different functions such as fuel loading, off

- loading, orUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

94 transfer depending on how valves are aligned. Provide each function with the control system requirements for each function described elsewhere in this chapter. For each multi

- task pump provide a manual selector switch to choose which set of control and set points the pump is to "look at" when performing a particular function

.

4- 7.3.3 Transfer Pumps Parallel transfer pumps supplying an issuing facility with varying demand flow rates must be sequenced automatically by flow

- sensing sequence equipment. Lead pumps can be started by a pushbutton at an issuing facility, or automatically by a pressure switch actuated by a decrease in system pressure as might be caused by opening a valve at the issuing facility. This method requires the system to be pressurized at all times and is normally incorporated in the Type III hydrant system design. Incorporate the following control features:

a) Automatically controlled pumps with emergency stop buttons with lock

key reset at issuing stations and at the central supervisory control station.

b) Automa tic shut

- off of transfer pumps on loss of suction or no flow for more than 3 minutes. Upon automatic shut

- off, a corresponding alarm at the central supervisory control station is activated.

4- 7.3.4 Pipeline Pumps For pumps over 150 horsepower (112 kW), provide protective shutdown devices with alarm at central supervisory control station in the event of the following:

a) High pump case temperature due to blocked discharge.

b) Excessive pump vibration.

c) Mechanical seal or packing gland failure.

d) High discharge pressure or loss of discharge pressure.

e) Excessive motor vibration.

f) High motor winding temperature.

g) Electrical interlocks which will prevent starting a pump if certain key valve settings are not correct and which will cause a pump shutdown if a key valve setting is chan ged.

h) Loss of pump suction pressure.

i) High

- bearing temperature and/or loss of cooling water flow.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

95 4-8 CANOPIES

4- 8.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets Unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

, provide a canopy to prot ect fixed facility assets and equipment from the elements . Fixed facilities and equipment include but are not limited to: pump pads, filtration pads, meter pads, isolation valve pads, tank truck and tank

- car off

- loading and loading equipment pads

, control panels, electrical panels, and motor control centers (MCCs)

. Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

4- 8.2 Canopies to Reduc e Stormwater Do not provide a canopy to preclude rain from reaching the containment area unless it is required by federal, state, or local regulations; or it is economically justified by reducing the size of the concrete remote spill containment or spill treatment system; or if directe d by Service Headquarters

. At a canop y over a tank truck or tank car loading and off

- loading containment area, ensure that the underside of the canopy is high enough to provide operator head room when walking on t op of the truck or car . Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

4-9 FUEL ADDITIVES Provide storage facilities which store aviation turbine fuels with the equipment to inject fuel additives if directed by Service Headquarters . This will require proportional injectors with manual bypass , storage of additives , and recirculation of tanks through piping with injectors. If the additives have a corrosive characteristic, construct the system, including storage tanks, tank appurtenances, pumps if required, piping and associated fitting s, valves, and injector assemblies of stainless steel components. Consult Service Headquarters for guidance as to which additives must be included.

4- 9.1 Plus 100 Additive Additives used to raise the thermal stability of jet fuel by a minimum of 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) also act as surfactants that will disable the water removal properties of the filter/separators that d o not meet the requirements of EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5) . Because fuel containing a thermal stability additive is issued only at designated air bases, the major command fuels engineer (for USAF air bases), Army Petroleum Office (for US Army airfields), or Naval Air Systems Command (AIR

- 4.4.5) (for USN/USMC stations) will provide direction as to those bases where its use is permitted and guidance concerning the location of additive injection equipment and additive storage facilities.

4- 10 DEFUELING AND RETURN

- TO

- BULK (RTB) SYSTEMS

4- 10.1 General Criteria Acceptable locations for defueling and RTB Systems include the return line at a truck fillstand, the return line at a hydrant hose truck check- out station, the return line at a pantograph flush station, the product recovery tank, or at a truck off

- load station.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

96 4- 10.2 JP

- 5 Systems

4- 10.2.1 Hydrant Systems Because the degradation of flash point below the minimum JP

- 5 requirement can occur when other than J P- 5 is defueled from aircraft directly into operating tanks, ensure that JP- 5 direct fueling systems are not capable of defueling an aircraft back into hydrant systems and operating storage. Defuel aircraft into mobile tanker vehicles or into fixed dedica ted defuel tanks.

4- 10.2.2 Other Do not provide a capability to defuel JP

- 5 refueler trucks back into storage unless dir ected by Service Headquarters.

JP- 5 systems do not use fuel bowsers (mobile defuel tanks ).

4- 10.3 JP

- 8 Systems

4- 10.3.1 Hydrant Systems – Hydrant Loop Provide JP- 8 hydrant systems with capability to defuel aircraft back into the hydrant systems and operating storage through the hydrant pit diaphragm control valves

.

4- 10.3.2 Hydrant Systems – Other To allow defueling of refueler trucks provide a Return

- To

- Bulk (RTB) statio n on the return line of a hydrant hose truck check

- out station or a pantograph check

- out station, or a pantograph flushing station. Provide one adapter per group.

4- 10.3.3 Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading T o allow defueling of refueler trucks

, p rovide a Return

- To

- Bulk (RTB) station by providing a MIL

- STD MS 24484 aircraft refueling adapter at a tank t ruck or tank car off

- load ing station. Provide one adapter per group of tank truck or tank car off

- load stations. If defueling into a product recovery tank, do not bypass the level control valve.

4- 10.3.4 Refueler Truck Fillstands T o allow defueling of refuel er trucks, p rovide a Return

- To

- Bulk (RTB) station by providing a MIL

- STD MS 24484 aircraft refueling adapter at a point upstream of receipt filtration when the fillstand has a return line

. Provide one adapter per group of refueler truck fillstands. If defueling into a product recovery tank, do not bypass the level control valve.

4- 10.3.5 Fuel Bowsers (Mobile Defuel Tanks ) Provide a capability to empty JP- 8 fuel bowsers mobile defuel tanks by providing a gravity drain connection on underground product recovery tanks , or by providing a pump at aboveground product recovery tanks . Do not bypass the product recovery tank level control valve.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

97 4- 11 PROD UCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS Provide a system with pumps, piping, valves, and tanks to collect and store usable aviation turbine fuel which would otherwise become waste from operational or maintenance activities. See Chapter 8 of th is UFC.

4- 11.1 Tank Trucks and Fuel Bowsers Provide a capability to receive fuel from JP- 8 tank trucks and JP

- 8 fuel bowsers into the product recovery tank , either at the product recovery tank location, the truck fillstands, or through a connection at the fuel receipt facility.

4- 11.2 Return to Bulk Provide a capability to return a viation turbine fuel from JP- 5 and JP

- 8 product recovery tank ba ck into operating sto rage by pumping the fuel into the receipt piping upstream of receipt filtration.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

98 Table 4

- 1. Aviation Turbine Fuel Receipt Filtration Table (1) (3)ITEM DESCRIPTION PIPELINE MARINE TRUCK/RAILSPP(IB) (1)SPP(IOT) (1)MPP(IB) (1)MPP(IOT) (1)B(IB) (1)B(IOT) (1)T(IB) (1)T(IOT) (1)OTRTT(IB)OTRTT(IOT)RC(IB)RC(IOT)

a. Provide strainers upstream of filter/separators

.    2   1 1    
b. Provide pre

- filtration consisting of pre

- filter or coalescer vessels , or both. For a receipt rate of 1200 gpm or less, provide at least two equal sized vessels of each type in parallel, each sized to handle at least 100% of the normal off

- loading flow rate. When the flowrate is over 1200 gpm, provide two sets of each type of vessel installed in parallel, each set sized for 100% of the normal off

- loading flow rate.  2   1 1

c. Consider pre

- filtration consisting of pre

- filter or coalescer vessels , or both.   2    

d. When receiving from a non

- government controlled source: Provide fine filtration . For a receipt rate of 1200 gpm or less, provide two equal sized filter/separators in parallel, each sized to handle at least 100% of the normal off

- loading flow rate. When the flowrate is over 1200 gpm, provide two sets of filter/separators installed in parallel, each set sized for 100% of the normal off

- loading flow rate.   2   1 1

e. When receiving from a non

- government controlled source: Provide f ine filtration consisting of a sufficient number of equally sized receipt filter/separators to handle 100% of the maximum expected flow, plus provide an equally sized spare filter/ separator

.  2    

(1) Tankers always, and barges and pipelines may, receive at greater than 2,800 gpm. In these cases, fuel is typically received without filtration into a breakout tank, usually for economic reasons. Contact Service Head quarters to determine what filtration is needed. (2 ) MPP(IOT) included for information only. NEVER receive fuel from a Multi

- Product Pipeline into an Operating Tank. (3 ) This table will not typically apply to receipt into regional bulk storage centers such as Defense Fuel Support Points (DFSPs). These typically do not have filtration on receipt. Contact Service Headquarters for guidance.

SPP(IB) - Single Product Pipeline (Into Bulk) SPP(IOT) - Single Product Pipeline (Into Operating Tank) MPP(IB) - Multi

- Product Pipeline (Into Bulk) MPP(IOT) - Multi

- Product Pipeline (Into Operating Tank) B(IB) - Barge (Into Bulk) B(IOT) - Barge (Into Operating Tank) T(IB) - Tanker (Into Bulk) T(IOT) - Tanker (Into Operating Tank) OTRTT(IB) - Over the Road Tank Truck (Into Bulk) OTRTT(IOT) - Over the Road Tank Truck (IOT) RC(IB) - Rail Car (Into Bulk) RC(IOT) - Rail Car (Into Operating Tank)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

99 Table 4

- 1 – (Continued) (3)ITEM DESCRIPTION PIPELINE MARINE TRUCK/RAILSPP(IB)(1)SPP(IOT) (1)MPP(IB) (1)MPP(IOT) (1)B(IB) (1)B(IOT) (1)T(IB) (1)T(IOT) (1)OTRTT(IB)OTRTT(IOT)RC(IB)RC(IOT)

f. When receiving from a government controlled source: Provide fine filtration consisting of a sufficient number of equally sized receipt filter/separators to handle 100% of the maximum expected flow.  2 1 1    

g. Provide each vessel with a feature to automatically switch the fuel stream to the other ve ssel when the differential pressure across the vessel reaches a preset limit. Require a warning signal to the operator that the switching operation has occurred. In cases of emergency, include the capability to bypass the inlet filter/separator bank.    2   1 1

h. Disable filter/separator control valve water slug feature. Provide water conductance probe tied to an alarm in place of water slug float. Provide differential pressure alarm and differential pressure

- actuated bypass valve.    2   1 1

i. Provide filter/separator sump with automatic water drain valve connected to the bottom of the water su mp. ( 4 ) 2   1 1

j. Consider providing filter/separator sump with automatic water drain valve connected to the bottom of the water sump when large quantities of water are expected. (4)    2 1 1

(1 ) Tankers always, and barges and pipelines may, receive at greater than 2,800 gpm. In these cases, fuel is typically received into a breakout tank, usually for economic reasons. Contact Service Headquarters to determine what filtration is needed. (2 ) MPP(IOT) included for information only. NEVER receive fuel from a Multi

- Product Pipeline into an Operating Tank

. (3) This table will not typically apply to receipt into regional bulk storage centers such as Defense Fuel Support Points (DFSPs). These typically have not filtration on receipt. Contac t Service Headquarters for guidance. (4 ) Consider also in any situation where large quantities of water are expected.

SPP(IB) - Single Pro duct Pipeline (Into Bulk) SPP(IOT) - Single Product Pipeline (Into Operating Tank) MPP(IB) - Multi

- Product Pipeline (Into Bulk) MPP(IOT) - Multi

- Product Pipeline (Into Operating Tank) B(IB) - Barge (Into Bulk) B(IOT) - Barge (Into Operating Tank) OTRTT(I B) - Over the Road Tank Truck (Into Bulk) OTRTT(IOT) - Over the Road Tank Truck (IOT) RC(IB) - Rail Car (Into Bulk) RC(IOT) - Rail Car (Into Operating Tank) T(IB) - Tanker (Into Bulk) T(IOT) - Tanker (Into Operating Tank)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

100 CHAPTER 5 - MARINE RECEIVING AND DISPENSING FACILITIES

5-1 FUNCTION Design marine fuel receiving and dispensing facilities for the purpose of receiving fuel and/or loading fuel aboard ships , barges and boats for consumption or as cargo. In many cases, the marine receiving and dispensing facilities will be combined. Special requirements for aviation turbine Fuels are in Chapter 4 of this UFC.

5-2 FUEL PIERS AND WHARVES Ensure that the structural design of fuel piers and wharves is in accordance with UFC 4

- 152

- 01 . When required and approved by the appropriate Service Headquarters , design fuel piers for dispensing and receiving fuel. Ensure that the size of the facility is compatible with the fuel requirements of the activity and the number of simultaneous loadings and off

- loadings to be accommodated. For dispensing of fuel, consider the number, type, and size of vessels to be fueled or loaded to provide the required number and locations of fuel outlets. In most cases, use dedicated fuel piers and wharves for fuel receipt. Include in the design an energy absorbing fender system. Refer to NAVFAC Definitive Drawings 1403995 through 1403999

.

5-3 BERTHING PIERS In some cases, permanent fuel piping and equipment may be installed on berthing piers which were not primarily designed for handling fuel. Design such piers in accordance with UFC 4

- 152

- 01 . These facilities are normally used only for dispensing fuel to surface combatants for consumption. Operational requirements usually dictate a clear berthing pier surface area. This imposes restrictions on the use of loading arms and above deck piping. For these areas, trench

- contained piping may be considered. Prior to designing facilities on berthing piers for receiving and/or dispensing of bulk fuel for transport, review plans with appropriate port operations agency.

5-4 OFFSHORE MOORINGS When operations of an activity do not warrant construction of fuel piers, provide offshore moorings for vessels to discharge or receive fuel through underwater pipelines connecting to the shore facility. Clearly mark the moorings so that the vessel, when moored, will be in the proper position to pick up and connect to the underwater connection. Coordinate offshore mooring systems with Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center, Ocean Construction Division (NFESC

- OCD).

5-5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, of this UFC contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start the design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Ch apter 2 of this UFC. In particular, refer to Chapter 2 for guidance on spill prevention, air quality control, and other environmental, safety and fire protection issues.

5-6 GENERAL LAYOUT Provide pier loading and off

- loading connections, with blind flange and with ball valve for throttling and isolation, at the pier edge for each product to be transported. The intent isUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

101 for a loading arm manifold with a separate manual isolation plug valve for each product connection. This will allow simultaneous loading and off

- loading of different products, each through a dedicated arm. Provide a double block and bleed plug valve at the point which the line is being stripped. Use the following criteria:

a) Provide each branch line to the pier edge with a manual isolation valve located at the main line. Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plate 025

. b) Do not provide a gauge outboard of the hose connection shutoff valve because hose movement will indicate the presence or absence of pressure in the hose.

c) If require d, provide one or more loading arms at each station.

d) Provide a liquid

- filled pressure gauge for each loading arm, located to be easily read from the operator position. This gauge is provided because the drybreak check valve at the end of the loading arm a nd the rigid piping will not intuitively indicate the presence or absence of pressure at the loading arm.

e) Provide for venting and draining of the branch lines and loading arm manifolds. Provide for manual venting of the branch lines, connect the vents to the oil waste line, similar to a sanitary vent system to avoid spillage. When pier drain lines cannot be sloped back to the pierhead stripping pumps, a design including separate oil waste drain lines, holding tank and dedicated stripping pump is a viable alternative.

f) Provide segregated handling of multiple products through the loading arms, while allowing easy selection of the products to be transported. Double block and bleed valves can be used for this application.

g) Provide a separate pipe and connection for ballast water or offspec fuel if the size of the facility and level of activity warrants it.

h) Provide each hose handling and loading arm area with fixed spill containment as defined in 33 CFR Part 154

. i) Provide hydraulic shock surge suppressor s (if required ).

5-7 PIPING SYSTEMS Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for information regarding piping systems.

5- 7.1 Piping Arrangement In addition to complyi ng with Chapter 9 , use the following criteria:UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

102 a) Where simultaneous deliveries of the same fuel may be made by more than one vessel, size fuel headers and related equipment for the total flow rates of all vessels discharging int o the headers. Ensure that flow rates are in accordance with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

b) Place pier piping above the pier deck within a containment area for fueling piers and within a trench on berthing piers. Slope piping toward shore to permit stripping. Use gratings as required to allow access across the piping.

c) Provide flexibility in the piping between the pier and the shore to allow for small movement of the pier relative to the shore. Use a suitable pipe bend or offset con figuration, preferably in a horizontal plane, that will allow three

- dimensional movement. If vertical bends are used, install vents and drains.

d) Provide flexibility in the piping along the pier to allow for pipe growth due to thermal expansion. Horizontal expansion loops are preferred. In cases where space is tight provide vertical expansion loops or bellows expansion joints where necessary

. Where practical p rovide vertical expansion loops with vents and drains.

e) Include in the pier facilities, pipe manif olds for each fuel type arranged parallel to the face of the pier.

f) Pipe hang e rs are not allowed.

5-8 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS

5- 8.1 Loading/Off -L oading Arms Provide articulated marine loading arms for receiving and shipping fuel cargoes so that the connected vessel c an move 15 feet (4.6 mm) forward, 15 feet (4.6 mm) aft, and 10 feet (3 m) off the face of the pier and vertically as caused by loading or off

- loading of the vessel and tidal changes, without damage to the arm. Provide a hydraulic power assist system for o perating loading arms larger than 8

- inch (200 mm) nominal size. Equip the end of the loader to be connected to the ship’s manifold with an insulating section, a standard ANSI forged steel flange, and a steel quick coupling device, manually or hydraulicall y operated. Refer to NAVFAC Drawing No

. 1403997 . Consider breakaway couplings for locations with strong current.

5- 8.2 Fuel Hoses Loading/off

- loading arms are the preferred method to be used. Provide a facility for storing and protecting the hose as near as practical to the pier if hose is provided in lieu of loading/off

- loading arm.

5- 8.3 Submarine Fuel Hoses Provide submarine fuel hose where offshore moorings are used. Use heavy duty,

s mooth bore, oil and gasoline, marine cargo, discharge hose rated for a workingUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

103 pressure of not less than 225 psig (1550 kPa) and built

- in nipples with Class 300 flanges with stainless steel bolts and Monel nuts. Hoses should be U. S. Coast Guard certified.

5- 8.4 Meters Provide a turbine or positive displacement meter for each dispensing outlet that might be used simultaneously. With the approval of the appropriate Service Headquarters

, use portable meters where fueling operations are intermittent. Also consider the use of alternative technologies such as ultrasonic meters. Require temperature compensation feature at each meter used for custody transfer.

5- 8.4.1 Meters – Positive Displacement Require flange

- connected, cast steel bodied positive displ a cement meters of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirements. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities when there is custody transfer . Ensure meter accessories are compatible with either the mechanical or electronic support equipment selected. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody t ransfer. Consult the appropriate Service Headquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Cards or keys, as appropriate, are coded to identify the receiver of the fuel and to allow access to the fuel. The quantities taken are transmitted to a data

- receiving device by electronic pulse transmitters mounted on each meter, and each transaction is automatically recorded.

5- 8.4.2 Meters – Turbine Use flange

- connected, steel bodied turbine meters of the desired pressure and flow rating for the applicable service requirement. Provide a flow straightener before turbine meters or provide a straight length of p ipe at a minimum of ten pipe diameters upstream and five pipe diameters downstream of all turbine meters, or as required by manufacturer. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities when there is custody transfer

. Ensure all supporting equipment for meter is compatible with the turbine meter selected

. Provide an accuracy of plus or minus 0.5 percent when used for custody transfer. Consult the appropr iate Service Headquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Cards or keys, as appropriate, are coded to identify the receiver of the fuel and to allow access to the fuel. The quantities taken are transmitted to a data

- receiving device by electronic pulse transmitters mounted on each meter, and each transaction is automatically recorded.

5- 8.5 Stra iners Require a basket strainer to protect centrifugal pumps , unless it precludes meeting the net positive suction head of the pump. Whether or not strainers are installed on the suction side of centrifugal pumps , install a spool piece so that temporary strainers can be installed during startup of the system. Strainers are required on the suction side ofUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

104 all pumps

, meters , and receipt filtration . Strainers are not required upstre am of issue filter/separators or diaphragm control valves

. Also:

a) Use flanged basket strainers constructed of steel and fitted with removable baskets of fine Monel metal or stainless steel mesh with large mesh reinforc ements.

b) Unless otherwise specified, provide a fine screen mesh as follows:

Mesh Size of Opening Pump suctions (Centrifugal) 7 0.108 inch (2.74 mm) Pump suctions ( Positive Displacement ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

Receipt Filtration 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)
Meter inlets (unless downstream of a filter/separator ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

c) In all cases, ensure the effective screen area is not less than three times the cross sectional area of the pipe.

d) Strainers upstream of pump shall be quick opening, single screw type.

e) Provide pressure gauges on both sides of the strainer and a differential type gauge across the strainer.

5- 8.6 Surge Suppressors Every effort should be made to control hydraulic surge or shock to acceptable limits by the design of the piping system rather than by the use of surge suppressors . Where this is not possible or becomes extremely impractical, surge suppre ssor(s) may be incorporated. Use the diaphragm or bladder type equipped with a top

- mounted liquid

filled pressure gauge, wafer

- style check valve at the bottom, drain above the check valve, and isolation valve. Provide a needle valve around the check valve to permit controlled bleed back of the surge suppresser without rebounding. Locate surge suppressors as close as possible to the point of shutoff that is expected to cause the shock. Surge suppressors can reduce shock pressure but will not eliminate it entirely. The preferred solution to hydraulic shock is conservative piping design, use of loops, and slow

- closing valves. Surge suppressors are strictly a last resort solution and require the approval of Service Headquarters prior to designing into a system.

5- 8.7 Valves

5- 8.7.1 Materials of Construction Require valves to have carbon steel bodies and bonnets. Do not allow valves with aluminum, cast iron, or bronze materials. Use only API fire

- safe valves.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

105 5- 8.7.2 Isolation Valve Types

a) Double Block and Bleed Isolation Valves :

(1) Use these for separation of product services, on tank shell connection s, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to pressure

testing of piping.

(2) Plug Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ): Use double

- seated, tapered lift, lockable, plug type valve s with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) in critical applications such as separation of product services, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to pressure

- testing of piping. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Lubricated plug valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (3) Ball Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ): Use d ouble

- seated, trunion mounted, lockable, ball type valves with a body bl eed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) . These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves in applications where the valve is operated very in frequently. An example is isolation valves in the middle of piers that are only closed to perform pressure testing of piping

. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (4) Gate Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ) . Use double

- seated, lockable, gate type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ). These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves and double block and bleed ball valves only when other double block and bleed valves will not physically fit. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- me tal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Single seated gate valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. b) Quick Opening/Frequent Opening Isolation Valves

(1) Use these for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

106 (2) Ball V alves : Ball type valves may be used as valves for quick or frequent opening applications when a double block and bleed valve is not required. Ball valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Use Teflon or Viton synthetic seals or seating material. Use full port ball valves with exact same diameter of the pipe within ten pipe diameters upstream and/or five pipe diameters downstream of a flow or pressure control valve, or a flow

- sensing device such as a venturi. Valves should comply with API Std 608

. c) Butterfly Valves : Butterfly valves are not allowed.

d) Use full port valves with exact same diameter of the pipe when line pigging is required.

5- 8.7.3 Isolation Valve Operators Provide manually operated valves not specified for remote, automatic, or emergency operation. Use geared operators for ball and double block and bleed plug valves larger
t han 6 inches (150 mm). Double block and bleed gate, ball and double block and bleed valves specified for remote, automatic, or emergency service may have electric motor operators, if approved by Service Headquarters . Provide locking tabs on isolation valves to allow padlock to be used for lock

- out during maintenance. Provide chain operators on valves which are located 72 inches (1800 mm) or higher above grade.

5- 8.7.4 Iso lation Valve Locations

a) Provide a n isolation valve on each line at the shore end. For piping used only for receiving fuel, also provide a check valve at the shore end. Use double block and bleed type, which may be motor

- operated with remote control. To minimize surge potential, use a slow

- closing speed, if possible.

b) Provide double block and bleed isolation valves on the aboveground piping at each barge or tanker off

- loading and loading connection.

c) Provide double block and bleed isolation valves near the shoreline of a submerged pipeline to offshore moorings.

d) Provide double block and bleed isolation valves on the inlet and outlet

c onnection of each line strainer, filter/separator , meter, diaphragm control valve, and other equipment that requires periodic servicing. One inlet valve and one outlet valve may be used to isolate more than one piece of adjacent equipment which are connected in series.

e) Provide thermal relief valves around all isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquidUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

107 trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plate s 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

5- 8.7.5 Isolation Valve Pits Provide fiberglass or concrete pits with a rolling or hinged cover designed in accordance with the DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 for all isolation valves installed in non

traffic areas on underground fuel systems. Design valve pits and valve operators so tha t the valves can be operated by personnel, without confined space entry.

5- 8.8 Other Valves

5- 8.8.1 Check Valves Use check valves to prevent backflow through pumps, branch lines, meters, or other locations where runback or reverse flow must be avoided. Check valves may be of the swing disk, globe, dual plate hinged disk, spring

- loaded poppet, ball, or diaphragm

actuated types. Use checks of soft

- seated non

- slamming type with renewable seats and disks. Ensure check valves conform to API Spec 6D . Use non

- surge check diaphragm control valves with flow control feature on the discharge of all pumps. When using non

- surge check diaphragm control valves on pump discharge, consider the use of a spring type wafer check before the diaphragm con trol valve to prevent sudden flow reversals during shutdown from passing back thru the pump before the diaphragm control valve diaphragm chamber is filled and reacts by closing the valve

.

5- 8.8.2 Thermal Relief Provide t hermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

5- 8.9 Pressure or Pressure/Vacuum Gauges Use glycerin

- filled or silicone

- filled pressure gauges of range and dial size, as necessary, but not less than 0 to 160 psig (0 to 1100 kPa) pressure range and 4

- in ch (100 mm) diameter dial. Also:

a) Use pressure gauges upstream and downstream of strainers and filters /separators

. A differential pressure gauge may be used in lieu of gauges on each side.

b) Install compound (pressure/vacuum) gauges on the suction side of

e ach pump at fuel storage tanks.

c) Provide a lever handle gauge cock and pressure snubber in each pressure gauge connection.

d) Provide a pressure gauge on each side of the pipeline shutoff valve at the shore end of each pier

- mounted pipeline. Provide the indic ating pointer with a high

- pressure

- reading tell

- tale indicator suitable for reporting the highest pressure experienced since last reset. Provide for non

- contact resetting of the tell

- tale by means of a small magnet.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

108 e) Provide a pressure gauge on each branch line at each fueling station on each pier

- mounted pipeline. Ensure that the pressure gauge is legible from the fuel hose connection array and from the pantograph loading arm location (if provided).

f) Provide a pressure gauge on each marine loading arm asse mbly (if provided). Ensure that the gauge is visible by the operator.

g) Pressure gauges shall be installed so that they are testable without removing them from the piping.

5- 8.10 Stripper Pumps Provide positive displacement stripper pumps for emptying loading arms, hoses, and manifolds

. Provide a stripper pump to reclaim each clean product from each main product line, or connect the product lines to the oil waste d rain line. Conduct an economic analysis of the two alternatives to determine the appropriate choice. Larger, longer, or more frequently drained lines will favor the stripper pump choice. Use a stripper pump on multi

- product lines, but do not exceed acceptable limits of cross contamination . Provide a dedicated stripper pump to each separate product line, such as avia tion turbine fuels.

5- 8.11 Excess Flow Sensors In piping used for both loading and off

- loading, provide a sensor that will alarm both the control room and at the pier to detect excess flow that might occur in the event of a line break

.

5- 8.12 Solid Cyclonic Separators In facilities which receive product by tankers or barge, consider the use of solid separators in the receiving lines as part of pre

- filtration to remove gross impurities from the incoming product. In systems equipped w ith filter/separators in the receiving lines, locate strainers or cyclonic separators upstream of the filter/separator . Ensure that there is no slug valve feature on the filter/separator . Consider the use of automatic water drains. Do not allow reverse flow thru cyclonic separators.

5- 8.13 Grounding Systems Provide grounding systems for barges in accordance with UFC 3

- 460

- 03 , Figure 9.2.

5- 8.14 Spec ial Considerations for AviationTurbine Fuels For inbound filtration of aviation turbine fuels, refer to Chapter 4 of this UFC.

5-9 PRODUCT RECOVERY SYSTEMS Provide a product recovery system to collect and store usable aviation turbine fuel that would otherwise become waste from operational or maintenance activities. Consider a product recovery system for other products. See Chapter 8 of this UFC for product recovery systems.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

109 5- 10 WEATHER SHEDS Provide adequate shelter for personnel, as well as for spill containment booms

, absorbent material, and other weather

- sensitive equipment.

5- 11 CANOPIES Provide a canopy, unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters , for all aboveground equipment including pumps, meters, strainers, filters , control panels, electrical panels, and motor control centers (MCCs). Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

5- 12 SPECIAL CALCULATIONS Calculate pipeline filling/venting times and draining/stripping times. The larger and the longer the pipeline, the greater the volume of fuel required to fill the line and, therefore, the greater the volume of air required to be vented. Undersized vent lines will delay filling the lines and delay changeover of products in multiproduct lines. Size the vent lines to allow filling of the line at not more than four times the design transit time of the line. Connect vent line to the drain line to avoid spills to the environment. Check vent line air velocity, which must not exceed the allowable air velocity to avoid electrostatic buildup, in accordance with API RP 2003 . Vent rate must be not less than the lowest allowable pumping rate from ship or shore. Vent rate must be less than the design transit velocity to minimize hydraulic shock.

5- 13 SAFETY SHOWERS AND EYE WASH FOUNTAINS Provide manual shutoff valves on the potable water branch to the safety shower and
eye wash fountain. Provide a means to seal shutoff valve in the open position. This will ensure operation in an emergency, yet allow for servicing a single shower without shutting off potable water to the whole pier. Design for freeze protection in climates subject to freezing. Install safety showers and eyewash fountains in accordance with ISEA Z358.1

.

5- 14 TRAFFIC BOLLARDS Provide traffic bollards to protect fueling piping and equipment on piers and wharves. Utilize concrete

- filled steel pipe of minimum 4

- inch (100 mm) diameter and 4

- foot (1.2 m) height, embedded in concrete or welded to a steel plate mounted on the s tructure.

5- 15 SPECIAL DRAINAGE FOR FUELING PIERS

a) Provide an intercept system to collect oil spills. Place pipes on piers in a curb containment area with a drain system independent of the deck drainage. Provide containment also for loading arms and risers. Provide locking valves in normally closed positions on all containment areas along with sump pumps or other means of removing the spilled fuel to a collection point or tank.

b) In cases where the stormwater collected in the intercept system is contaminated, the water/fuel mixture should be treated as an oil spill as described previously.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

110 5- 16 BALLAST TREATMENT AND SLUDGE REMOVAL

5- 16.1 Ballast Receiving and Treatment Facilities

5- 16.1.1 Design Requirements It is the policy of the United States that ther e should be no discharge of oil or hazardous substances into or upon the navigable waters of the United States, adjoining shorelines, or into or upon the waters of the contiguous zone. Petroleum fuel facilities, which transfer fuel by barge or tanker or w hich fuel large ships, require ballast water collection and treatment facilities to receive and treat oily ballast from cargo or fuel tanks. Also:

a) Blend the fuel oil which has been reclaimed from the ballast water during the collection and treatment process with boiler fuel oil for use in shoreside boilers. Perform a quality assurance check on the reclaimed fuel oil to ensure that it meets the minimum requirements for shoreside boiler fuel. Dispose of sludge accumulated during the collection and treatment of ballast water in accordance with applicable hazardous waste management disposal procedures.

b) Select and design the appropriate treatment system based on an evaluation of the types of oil/water mixtures that may be encountered at the particular facility. If possible, base the evaluation on samples of typical ballast water receipts and tank washings including the following:

(1) Whether they are simple mixtures, simple gravity suspensions, or chemically stable emulsions

. (2) The specific gravity and viscosi ty of the oil in the mixture.

(3) Whether other substances, such as chemicals or bacteria, in the mixtures must be removed.

(4) The general condition of the ship’s tanks expected to be discharged (e.g., new, clean, coated, well maintained, or dirty and normally f ull of sludge , scale, and rust ).

(5) Whether ballast water is clean sea water or polluted harbor water.

(6) Whether the treatment system proposed (“ship’s waste off

- load barge ” or fixed shore

- based facilities) meets the standards of effluent water quality established by local environmental regulations.

c) If it is determined that both simple mixtures and emulsions are prese nt, consider the possibility of using two segregated separate systems, one for gravity separation and the other for breaking emulsions . Avoid mixing the two types of suspensions when possible. For bilge waterUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

111 and other conta minated oily wastes which require additional treatment, refer to UFC 4

- 832

- 01N , Industrial and Oily Wastewater Control or for Army and Air Force projects MIL

- HDBK

- 1005/17 , Nondomestic Was tewater Control and Treatment Design.

d) For typical schematic arrangement of ballast water treatment and disposal systems, refer to UFGS 44 42 53

.

5- 16.1.2 Receiving and Settling Tanks The minimal ballast water receiving facility usually requires two storage tanks, usually of equal capacity, to be used alternately as receiving and settling tanks. If these tanks are sized to allow 4 to 5 days undisturbed settlement, separation of simple suspensions of light oils in water can be achieved. Use welded steel vertical aboveground storage tanks designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 8 of this UFC. In addition to complying with Chapter 8 of this UFC for construction appurtenances, provide the following fittings and appurtenances:

a) An automatic float gauge suitable for use with transmitting device for remote readout.

b) One cable

- operated swing

- line assembly on the oil outlet pipe.

c) One shell fill nozzle

. d) Valved sample connections in the shell, having nonfreezing

- type valves in cold climates, every 2 feet (0.6 m) vertically, easily accessible from the ladder or stairway.

e) When chemi cal feed is provided, a chemical feed inlet valve, to be nonfreezing type in cold climates.

f) When air blowing is provided, a perforated pipe air sparger for mixing. Make the perforations in the sides of the pipe to avoid plugging by settling solids. Use n onfreezing

- type air inlet valve(s) in cold climates.

g) Sight glass or look box on oil outlet line.

h) Sight glass or look box on water outlet line.

i) Oil sump tank with high

- level alarm.

j) Water and oil pumps as required to move fluids from receiving tanks or from oil sump tanks. For transfer of oily water, use low

- speed

- type pumps to minimize emulsification.

k) If heaters are required to reduce oil viscosity and promote separation,

use either tank wall heaters or internal pipes. Keep internal pipes at least 2 feet (0.6 m) above the tank floor.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

112 l) Insulation for tanks that will be regularly heated.

m) Provide automatic temperature controls and thermometers for all heated tanks.

5- 16.1.3 Oil/Water Sepa rators Separate water/fuel mixtures from storage or settling tanks with an API oil/water separator . Recycle the fuel portion and pass the water portion to another treatment process. Do not discharge water drawn from tanks to surface water without additional treatment and permits. Chapter 2 of this UFC contains design information for an API oil/water separator

.

5- 17 SLUDGE REMOVAL SYSTEMS

5- 17.1 Design Req uirements Install sludge removal systems where the accumulation of sludge in substantial quantities is likely to occur on a regular basis. Sources of such sludge are a ballast water treatment system, a contaminated fuel recovery system, or frequent cleaning of shore or ships’ tanks. If routine cleaning of clean produ ct storage tanks occurs on an irregular basis, sludge removal systems are not required.

5- 17.2 Sludge Disposal

a) Where possible, provide pumps, tanks, and piping to return sludge containing recoverable oil to the contaminated oil recovery system. If this is not possible, consider transferring the sludge to a refinery or waste oil treatment facility. For additional details, refer to UFC 3

- 240

- 02N o r for Army projects, UFC 3

- 240

- 09 FA

. b) Provide a tank or tanks with transfer pump(s) for pumpable sludges that are unreclaimable. Include piping for receiving sludge and for mixing other low viscosity waste oils for thinning as required. Ensure that tanks are dike

- enclosed and have cone bottoms.

c) Provide tank heating where climate conditions prove necessary.

d) Coo rdinate sludge disposal method and design with facility environmental office.

e) Enclose the sludge disposal facility with a security fence to prevent unauthorized entry. Do not use this facility for disposal of sand, gravel,
rust scale, or other solid nonpumpable matter found on tank bottoms. For further discussion of disposal methods, refer to NAVFAC MO

- 230

.

5- 17.3 Piping Materials Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for information regarding piping materials.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

113 CHAPTER 6 - I NTERTERMINAL AND INSTALLATION PIPELINES

6-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of pipelines. Military pipelines are typically either interterminal pipelines which are cross country and connect government installations, or installation pipelines which connect POL facilities within an installation. The primary differences are that interterminal pipelines cross public and private properties, streets, highways, railroads, and utility rights

- of

- way, whereas installation pipelines do not. Interterminal pipelines may be dedicated lines connecting two or more facilities or privately owned common carrier lines serving several commercial or military shippers. In some cases, the shipping facility may consist of a relatively short spur which delivers the fuel to the suction side of a pumping station which is part of the main line of a larger pipeline system. Pipeline receiving and dispensing facilities are normally part of a bulk fuel storage facility, which is discussed in Chapter 3 of this UFC. Special requirements for aviation turbine Fuels are in Chapter 4 of this UFC.

6-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start the design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

6-3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

6- 3.1 Fuel Segre gation Clean products , such as diesel fuel and distillate

- type burner fuels, may be shipped in the same system without segregation. Batches are usually pumped product to product, but they may be separated by fresh or suitably treated water. Separate piping systems are required for residual fuels. For DoD projects, provide a dedicated pipeline for aviation turbine fuels.

6- 3.2 Applicable Regulations Interterminal and insta llation pipelines shall be designed as described below. Where federal, state

, or local regulations are more restrictive than the requirements indicated, the more restrictive requirements shall apply.

6- 3.2.1 Installation Pipelines All installation pipelines shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3

.

6- 3.2.2 Interterminal Pipelines The U.S. Department of Transportation regulates the design, construction and operation of interterminal pipelines for liquid petroleum. Intrastate interterminal pipelines shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.4

. I nterstate interterminal pipelines , shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 195

.

6- 3.3 Sampling Provide a means for taking samples of the products shipped.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

114 6- 3.4 Pigging Pipelines shall be smart piggabl e including long radius elbo w s and barred fittings unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

.

6- 3.5 Surge Suppression Provide surge suppressors for hydraulic shock when required.

6-4 PIPING SYSTEMS Refer to Chapter 9 of this UFC for information regarding piping systems.

6-5 EQUIPMENT Equip all pipelines with meters and basket strainers, and provide the capability to install a proving meter.

6- 5.1 Meters

6- 5.1.1 Meters – Positive Displacement Use flange -c onnected, cast steel bodied positive displacement meters of the desired pressure and flow rating to meet applicable service requirements. Ensure that meter has case drain and register. Provide temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody transfer. Ensure meter accessories are compatible with either the mechanical or electronic support equipment selected. Consult the appropriate Service He adquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment.

6- 5.1.2 Meters – Turbine Use flange

- connected steel bodied turbine meters of the desired pressure and flow rating to meet applicable service requirements. Provide a flow straightener before turbine meters or provide a straight length of pipe at a minimum of ten pipe diameters upstream and five pipe diameters downstream of all turbine meters, or as required by manufacturer. Ensure meter has case drain and register. Provid e temperature compensation and adjustable calibration capabilities where there is custody transfer

. Ensure all supporting equipment for meter is compatible with the turbine meter selected. Consult the appropriate Service Headquarters for requirements for the meter to communicate to a remote location or equipment. Consider the use of a card

- operated or key

- operated data acquisition system. Cards or keys, as appropriate, are coded to identify the receiver of the fuel and to allow access to the fuel. The quantities taken are transmitted to a data

- receiving device by electronic pulse transmitters mounted on each meter, and each transaction is automatically recorded.

6- 5.2 Manual Valves

6- 5.2.1 Ma terials of Construction Require valves to have carbon steel bodies and bonnets. Do not allow valves with aluminum, cast iron, or bronze materials. Use only API fire

- safe valves.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

115 6- 5.2.2 Isolation Valve Types

a) Double Block and Bleed Isolation Valves :

(1) Use these for separation of product services, on tank shell connections, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to pressure

testing of piping.

(2) Plug Valves ( D ouble Block and Bleed ) : Use lockable, double

seated, tapered lift, plug type valves with an automatic body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) in critical applications such as separation of product services, on each line at the shore end, when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to
pressure

- testing of piping. Valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal -tometal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Lubricated plug valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (3) Ball Valves ( Double Block and Bleed ) : Use double

- seated

, trunion mounted, lockable, ball type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ) . These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternative to double block and bleed plug valves in applications where the valve is operated very infrequently. An example is isolation valves in the middle of piers that are only closed to perform pressure testing of piping

. Va lves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. (4) Gate Valves : Use double

- seated, lockable, gate type valves with a body bleed between the seats ( double block and bleed ). These will be very rarely used but are acceptable as an alternati ve to double block and bleed plug valves and double block and bleed ball valves only when other double block and bleed valves will not physically fit

. Valves shall be designed so
t hat if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Single seated gate valves are not allowed. Include integral body cavity thermal relief valve

. b) Quick Opening/Frequent Opening Isolation ValvesUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

116 (1) Use these for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required.

(2) Ball V alves : Ball type val ves may be used as valves for quick or frequent opening applications when a double block and bleed valve is not required. Ball valves shall be designed so that if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607

. Use Teflon or Viton synthetic seals or seating material. Use full port ball valves with exact same diameter of the pipe within ten pipe diameters upstr eam and/or five pipe diameters downstream of a flow or pressure control valve, or a flow

- sensing device such as a venturi. Valves should comply with API Std 608

. c) Butterfly Valves : Butterfly valves are not allowed.

d) Use full port valves with exact same diameter of the pipe when line pigging is required.

6- 5.2.3 Isolation Valve Operators Provide manually operated valves not specified for remote, automatic, or emergency operation. Use geared operators for ball and double block and bleed valves larger than 6 inches (150 mm). Double block and bleed g ate, ball, and double block and bleed valves specified for remote, automatic, or emergency service may have electric motor operators with suitable torque limiting controls if approved by Service Headquarters

. For remote valves, consider using solar battery packs to reduce cost of routing power for t he motor operators. Provide locking tabs on isolation valves to allow padlocks to be used to lock out valves during maintenance

. Provide chain operators on valves which are located 72 inches (1800 mm) or higher above grade.

6- 5.2.4 Isolation Valve Locations Prov ide valves in product piping systems to control flow and to permit isolation of equipment for maintenance or repair. Provide additional valves at required locations necessary to conduct a valid hydrostatic test . Prov ide manually operated valves, except where motor operators are specifically authorized by applicable standard drawings or technical specifications. Use double block and bleed type isolation valves for separation of product services, on tank shell connections (ASTs over 12,000 gallons only) , when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to periodic pressure

- testing of piping. Quick opening/frequent opening type isolation valves may be used for less critical applications where double block and bleed shutoff is not required. Before adding isolation valves, evaluate piping system and make modifications to prevent pressure buildup caused by thermal expansion . Review paragraph on relief valves in Chapter 9 of this UFC. As a minimum requirement, provide isolation valves at the following locations:

a) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve o n each b ranch line at the point of connection to the main product pipeline or header.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

117 b) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve o n the product pipeline or header just before the line leaves a pumping station.

c) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve at the inlet and outlet connection of each line strainer, filter/separator , meter, diaphragm control valve, thermal relief va lve , and other equipment that requires periodic servicing. One inlet and one outlet double block and bleed isolation valve may be used to isolate more than one piece of adjacent equipment which are connected in series.

d) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve o n the upstream and downstream side of each line blind at connections to cross country pipelines.

e) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve o n each main distribution pipeline immediately downstream of the branch connection to each existing or future operating storage facility served by the pipeline.

f) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve a t intermed iate points of approximately 10 miles (16 km) in cross country distribution pipelines to facilitate isolation of a section of the line for maintenance and repair.

g) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve o n each side of wat er crossing exceeding 100 feet (30 m) in width, and near the shoreline of a submerged sea pipeline.

h) Provide a double block and bleed isolation valve a t critical points where pipes cross under runways, taxiways, and roadways.

i) For lo w- point drains and high

- point vents.

6- 5.2.5 Isolation Valve Pits Provide fiberglass or concrete pits with a rolling or hinged cover designed in accordance with the DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 fo r all isolation valves installed in non

traffic areas on underground fuel systems. Design valve pits and valve operators so that the valves can be operated by personnel, without confined space entry.

6- 5.3 Other Valves (Except Diaphragm Control Valves)

6- 5.3.1 Check V alves Use check valves to prevent backflow through pumps, branch lines, meters, or other locations where runback or reverse flow must be avoided. Check valves may be of the swing disk, globe, dual plate hinged disk, spring

- loaded poppet, ball, or diaphrag mactuated types. Use checks of soft

- seated non

- slamming type with renewable seats and disks. Ensure check valves conform to API Spec 6D . Use diaphragm non

- surge check valves with flow control feature on the discharge of all pumps. When using non

-UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

118 surge check diaphragm control valves on pump discharge, consider the use of a spring type wafer check before the diaphragm valve to prevent sudden flow reversals during shutdown from passing back thru the pump before the diaphra gm control valve diaphragm chamber is filled and reacts by closing the valve

.

6- 5.3.2 Thermal Relief Provide thermal relief valves around shutoff and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

6- 5.4 Diaphragm Control Valves Hydraulically operated, single

- seated, globe type, diaphragm actuated control valves are used extensively in fueling systems as control valves. These valves consist of a main valve and a pilot control system. The valve is operated by varying the amount of pressure above the diaphragm. Since the chamber above the diaphragm exposes a greater area of the diaphragm to chamber pressure than the area of the disc exposed to line pressure, an equal pressure in the chamber and pipeline results in a greater force being applied to the top of the disc. This forces the disc against the seat, thus closing the valve. By selecting the proper pilot control system, these valves can be used in numerous ways to control flow, pressure, and level within fueling systems.

Use extreme care when including these valves on pipelines as they can significantly contribute to surge potential, if closing time is too short. When properly adjusted, they can reduce surges

.

6- 5.4.1 Open/Close Operation This is the most ba sic operation of hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves. The operation is accomplished by applying pressure above the diaphragm to close the valve and relieve that pressure to allow line pressure to open the valve. The pilot trim used to perform this operation is a three

- way valve which can be controlled by a solenoid, hand, pressure, pressure differential, or a float.

6- 5.4.2 Throttling Operation This is the other main method of controlling the hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. In this case, the valve modulates to any degree of opening, in response to changes in the throttling control. The throttling control reacts to a pressure, or a pressure differential across the main valve

, or pressure differential across an orifice plate to regulate the position of the disc in the main valve ; provide full port manual isolation valves if they are placed within these limits

.

6- 5.4.3 Check Valve Function This is a unique function of a control valve. In this case, the main val ve outlet pressure is connected to the diaphragm cover. Therefore, if the downstream outlet pressure exceeds the inlet pressure

, which normally holds the valve open, the valve will close and prevent backflow.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

119 6- 5.4.4 Remote Operations Hydraulically operated diaph ragm control valves can be operated remotely. This is accomplished by installing tubing from the point of pressure sensing to the valve or by using remote

- controlled solenoids within the trim.

6- 5.4.5 Materials of Construction Use stainless steel pilots and stainless steel tubing. Use bodies, bonnets, and covers made of stainless steel, internally plated (chrome) steel, or internally plated (nickel) nodular iron. Provide Viton or Buna

- N diaphragm and disc ring. Enclose all electrical apparatus according to classification of the area in which they are installed. Provide a means to wire seal all adjustable pilots. Do not use aluminum valves.

6- 5.4.6 Applications For pipeline systems, use hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves in the following applications:

a) Rate of flow control.

b) Pressure reduction.

c) Pressure relief.

d) Excess flow shutdown.

6- 5.4.7 Combinations A combination of these controls is also possible

.

6- 5.5 Strainers Require a strainer to protect centrifugal pumps , unless it precludes meeting the net positive suction head of the pump. Whether or not strainers are installed on the suction side of centrifugal pumps , install a spool piece so that temporary strainers can be installed during startup of the system. Strainers are required on the suction side of all pumps, meters, and receipt filtration. Strainers are not required upstream of issue filter/separators or diaphragm control valves. Also:

a) Use flanged s trainers constructed of steel and fitted with removable baskets of fine Monel metal or stainless steel mesh with large mesh reinforcements.

b) Unless otherwise specified, provide a fine screen mesh as follows:

Mesh Size of Opening Pump suctions (Centrifugal ) 7 0.108 inch (2.74 mm) Pump suctions ( Positive Displacement ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)

Receipt Filtration 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)
Meter inlets (unless downstream of a filter/separator ) 40 0.016 inch (0.40 mm)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

120 c) In all cases, ensure the effective screen area is not less than three times the cross sectional area of the pipe.

d) Strainers upstream of pump shall be quick opening, single screw type with drain connection at bottom

. e) Provide pressure gauges on both sides o f the strainer and a differential type gauge across the strainer.

6- 5.6 Surge Suppressors Every effort should be made to control hydraulic surge or shock to acceptable limits by the design of the piping system rather than by the use of surge suppressors . Where this is not possible or becomes extremely impractical, surge suppressor(s) may be incorporated. Use the diaphragm or bladder type equipped with a top

- mo unted liquid

filled pressure gauge, wafer

- style check valve at the bottom, drain above the check valve, and isolation valve. Provide a needle valve around the check valve to permit controlled bleed back of the surge suppresser without rebounding. Locate surge suppressors as close as possible to the point of shutoff that is expected to cause the shock. Surge suppressors can reduce shock pressure but will not eliminate it entirely. The preferred solution to hydraulic shock is conservative piping design, use of loops, and slow

- closing valves. Surge suppressors are strictly a last resort solution and require the approval of Service Headquarters prior to designing into a system.

6- 5.7 Pigging Equipment Equip all pipelines with outlets to allow the connection of pig launchers and receivers

. Design the outlets so that they can accommodate internal nondestructive inspection trains. Provide sufficient curvature of bends in the pipeline to permit free passage for such equipment. Provide tees with , factory installed internal guide bars

, at all branch connections.

6- 5.8 Pumps Primary pumping facilities are discussed in Chapter 3 of this UFC. If multiple pump stations are required to keep pipeline pressure within safe limits, provide them at appropriate locations

. Chapter 3 also provides guidance for those pumpi ng facilities.

6- 5.9 Sampling Connections Provide connections for sampling fuels on each section of a fuel transfer piping system. Install sampling and testing connections at receiving points, tank outlets, inlet and outlet sides of filter/separators , fuel dispensing points, and between isolation valves so that remaining fuel in each portion of a fuel transfer pipeline can be sampled. Where possible, install sampling connections in vertical runs. Provide a 1/4

- inch ( 8 mm) diameter sample point with a probe, ball valve, and quick disconnect with dust cap.

6- 5.10 Spe cial Consideration for AviationTurbine Fuels For inbound filtration of aviation turbine fuels, refer to Chapter 4 of this UFC.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

121 6-6 PRODUCT RECO VERY SYSTEMS Provide a product recovery system to collect and store usable aviation turbine fuel that would otherwise become waste from operational or maintenance activities. Consider a product recovery system for other products. See Chapter 8 of this UFC for product recovery systems.

6-7 CANOPIES

6- 7.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets Unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

, provide a canopy to protect fixed facility assets and equi pment from the elements. Fixed facilities and equipment include but are not limited to: pump pads, filtration pads, meter pads, isolation valve pads, tank truck and tank

- car off

- loading and loading equipment pads, control panels, electrical panels, and mo tor control centers (MCCs). Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

6- 7.2 Canopies to Reduc e Stormwater Do not provide a canopy to preclude rain from reaching the containment area unless it is required by federal, state, or local regulations; or it is economically justified by reducing the size of the concrete remote spill containment or spill treatment system; or if directed by Service Headquarters

. At a canop y over a tank truck or tank car loading and off

- loading containment area, ensure that the underside of the canopy is high enough to provide operator head room when walking on top of the truck or car . Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

6-8 SPECIAL CALCULATIONS Calculate pipeline filling/venting times and draining/stripping times. The larger and the longer the pipeline, the greater the volume of fuel required to fill the line and, therefore, the greater the volume of air required to be vented. Undersized vent lines will delay filling the lines and delay changeover of products in multiproduct lines. Size vent lines to allow filling of the line at not more than four times the design transit time of the line. Where applicable, connect vent line s to system drain line s to avoid spills to the environment. Check vent line air velocity, which must not exceed the allowable air velocity to avoid electrostatic buildup, in accordance with API RP 2003 . Vent rate must be not less than the lowest allowable pumping rate from ship or shore. Vent rate must be less than the design transit ve locit y to minimize hydraulic shock.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

122 CHAPTER 7 - GROUND PRODUCTS FUELING FACILITIES

7-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of ground products (gasoline, diesel) fueling facilities and covers government vehicle motive f uel filling stations and tactical refueler truck loading facilities. Private vehicle filling stations , such as exchange service stations, are not included.

7- 1.1 Types of Facilities The following three types of filling stations may be required (see Facility Plate s 011

, 012 and 013 ):

a) A filling station for dispensin g motive fuel gasoline and diesel into government (commercial type ) sedans, vans, and small trucks. See Facility Plate 011

. b) A filling station for dispensin g motive fuel gasoline and diesel into tactical vehicles. See Facility Plate 011

. c) A truck loading facility for loading gasoline and diesel into tactical refueler vehicles. See Facility Plate s 012 and 013

.

7-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

7-3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

7- 3.1 Fuel Segregation Pr ovide separate receiving, storage and distribution systems for each grade or typ e of fuel . Except as otherwise approved by Service Headquarters, prevent misfueling (transferring a type of fuel other than the type intended) by using different size piping, valves, adaptors, nozzles, etc.

In the CONUS, use color coding in accordance wit h API RP 1637 . In non

- CONUS facilities, use host nation standard if it is different than API RP 1637 . Use API RP 1637 if no other standard is in effect. F or A ir Force p rojects to refer to AFTO 37 -1-1

.

7- 3.2 Facility Size In each filling station , provide one commercial

- type dispensing unit which displays volume only for each 100 vehicles assigned to the activity. The total amount of storage capacity in each station should be approximately twice the capacity of all vehicle fuel tanks, by grade or type of fuel, assigned to the activity. Minimum storage capacity for any grade or type of fuel is 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) unless approved by Service Headquarters

. For tactical refueler truck loading facilities, see Chapter 3 of this UFC.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

123 7- 3.3 Facility Configurations In general, for control and safety, separate the three types of filling stations . For a relatively small installation or one on which there is a limited amount of activity expected at one time, it may not be practical to provide totally separate facilities. In those cases, separate the functions as much as possible to minimize mixing traffic of commercial

type vehicles from tactical vehicles and, more importantly, from mixing tactical refuelers which are being loaded with relatively large quantities of fuel from other vehicles which are being fueled for their own engine ( motive fuel ).

7- 3.4 Shelters For staffed facilities, provide a shelter for personnel, records, and tools.

7- 3.5 Concrete Fue ling Area – Filling Stations Create a fueling area constructed of concrete by surrounding fueling islands with a concrete slab graded at a minimum of 1 percent away from the islands.

7- 3.6 Concrete Fueling Area – Tactical Refueler Truck Loading Facilities Prov ide concrete spill containment areas and concrete remote spill containment systems as described for truck loading facilities in Chapter 3 of this UFC.

7- 3.7 Canopies

7- 3.7.1 Canopies to Protect Fixed Assets P rovide a canopy for protection from the elements of fixed facility assets and equipment

u nless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

. Fixed facilit y assets and equipment include but are not limited to: pump pads, filtration pads, meter pad s, isolation valve pads, off

- loading and loading equipment pads, control panels, electrical panels, and motor control centers (MCCs). Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

7- 3.7.2 Canopies to Reduce Stormwater at Tactical Refueler Truck Loading Facilities Do not provide a canopy to preclude rain from reaching the containment area unless it is required by federal, state, or local regulations; or it is economica lly justified by reducing the size of the concrete remote spill containment or spill treatment system; or if directed by Service Headquarters . E nsure that the underside of the canopy is high enough to provide operator head room when walking on top of the truck. Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.

7- 3.7.3 Canopies to Reduce Stormwater of Filling Stations Do not provide a canopy to preclude rain from reaching the concrete fueling area unless it is required by federal, state, or local regulations; or a concrete remote spill containment or treatment system is required by federal, state, or local regulations and it is eco nomically justified by reducing the size of the remote spill containment or spill treatment system; or if directed by Service Headquarters

. Ensure structural design is in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3

- 301

- 01

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

124 7- 3.8 Regulations Design must comply with NFPA 30

, NFPA 30A , and API RP 1615

.

7- 3.9 Bottom Loading The bottom loading of refuelers is required if the refuelers are equipped for it. However, there are Army refuelers which are not equipped for bottom loading and which will be in inventory for several years. Therefore, consult Service Headquarters before providing top loading at ta ctical refueler fillstands.

7-4 STORAGE TANKS Chapter 8 , Atmospheric Storage Tanks, contains information on aboveground and underground storage tanks. For ground products fueling facilities underground, horizontal tanks are preferred. Follow federal, state, and local regulations when determining use of AST or UST.

7-5 PIPING SYSTEMS

7- 5.1 Piping System – Tactical Refueler Facilities For systems serving tactical refueler fillstands see the requirements for tank truck loading facilities in Chapter 3 of this UFC.

7- 5.2 Aboveground Piping System – Filling Stations Follow state or local regulations when they exceed these requirements. When they do not exceed them, provide as described in Chapter 9 of this UFC with the following exceptions:

a) Piping 4 inches (100 mm) and larger shall be buttwelded or socket welded. Use flange connections for joining pipe to equipment.

b) Piping smaller than 4 inches (100 mm) may be buttwelded, or socket welded

. Use flange connections, or socket weld connections with unions for joining pipe to equipment. Threaded end connections may be used only where buttwelded or socket welded connections cannot physically be provided.

c) Branch outlet fittings do not have to be designed to be radiographed

.

7-6 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS

7- 6.1 Filling Station s

7- 6.1.1 Fuel Dispensers Use a commercially available dispenser with a self

- contained electric motor and pumping unit or a remote pumping type where the pump and motor are located in the storage tank. If an in

- tank type of pump is used, ensure that it is equipped with a reduced start volume as a leak check. Provide a meter for each dispenser. Dispenser f low rates are typically a maximum of 10 gpm (0.6 L/s) ; fo llow state and local regulations for actual maximum . Designer shall check with state and local regulations for limitationsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

125 on dispenser flowrates. Dispensing system will include management control system, printers, computers, and microprocessors. Equip fuel dispensers with an inline filtration system capable of sediment removal to 10 mg/L or less. Add emergency break

- away hose connections at each fuel dispenser in accordance with NFPA 30A

. Where liquid is supplied to the dispenser under press u re, provide an emergency shutoff valve, incorporating a fusible link

, in the supply line at the base of each dispenser as required by NFPA 30A

. Equip dispensing islands with i mpervious spill containment pan s under the dispenser s.

7- 6.1.2 Card and Key Locks Consider the possible economic and operational advantages of using an electronic card or key system which permits 24

- hour unmanned operation of the facility. These types of systems are comprised of a card/key reader which is located near the service pump. The reader is activated by a card or key and accumulates issues and customer data which is downloaded to a central computer on a periodic basis. Activities with capitalized fuel, that is petroleum product owned by DLA/DESC, are eligible for projects to install automated card/key lock systems. Activities with capitalized fuel report inventories of these products to DESC through a system called BSM

- E. Automated systems to control capitalized inventories must be able to interface with the BSM

- E. These types of automated systems are managed under the AFSS program by DESC. It should be noted that AFSS equipment is used to control issues of product and is not an automated tank gaugin g system. Further information on AFSS systems and funding programs may be obtained by contacting DES

- Energy.

7- 6.2 Tactical Refueler Truck Loading Facilities Equip similar to truck loading facilities covered in Chapter 3 of this UF C except provide a grounding reel in lieu of the high

- level shutoff/ground detecting system. Verify the type of nozzle required by the user.

7- 6.3 Valves For systems serving tactical refueler fillstands see the requirements for tank truck loading facilities in Chapter 3 of this UFC. The be low requirements apply to fill ing station only.

7- 6.3.1 Materials of Construction Require valves to have carbon steel bodies and bonnets. Do not allow valves with aluminum, cast iron, or bronze materials. Use only API fire

- safe valves.

7- 6.3.2 Isolation Valve Types

a) Ball Valves : These are the only approved quick opening/frequent opening isolation valves. Ball type, lockable, valves designed so th at if the synthetic seating material is burned out in a fire, a metal

- to

- metal seat will remain to affect closure and comply with API Std 607 . Use Teflon or Viton synthetic seals or seating material. Valves should comply with API Std 608

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

126 b) Double Block and Bleed Isolation Valves : Do not provide unless directed by Service Headquarters

. c) Lubricated Plug Valves : Lubricated plug valves are not allowed.

d) Gate Valves : Gate valves are not allowed.

e) Butterfly Valves : Butterfly valves are not allowed.

7- 6.3.3 Isolation Valve Operators Manually operate valves not specified for remote, automatic, or emergency operation. Use geared operators fo r ball valves larger than 6 inches (150 mm). Provide locking tabs on isolation valves to allow padlock to be used to lock out the valves during maintenance. Provide chain operators on valves which are located 72 inches (1800 mm) or higher above grade.

7- 6.3.4 Is olation Valve Locations Provide isolation valves in piping systems to control flow and to permit isolation of equipment for maintenance or repair, or as necessary to conduct a valid hydrostatic test . As a minimum requ irement, provide isolation valves at the following locations:

a) Where piping goes underground or comes aboveground and requires periodic pressure testing.

b) At all subsurface and aboveground piping connections to storage tanks.

c) On the suction side and discharge side of each pumping unit, except the suction side of vertical centrifugal pumps installed in underground tanks.

d) On the inlet and outlet connection of each line strainer, meter, diaphragm control valve, and other equipment that requires periodic servicing. One inlet valve and one outlet valve may be used to isolate more than one piece of adjacent equipment which are connected in series.

7- 6.4 Diaphragm Control Valves These valves are not required in filling stations

.

7- 6.5 Other Valves

7- 6.5.1 Check Valves Use check valves to prevent backflow through pumps, branch lines, meters, or other locations where runback or reverse flow must be avoided. Check valves may be of the swing disk, globe, dual plate hinged disk, spring

- loaded poppet, ball, or diaphragm

actuated types. Use checks of soft

- seated non

- slamming type with renewable seats and disks. Ensure check valves conform to API Spec 6D

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

127 7- 6.5.2 Thermal Relief Provide thermal relief valves around isolation and check valves to relieve excessive pressures caused by thermal expansion of liquid trapped between shutoff points. See Facility Plates 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

7-7 VAPOR RECOVERY Provide vapor recovery in accordance with guide specifications unless there are more stringent federal, state, and local codes or regulations. Some requirements are in 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart XX . If gasoline is being handled, provide, as a minimum, Stage I vapor recovery and the piping for Stage II. If Stage II is not required by local or state regulations at time of i nstallation, cap the vapor return pipe at the dispenser.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

128 CHAPTER 8 - ATMOSPHERIC STORAGE TANKS

8-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of bulk storage tanks

, operating storage tanks , ground vehicle fueling tanks, miscellaneous use tanks, product recovery system tanks, contaminated fuel storage tanks, and jet engine test cell fuel storage tanks. Design guidance on issues related to storage tanks such as protection, location, coatings, product recovery, and spill containment systems are also covered in this chapter. Ballast water storage tanks are covered in Chapter 5 and pressurized tanks for storage of LPG are covered in Chapter 10 of this UFC. This chapter generally applies to new tanks. Refer to Chapter 12 for repair or refurbishment of existing tanks.

8-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

8-3 GENERAL CRITERIA Design liquid fuel storage tanks to comply with the operational requirements of the particular command having jurisdiction of the facility. Ensure that the design is appropriate for the mission of the faci lity. Consider the operational requirements of the users of the fuel.

8- 3.1 Materials All aboveground storage tanks shall be constructed of steel or concrete encased steel.

8- 3.2 Protection Provide protection to preserve product quality and ensure minimal losses by

e vaporation, dilution, leakage, substitution, theft, contamination , attack, sabotage, fire, and damage to the environment. Use aboveground steel tanks unless the mission of the facility or other practical considerations d ictate that underground tanks be used. Cut and cover (buried vertical) tanks are not normally used in the CONUS. Cut and cover tanks may be required if the dispensing system is located in clear zones or explosive cordon area s . Conduct economic, operational, and mechanical analyses of remotely locating the pump house /system from the hydrant system versus constructing cut and

cover tanks.

8- 3.3 Design Requirements Fuel storage facilities provide an operating and reserve supply of fuel. The types and sizes of storage tanks depend on safety, economics, terrorist activity, locality, and intended service. Provide separate storage for each t ype and grade of fuel. For aviation activities, provide a minimum of two tanks for each type of fuel.

8- 3.4 Storage Capacity The capacity or size of each fuel storage tank is based upon the logistical and mission requirements for the facility and any other facility to be supported from it. For a stated volume of each fuel, fewer tanks of larger size will result in maximum economy. TheUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

129 appropriate Service Headquarters with DESC/DLA approval will determine the number and size of tanks required. Rule of thumb guidance for operating storage and bulk storage capacity is available in Navy UFC 2

- 000

- 05N/ P- 80. Provide a minimum of two tanks at aviation activities for each type of aviation turbine fue l to receive and isolate new receipts until tested and checked for quality and quantity while the facility continues to function with stocks on hand. In general, capacities of individual tanks should not exceed 50 percent of the total storage volume requi red for each type and grade of fuel. Do not provide tanks with capacities greater than 100,000 barrels (16 000 m 3 ) except when larger tanks are specifically authorized by Service Headqua rters

.

8- 3.5 Tank Spacing

8- 3.5.1 Vertical Tanks Provide a minimum distance between the shells of vertical tanks, both aboveground and underground, of not less than one diameter of the larger tank.

8- 3.5.2 Horizontal Underground Tanks Provide a minimum clearance between shells of adjacent horizontal underground tanks of 3 feet (0.9 m).

8- 3.5.3 Horizontal Aboveground Tanks ( Single

- Wall and Double

- Wall Steel ) (Non

- Fire Resistant and Non

- Protected) Provide a minimum clearance between aboveground horizontal tanks with capacities 40,000 gallons (151 400 L) or under as follows:

a) Arrange tanks in pairs with a minimum of 5 feet (1.5 m) between tanks in each pair and 10 feet (3 m) between adjacent tanks of two pairs in the same row.

b) Space adjacent groups of more than two pairs in a single row with at least 20 feet (6 m) between the nearest tanks of the groups.

c) Provide a minimum end

- to

- end spacing between tanks in longitudinal rows of 20 feet (6 m).

d) Provide a UL nameplate on tanks stating that the tanks are approved for that material and service

. e) In addition to requirements listed in this paragraph, tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

.

8- 3.5.4 Horizontal Ab oveground Tanks ( Fire Resistant ) Provide minimum clearance and spacing between fire resistant, secondarily contained aboveground horizontal tanks in compliance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 30A as applicable

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

130 8- 3.5.5 Horizontal Aboveground Tanks ( Protected ) Provide minimum clearance and spacing between protected, secondarily contained aboveground horizontal tanks in compliance with NFPA 30 and NFPA 30A as applicable

.

8- 3.6 Distance from Buildings and Property Lines Locate tanks a sufficient distance from buildings and property lines to prevent the ignition of vapors from the tank and to protect buildings and their occupants or contents from damage by a tank fire. Assume that the maximum internal pressure in a fire exposure will not exceed 2.5 psig (17 kPa). As a minimum, comply with requirements of the following paragraphs.

8- 3.6.1 Underground Tank s Locate underground tanks with respect to buildings or similar structures so that the soil pressure created by the building foundations will not be transmitted to the tank. Pumping facilities which are often located directly above underground tanks are

a ccepted . Locate horizontal cylindrical tanks less than or equal to 12 feet (3.7 m) in diameter not less than 10 feet (3 m) from the nearest point of an adjacent building or property line. Locate vertical underground tanks at least 25 feet (7.6 m) from th e nearest point of an adjacent building and 50 feet (15 m) from the nearest property line.

8- 3.6.2 Aboveground Tanks Locate aboveground tanks with consideration of fire safety. The first consideration is to prevent the ignition of vapors from the tank, and the second consideration is to protect the building and its occupants or contents from damage by a tank fire. As a protective measure, provide all aboveground tanks with some form of emergency relief venting for fire exposure in accordance with NFPA 30 . In the following, it is assumed that all tanks are constructed or equipped so that the maximum internal pressure in a fire exposure will not exceed 2.5 psi (17 kPa). Recommended minimum distances for aboveground tanks from buildings and property lines are as follows:

a) Tanks, all sizes and types, not protected or fire

- resistant, containing petroleum fuels with a flash point less than 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), 100 feet (30 m) or one tank diameter, wh ichever is greater. Tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

. b) Tanks, not protected or fire

- resistant, containing petroleum fuels with a flash point of 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) or greater in accordance with the following:UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

131 Tank Capacity

gallons (L) Minimum Distance from Nearest Property Line Feet (m) Minimum Distance from Near est Building Feet (m) 275 or less (1040 or less) 10 (3.0) 5 (1.5) 276 to 750 (1041 to 2800) 20 (6.0) 10 (3.0) 751 to 12,000 (2801 to 45 400) 30 (10) 15 (4.5) 12,001 to 30,000 (45 401 to 113 500) 40 (12) 20 (6.0) 30,001 to 50,000 (113 501 to 189 000) 6 0 (18) 60 (18) 50,001 to more (189 001 or more) 100 (30) 100 (30) c) For aboveground , fire

- resistant tanks in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , use NFPA 30A guidelines.

d) For aboveground, protected tanks, use NFPA 30 guidelines. Protected tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

.

8- 3.7 Distance from Roadway, Railroads and Power Lines Minimum distances of storage tanks from adjacent roadways, railways, railroads, and overhead electric power lines are as follows:

8- 3.7.1 Underground Tanks Locate underground tanks with respect to buildings or similar structures so that the soil pressure created by the building foundations will not be transmitted to the tank. Pumping facilities which are often located directly above underground tanks are accepted . Spacing and clearances for underground tanks shall be in accordance with the most conservative of NFPA 30

, NFPA 30A

, or as follows:

a) A minimum of 25 feet (7.6 m) from regularly traveled roads and highways, not including tank farm utility and fire a ccess roads.

b) 25 feet (7.6 m) from railroad spur tracks not used for through traffic.

c) No less than 100 feet (30 m) from main railroad tracks carrying through traffic.

d) 50 feet (15 m) from overhead electric power transmission and distribution wires.

8- 3.7.2 Abovegrou nd Tanks

a) The greater of 100 feet (30 m) or one tank diameter from regularly traveled roads and highways, not including tank farm utility and fire access roads.

b) 50 feet (15 m) from railroad spur tracks not used for through traffic.

c) 200 feet (60 m) from mai n railroad tracks carrying through traffic.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

132 d) 50 feet (15 m) from overhead electric power transmission and distribution wires.

e) For above

- ground, fire

- resistant tanks in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , use NFPA 30A guidelines.

f) For above

- ground, protected tanks, use NFPA 30 guidelines. P rotected tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

.

8- 3.8 Di stance from T ank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading and Loading Facilities Provide a minimum distance between both aboveground and underground storage tanks of not less than 50 feet (15 m) from tank truck and tank car off

- loading and loading facilities.

8- 3.9 Interior Coatings To extend the life of steel storage tanks, coat new tanks according to the following guidelines :

a) Vertical tanks

(1) All aviation, diesel fuel marine (F

- 76), a dditive , and lube oil tank

. Interiors shall be 100 percent coated, including floor, shell, and underside of the roof.

(2) Other products

. Coat the floor, the underside of the fixed roof, and the bottom 40 inches (1000 mm) of the tank shell. Additional coating of up to 100 percent requires economic justification and Service Headquarters approval.

b) Horizontal tanks

(1) For all products, tank interiors shall be 100 percent coated.

c) For all product s coat the interior and exterior of carbon steel piping located inside the tank, and steel appurtenances inside all tanks.

8- 3.10 Exterior Coatings

a) Protect the exterior surface of all aboveground steel tanks by coating in accordance with appropriate guide specif ications.

b) Protect the exterior surfaces of all underground horizontal steel tanks with a factory

- applied coating specified in the appropriate guide specifications.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

133 c) For protected tanks, with exterior steel containment, consider exterior fiberglass cladding for extremely corrosive atmospheres or seaside locations.

8- 3.11 Fill Piping Size the pipe so that the velocity does not exceed 12 feet (3.7 m) per second at maximum flow rate. Provide a means for reducing the velocity of flow to 3 feet (0.9 m) per second until the filling inlet nozzle is completely submerged and/or the floating pan has lifted off its legs.

8- 3.12 Vapor Emission Control Systems Provide a vapor emission control system for tanks that store products having a true vapor pressure of 0.75 psia (5 kPa) or more located in air pollution control areas in which the discharge of petroleum vapors is controlled or prohibited. Ensure that the system has sufficient capacity to control the vapor discharged from the tank vents at maximum filling rate in conformance with local air quality regulations. If gasoline is being handled, provide, as a minimum, Stage I vapor recovery and the piping for Stage II . If not required b y local or state regulations at time of construction, connect the Stage II piping to the tank and cap it at the dispenser.

8- 3.13 Strapping Tables Provide API MPMS 2 certified strapping tables for all tan ks. A registered Professional Engineer must approve strapping tables. Use 1/16

- inch (2 mm) increments reading in gallons. Provide electronic media data files. Determine strapping table volumes using physical measurements, not calculated values.

8- 3.14 Product Recovery Systems

8- 3.14.1 General Design Considerations Provide pumps, piping, valves, and tanks to collect and store usable aviation turbine fuel which would otherwise become waste from operational or maintenance activities. Consider a product recovery system for other products. Include a tank to collect fuel/water mixtures from tank and equipment sumps , equipment drains, product saver tanks, high point vents, low point drain s, and any other equipment from which fuel/water mixtures can be collected. Separate the fuel and water portions. Filter the fuel portion and return to operating storage tanks . Do not discharge the water portion to surface water without additional treatment and permits or treat the water portion as wastewater. Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for information on handling of wastewater. Refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 . These systems are standard with the hydrant and aircraft direct fueling systems

.

8- 3.14.2 Product Recovery Tanks For hydrant and aircraft direct fueling systems provide the tank indicated in DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 . For other systems, provide a tank with, at a minimum, the following appurtenances:

a) L evel gauge.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

13 4 b) Overfill protection level control valve.

c) High and low level switches with alarms and controls

. d) A motor driven fuel transfer pump that returns recovered fuel back to the system through a hard piped connection

. e) A motor driven sump pump for emptying the tank.

f) Manual ga u ging hatch.

g) Vent.

h) ATG system for aboveground product recovery tanks having a capacity

more than or equal to 4,000 gallons (15 000 L)

. i) Do not allow sight flow indicators to be installed on product recovery tanks

.

8- 3.14.3 Vertical Storage Tank s In addition to th e product recovery tank(s) for the facility, all vertical storage tank s storing aviation turbine fuel should include a product saver tank with electric pump

, unless the tank is equipped with a filter/separator to remove water from the sump

. A product saver tank is a small aboveground tank piped and valved to allow drawing water from the bottom of the storage tank and returning the product after the water has been separated and disposed of in accordance with environmental regulations.

8- 3.15 Registration Register all tanks with the appropriate state and local agencies as required. All tanks shall have a nameplate installed in accordance with API Std 650

.

8-4 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS (SINGL E- WALL STEEL)

8- 4.1 General Design Considerations If small factory

- built aboveground storage tanks are required, use horizontal tanks. Limit tank diameter to 12 feet (3.7 m) or less and capacity to less than 50,000 gallon (191 m 3 ). Require tank to be of welded steel construction in accordance with UL 142

. Plastic and/or fiberglass aboveground storage tanks are not allowed. Requirements for all horizontal aboveground storage tanks shall comply with NFPA 30 Chapter 22 Aboveground Storage Tanks

. Tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

.

8- 4.2 Installation

a) Install the tank so that the bottom slopes downward toward one end at a slope of 1 percent. Locate transfer pumps or suction piping at the high end of the tank ; locate water drawoff at low end of the tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

135 b) Provide protective bollards for tanks not surrounded by a dike

. c) Provide water drawoff lines in each tank. For aviation fueling systems, arrange piping so that the fuel in the tanks may be recirculate d through the filter/separators

. Refer to Facility Plate 018

. d) Provide steel tanks with steel saddles or skids in accordance with UL 142 . The bottom of tank is t o be at least 12 inches (300 mm) above grade to avoid the need for fireproofing. Mount steel supports on a reinforced concrete foundation.

e) Require tanks to be inspected by a STI Registered Inspector with Level 1 and 2 Certification prior to the tanks being put into service.

8-5 HORIZONTAL ABOVEGROUND TANKS (DOUBLE

- WALL STEEL)

8- 5.1 General Design Considerations Limit tank diameter to 12 feet (3.7 m) or less and capacity to less than 50,000 gallon (191 m 3 ). Require tank to be of welded steel construction in accordance with UL 142

. No fiberglass aboveground storage tanks are allowed. The main advantage of double

wall steel storage tanks over single

- wall steel storage tanks is that separate spill containment may not be required. NFPA 30 and NFPA 30A have specific criteria for omitting s pill containments when using this type of secondary containment

- type tank

. All of the c riteria in the NFPA regulations for the appropriate application must be met before this type of tank is used without spill containment. Requirements for double

- wall steel horizontal aboveground storage tanks shall comply with NFP A 30 Chapter 22 Aboveground Storage Tanks

. Tanks located in facilities governed by NFPA 30A , such as marine/motor fuel dispensing facilities, shall comply with NFPA 30A

.

8- 5.2 Installation

a) For flammable liquid installations, require additional curbing containment based on tank filling rates if there is a chance of a fuel spill entering a critical area.

b) Install the tank so that the bottom slopes downward toward one end at a slope of 1 percent. Locate transfer pumps or suction piping at the high end of the tank; locate water drawoff at low end of the tank.

c) Provide water drawoff lines in each tan k. For aviation fueling systems, arrange piping so that the fuel in the tanks may be recirculated through the filter/separators

. d) Provide protective bollards for tanks not surrounded by a dike

. e) Provide steel tanks with steel saddles or skids in accordance with UL 142 . The bottom of tank is to be at least 12 inches (300 mm) aboveUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

136 grade to avoid the need for fireproofing. Mount steel su pports on a reinforced concrete foundation.

f) Require the tank to be pressure

- tested after installation.

g) Require tanks to be inspected by a STI Registered Inspector with Level 1 and 2 Certification prior to the tanks being put into service.

8-6 HORIZONTAL ABOVEG ROUND TANKS ( FIRE

- RESISTANT )

8- 6.1 General Design Considerations When small (250 to 20,000 gallon (900 to 75 000 L) capacity) aboveground storage tanks are required and there are clearance or fire exposure problems and the additional cost can be justified, consider the use of fire

- resistant storage tanks. The main advantage of fire

- resistant tanks over the single wall steel tanks is that separate spill containment may not be required and the vault system provides an added measure of fire protection. NFPA 30 and NFPA 30A have specific criteria for omitting s pill containment when using this type of secondary containment

- type tank . All of the criteria in the NFPA regulations for the appropriate application must be met before this type of tank is used without spill containment. Require tanks to be factory

- constructed with a UL 142 welded steel primary tank, generally low profile and rectangular in design. Tanks may be used in applications where, in addition to the above considerations, construction of a separate spill containment system for secondary containment purposes would have a negative impact on operations and/or aesthetics. Tanks located close to buildings or with integral fuel dispensers must be UL

- listed secondary containment tanks, utilizing steel inner and outer tanks that can provide interstitial containment which is both pressure testable and verifiable. Such tanks usually have a fill of regular or insulating concrete. Ensure the two

- hour fire rating meets or exceeds all requirements of NFPA 30A for “fire resistance” tanks, meets the re quirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 and provides a minimum two

- hour fire rating in accordance with UFC 3

- 600

- 01 and UL 2080

.

8- 6.2 Installation

a) For flammable liquid installations, require additional curbing containment based on tank filling rates if there is a chance of a fuel spill entering a critical area.

b) Install the tank so that the bottom slopes downward toward one end at a slope of 1 percent. Locate transfer pumps or suction piping at the high end of the tank; locate water draw off at low end of the tank.

c) Provide water drawoff lines in each tank. For aviation fuelin g systems, arrange piping so that the fuel in the tanks may be recirculated through the filter/separators

. d) A primary tank of stainless steel can be allowed as an option to interior coated carbon steel for all applications where economically justified.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

137 e) Require support channels with anchor holes for earthquake/hurricane/flood restraint tie down.

f) Require steel to be a minimum thickness of 3/16

- inch (5 mm) for the interior carbon steel tank.

g) Provide protective bollards in traffic areas.

h) Require the tank to be pressure

- tested after installation.

i) Require tanks to be inspected by a STI Registered Inspector with Level 1 and 2 Certification prior to the tanks being put into service.

8-7 HORIZONTAL ABOVE GROUND TANKS ( PROTECTED TANKS )

8- 7.1 General Design Considerations When small (250 to 20,000 gallon (900 to 75 000 L) capacity) aboveground storage tanks are required and there are clearance or fire exposure problems and the ad ditional cost can be justified, consider the use of protected storage tanks. The main advantages of protected tanks over the single wall steel tanks are that a separate dike (containment) may not be required and the vault system provides an added measure of fire protection. NFPA 30 and NFPA 30A have specific criteria for omitting dikes when using this type of secondary containment

- type tank . All of the criteria in the NFPA regulations for the appropriate application must be met before this type of tank is used without a dike

. Additional benefits include added protection from ballistic and vehicular impact and reduced evaporation of volatile fuels in warm climates. Require tanks to be factory

constructed with a UL 142 welded steel primary tank, generally low profile and rectangular in design. Tanks may be used in applications where, in addition to the above considerations, construction of a separate dike for secondary containment purposes would have a negative impact on operations and/or aesthetics. Tanks loc ated close to buildings or with integral fuel dispensers must be UL

- listed secondary containment tanks, utilizing steel inner and outer tanks that can provide interstitial containment which is both pressure testable and verifiable. Such tanks usually have a fill of regular or insulating concrete. Ensure the two

- hour fire rating meets or exceeds all requirements of NFPA 30A for “fire resistance” tanks, meets the requirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 an d provides a minimum two

- hour fire rating in accordance with UFC 3

- 600

- 01 and UL 2085

.

8- 7.2 Installation

a) For flammable liquid installations, require additional c urbing containment based on tank filling rates if there is a chance of a fuel spill entering a critical area.

b) Install the tank so that the bottom slopes downward toward one end at a slope of 1 percent. Locate transfer pumps or suction piping at the high e nd of the tank; locate water draw

- off at low end of the tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

138 c) Provide water drawoff lines in each tank. For aviation fueling systems, arrange piping so that the fuel in the tanks may be recirculated through the filter/separators

. Locate the water drawoff piping at the low end of the tank.

d) For applications not requiring secondary containment, such as residential heating oil tanks where aesthetics may be the prime concern, consider protected , exposed aggregate, tanks with a UL 2085 secondary containment protected rating without the outer steel jacket.

e) A primary tank of stainless steel can be allowed as an option to interior

c oated carbon steel for all applications where economically justified.

f) Require support channels with anchor holes for earthquake/hurricane/flood restraint tie down.

g) Require steel to be a minimum thickness of 3/16

- inch (5 mm) for the interior carbon steel ta nk.

h) Provide protective bollards in traffic areas.

i) Require the tank to be pressure

- tested after installation.

j) Require tanks to be inspected by a STI Registered Inspector with Level 1 and 2 Certification prior to the tanks being put into service.

8-8 ABOVEGROUND VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS

8- 8.1 General Design Considerations Provide cylindrical single

- wall steel aboveground vertical storage tanks meeting one of the following criteria (as approved by Serv ice Headquarters ):

a) Factory

- fabricated tanks complying with UL 142 criteria. The diameter of the tanks is limited by transportation restrictions. Although these tanks are fabricated in sizes up to 50,000 gallon (191 m 3 ), they become quite tall due to the diameter limitation. Give special consideration to height/diameter ratio to ensure tank stability.

b) Field

- erected tanks not requiring an internal pan follow API Std 650 configured as required by this UFC.

c) Field

- erected tanks complying with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. The standard design includes tanks ranging in capacity from 2,500 barrels (400 m 3 ) through 100,000 barrels ( 16 000 m 3 ) with internal pan and requires site

- adapting by the design team. For tanks larger than 100,000 barrels ( 16 000 m 3 ), use the multicolumn API Std 650 design.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

139 d) Requ ire tanks to be inspected by a STI Registered Inspector with Level 1 and 2 C ertification or an API Std 653 Certified Inspector, where applicable, prior to the tanks being put into service.

8- 8.2 Tank Roofs For tanks with internal floating pans, design the roofs in conformance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

.

8- 8.3 Internal Floating Pans

a) Tanks containing Class I flammable fuels or mission

- critical Class II combustible fuels, such as JP

- 8, shall be equipped with a full contact, aluminum honeycomb floating pan. Other Class II fuels require a floating pan if the tank does not comply with the spacing and diking requirements of this UFC. Tanks storing mission

- critical Class III fuels, such as JP

- 5 and diesel fuel marine (F

- 76), if located in hot (desert

like) climate, also require a floating pan to eliminate the fuel/air interface. A single slotted stilling well, that penetrates the floating pan, has a maximum diameter of 10 inches (250 mm) and is used fo r the automatic tank gauge system, is allowed to be provided without a vapor sleeve (bellow). The slotted well used for manual measurements shall be equipped with an approved floating plug.

b) For cone roof tanks with floating pans, provide roof vent/inspect ion hatches in the fixed roof and overflow port/vents near the top of the shell near a device(s) in the floating pan which is (are) sized by the manufacturer to evacuate air and gases from underneath the pan when the pan is on its supports during filling o perations.

c) Provide grounding bonds between the floating pan and shell as follows:

(1) Three lengths of bare, 3/16

- inch (5 mm) diameter, stranded,
extra

- flexible, stainless steel wire rope, each extending from the top of the floating p an to the underside of the fixed roof.

(2) Attach two of the wires near the tank periphery, 180 degrees apart. Attach the third wire to the floating pan manhole cover.

(3) Securely connect the wires to the pan and extend vertically to the tank roof. Ensure wires are accessible for inspection.

(4) Ensure wires are long enough to accommodate the full travel of the pan. Locate wires to miss all interior tank appurtenances and structure.

d) Provide anti

- rotation cable s in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

140 e) For cone roof tanks with floating pans, provide gauge and sampling hatches in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. f) Provide a 36

- inch (900 mm) diameter covered manhole in the floati ng pan.

8- 8.4 Tank Bottoms Slope the tank bottoms downward in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 . A slope of 5 percent is required for positive drainage and self

- cleaning action for tanks storing aviation turbine fu els. After tank construction is complete perform a hydrostatic test; a helium test may be included as an option

. P erform these tests prior to tank coating. Conduct all tests as recommended by API Std 650

.

8- 8.5 Foundations Des ign tank foundations on the basis of a soils exploration program including preliminary exploration as a minimum and detailed exploration and testing, if existing soil data is not available and/or inadequate. Refer to UFC 3

- 220

- 10N . Analyze the results of the exploration program to determine the most practical and economical design to provide a stable foundation for the tank. See DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. As a minimum, use the follo wing criteria for all tank designs:

a) Prevent external corrosion of tank bottoms by locating the tanks well above the general tank field grade, provide adequate tank field drainage away from the tank, and construct the foundati on pad of clean, free

- draining granular material. If sand is used, ensure a minimum electrical resistance of 50,000 ohm

- cm. Foundation material should be neutral or alkaline with a pH greater than 7 , a chloride concentration less than 300 ppm, and a sulfate concentration less than 150 ppm as specified by DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 . The sand may be washed and the pH may be raised to meet the requirements. Include cathodic protect ion to prevent external corrosion of the tank bottoms. Do not use oil in the sand under the tank

. Do not use dredge material or beach sand.

b) Provide good drainage under the tank.

c) Provide a reinforced concrete ringwall found ation and secondary containment. Locate the tank bottom a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) above the dike basin.

d) Cover the area beneath the tanks with a dike fuel

- impermeable liner complying with DoD Standa rd Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 and meeting local and state requirements. Install all liners according to the manufacturer's requirements.

e) Over the liner, provide a minimum of 12 inches ( 300 mm) of compacted clean sand or similar ma terial as described above.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

141 Securely attach and seal the liner to the inside of the concrete foundation ring wall beneath the tank shell.

f) Provide a leak detection system for the tank bottom by i nstall ing a pipe or pipes through the concrete foundation ring wall as a telltale for tank bottom leaks in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. These pipes will also permit water beneath the tank to escape by gravity.

g) Perform subsurface investigation in sufficient detail to determine if any compressible, weak, organic, or otherwise objectionable soils exist within a distance of two tank diameters below ground surface.

h) Estimate the magnitudes and rates of settlement (uniform, differential, and seismic induced) as part of the design. Provide adequate flexibility in piping, appurtenances, and other systems to accommodate anticipated settlements. Accomplish flexibility by using pipe offsets or ball joints. Do not use corrugated or bellows type expansion compensators. Do not exceed differential settlement values given in UFC 3

- 220

- 10N

. i) Where objectionable materials exist or magnitudes of anticipated settlement are sufficient to cause damage or unacceptable distortion, consider subsurface improvement. Potential improvement techniques may include removal of objectionable materials and replacement with clean compacted granular fill, preloading or surcharging in conjunction with drainage wicks, deep dynamic compaction, vibrocompaction, stone columns, compaction grouting, or similar techniques.

j) Where justified by subsurface conditions and economics, consider using deep foundations such as driven piling or drilled shafts. Design foundation in accordance with UFC 3 -2 20

- 01N

.

8-9 UNDERGROUND HORIZONTAL STORAGE TANKS

8- 9.1 General Design Considerations Where underground storage tanks of 50,000 gallon (191 m 3 ) or less capacity are required, use factory

- built horizontal cylindrical double

- wall tanks (welded steel or fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP)). Ensure that contract requires the design and installation in accordance with 40 CFR Part 280 and NFPA 30 or any more stringent state or lo cal criteria

. Require separation of exterior tank walls from the interior walls with standoffs, thus creating an open space, or interstitial, for monitoring of leaks. This is called a Type II tank. Do not exceed 12 feet (3.7 m) in diameter for tanks. L imit tank length to eight times the diameter. Ensure that factory

- fabricated tanks comply with UL 58 and STI P3 criteria.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

142 8- 9.2 Installation

a) Install tanks in accordance with NFPA 30 and also in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

b) Install the tank so that the bottom slopes downward toward one end at a slope of 1 percent. Locate transfer pumps and suction piping at the low end of the tank.

c) Provide straps and anchors designed to prevent flotation of tanks located in areas with high groundwater levels or subject to flooding. Provide electrical isolation strips between hold

- down straps and metal tanks. Anchors may be a concrete anchor slab under the tan k or concrete deadmen.

d) Place tanks on a uniform bed of homogeneous granular material at least 12 inches (300 mm) thick. If a concrete anchor slab is used, place a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) of bedding for steel tanks and 12 inches (300 mm) of bedding fo r fiberglass tanks between the tank and the concrete anchor slab. Do not use blocks, chocks, or rocks.

e) Ensure that tank is installed by state

- certified contractor if state has a certification program.

f) Ensure that tank is installed by a contractor that is certified by the tank manufacturer.

8- 10 UNDERGROUND VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS ( Cut and C over )

8- 10.1 General Design Considerations Underground vertical storage tanks are steel

- lined reinforced concrete with l eak monitoring capability. These tanks may be completely buried, surface

- constructed and then covered with embankment, or any variation in between. OCONUS Pacific they are only required in high threat areas or when tanks are required to be constructed wi thin the explosive cordon area or clear zone

. Tanks being constructed OCONUS NATO refer to STANAG 3784 for design guidance. They are not used within CONUS except when tanks are required to be constructed within the explosive cordon . Design underground vertical steel storage tanks in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 , except as modified herein. These standards include tank sizes of 10,000 through 100,000 barrels (1600 m 3 through 16 000 m 3 ) capacity. In general, do not exceed 100,000 barrels (16 000 m 3 ) capacity. Alternative designs using prefabricated/pre

- stressed tank sections must be approved by the appropriate Service Headquarters

. Provide leak detection for underground storage tanks in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

143 8- 11 APPURTENANCES Table 8 -1 describes appurtenances for atmosph eric storage tanks and identifies the type of tank to which they should be mounted. Full seal weld all tank attachments to prevent moisture/water from corroding the tank shell and attachments.

8- 12 HEATERS

8- 12.1 General Design Considerations Provide tank heaters and controls for tanks intended for storage of high viscosity products, such as lube oils , or burner fuels No. 4, No. 5, and No. 6, in climates where the ambient tank t emperature would be less than 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) above the fuel’s pour point temperature

. Heat heavy burner fuel oils and lube oils to a temperature of 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) abov e the fuel’s pour point prior to pumping. Use one of the types of heaters listed below.

8- 12.2 Heating Medium Use the appropriate heating medium for the particular application based on temperature, pressure, and availability. Saturated steam is the preferred heating medium, but consider using hot oil, hot water, and electric heating where steam is not available from existing sources.

8- 12.3 Convection

- Type Use convection

- type heaters installed inside a storage tank and capable of passing through a 36

- inch (900 mm) diameter manhole with a capacity to raise the temperature of a full tank of burner fuel oil approximately 60 degrees F (33 degrees C) in 24 hours. The appropriate Service Headquarters a nd/or DLA/DESC will determine if the capacity of the heater could be reduced if it is not necessary to heat a full tank of fuel within 24 hours.

8- 12.4 In

- Line Type In

- line heaters consist of two general types: tank suction and straight tube. All in

- line heater s are of the shell and tube construction. A tank suction or suction in

- line heater is installed inside the tank on the tank issue line. The fuel oil enters the exchanger at the end within the tank and exits at the opposite end outside of the tank. The s team or other heating medium enters and exits the exchanger at the end outside of the tank. A straight tube or pipe in

- line heater is installed directly into the pipeline. The fuel oil enters the exchanger at one end and exits from the other. The entry and exit points for the steam side can vary. The following criteria applies to in

- line heaters :

a) Capable of heating fuel oil passing through them from the ambient tank temperature to a minimum of 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) above the fuel oil’s pour point temperature at required flow rate.

b) If installed in tanks, allow removal of heater tube bundles without emptying the tank.

c) If multipass in

- line heaters are used, do not allow the oil temperature

r ise to exceed 30 degrees F (17 degrees C) per pass.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

144 d) Use carbon steel shells designed for a minimum 175 psig (1210 kPa) cold working pressure on both steam and oil sides.

e) Do not exceed 0.2 psig (1.4 kPa) for the pressure dr op on the oil side of pump suction line nor exceed 10 psig (70 kPa) of pressure drop for heaters installed on pump discharge.

8- 12.5 Insulation and Tracing In cases where fuels are heated, examine the possible economic incentiv es for insulating heated storage vessels and piping. In many cases, piping carrying heated products must be heat traced to prevent possible solidification of the fuel during a shutdown period. Insulate traced lines. Consider possible incentives for inst alling a condensate collection and return system. If a condensate return system is installed, include a monitor to detect oil in the condensate.

8- 13 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK SPILL CONTAINMENT SYSTEM S

8- 13.1 General Design Considerations Provide drainage structures to impound escaping fuel where rupture of an underground tank in a hillside location would endanger other activities and structures at elevations lower than the tank.

8- 14 ABOVEGROUND TANK SPILL CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

8- 14.1 General Design Considerations Provide a spill containment system for all aboveground tanks to prevent spilled petroleum from leaving the property

. Individual tanks larger than 10,000 barrels (1600

m 3 ) in capacity should be enclosed in an individual diked enclosure . Groups of tanks

, with no tank larger than 10,000 barrels (1600 m 3 ) and not exceeding 15,000 barrels (2400 m 3 ) in aggregate capacity

, may be enclosed in a single diked enclosure

. Subdivide each diked area containing two or more tanks by intermediate curbs to prevent spills from endangering adjacent tanks within the diked area. When subdividing is require d, use intermediate curbs not less than 18 inches (450 mm) in height. Designer can take advantage of the exception granted for protected tanks by NFPA 30

or NFPA 30A if the provisions of that document are met and local

, state , and federal regulations permit. Refer to DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. Use the following criteria for tank spill containment systems:

a) The preferred method of containment is by diked enclosure (impounding spilled fuel around the tank by means of a dikes ) to prevent the accidental discharge of petroleum.

b) As an alternative to diked enclosures, use a remote impoundme nt spill collection system consisting of a series of drains leading from storage tank areas to a remote containment or impoundment designed to prevent the accidental discharge of petroleum. This is not theUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

145 preferred method and requires approval of Service Headquarters

. Generally, this system is used for tanks on a hillside.

c) Slope the area within the containment at no less than 1 percent to carry drainage away from the tank to a sump locat ed at the low point of the enclosure.

d) Construct the drain line from the sump of petroleum

- resistant, fire

resistant, impervious material. Do not use clay, concrete, fiberglass or plastic piping mater ials.

e) Control drainage from the sump to the outside of the enclosure by a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside of the enclosure in an area that will be safely accessible during a fire.

f) Do not allow fuel to run off or escape from the containment area under any circumstances. Provide means for disposing or for treating contaminated water from the containme nt to meet the most stringent of applicable federal, state, or local requirements.

8- 14.2 Spill Containment Sys tem Capacity

8- 14.2.1 Diked Enclosures Design diked enclosures in accordance with the most stringent of NFPA 30

, 40 CFR Part 112 , and other federal, state and local regulations. Additionally, ensure that the capacity of the diked enclosure is, at a minimum, greater than the largest tank volume located within the diked enclosure, plus sufficient freeboard equal to the greater o f a 24

- hour, 25

- year storm or one foot (0.3 m) over the entire area of drainage . In the event of a fire, the diked enclosure must be able to contain the flow of water from firefighting activities for 20 minutes. In appropriate e nvironmental climates, consider snow and ice accumulation as well. Limit dike heights to 6 feet (1.8 m) or less.

8- 14.2.2 Remote Impoundments If approved by Service Headquarters , d esign remote impoundments in accordance with the most stringent of NFPA 30

, 40 CFR Part 112 , and other federal, state and local regulations. Additionally, ensure the capacity of the remote impoundment is, at a minimum, greater than the largest tank volume located within the area of drainage, plus sufficient freeboard equal to the greater of a 24

- hour, 25

- year storm or one foot (0.3 m) over the entire area of drainage. When sizing the remote impoundment consider the total drainage area from all tanks that are included within the spill collection system. In the event of a fire, the drainage system and impoundment must be able to contain the flow of water from firefighting activities for 20 minutes on neighboring storage tanks sharing the same spill collection system. In appropriate environmental climates, consider snow and ice accumulation as well.

8- 14.3 Remote Containment/Impoundment Spill Collection Systems Construct the remote impoundment as generally described for diked enclosures and in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 and UFC 3- 600

- 01

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

146 8- 14.4 Diked Enclosure – Earthen Dike Type Construct earthen dikes of ea rthen materials with fuel impermeable line r cover. Where space is a premium, construct dikes of vertical concrete walls. For earthen dikes , make the minimum distance from the toe of the dike to the tank foundation 5 feet (1.5 m) and provide a flat surface on the top of the dike at least 3 feet (0.9 m) wide. Do not make earthen dike slopes steeper than 1 vertical to 1

- 1/2 horiz ontal. Cover the sides and top of the earthen dike and the floor around the tank with one of the following materials (see Facility Plate 019 ):

a) A fuel impermeable liner. If liner is exposed, the expose d areas must be resistant to the effects of direct sunlight and to wind uplift. Provide sandbags in accordance with the appropriate UFGS to assure the liner is resistant to wind uplift. Follow the liner manufacturer’s recommendations for protecting the liner by the use of geotextile cover or other recommended means. P rovide a concrete maintenance pad for personnel access to the tank and for work areas around tank manholes and valves.

b) Do not use Bentonite or a Bentonite composite material in the construct ion of dikes or basins.

c) Do not use asphalt.

8- 14.5 Diked Enclosure – Reinforced Concrete Dike Type Design reinforced concrete (prefabricated or cast

- in

- place) dikes and their foundations to resist and contain the full hydrostatic load when filled to capacity

. Consider the use of reinforced concrete blocks with or without exterior earth mounding. Use vertical reinforced concrete dikes where space is a premium. Seal all concrete surfaces with a flexible, UV

- resistant, fuel

- resistant coating if required by local or State regulations. Use a fuel impermeable liner as described above for the dike floor.

8- 14.6 Diked Enclosure – Combination Dike Type A vertical concrete wall backed by an external earthen berm may be used. Design the combined earthen and concrete unit and its foundation to resist and contain the full hydrostatic load when filled to capacity. Use a fuel impermeable liner as described above for the dike floor.

8- 14.7 Stormwater Collection Systems Design a stormwater collection system to contain, transport, treat, and discharge any stormwater that collects in the tank enclosure. R efer to Chapter 2 of this UFC

. Review state and local regulations for design requirements and permitting of stormwater treatment systems.

8- 14.8 Dike Access Provide concrete, steel, or aluminum steps with pipe handrails for passage across a dike . Steps and handrai ls must comply with 29 CFR Part 1910.36 . Include a removable section of the handrail to provide access to the flat top of earthen dikes . If steel steps are used, they should be hot

- dipped galvanize d after fabrication. ProvideUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

147 enough access locations for safe emergency egress and for normal operation. This will normally include steps over the dikes separating adjacent tanks, as well as on one wall without an adjacent tank. Locate steps at the most accessible points, preferably on the same side as the access stairs to a tank roof. For tanks over 10,000 barrels ( 1600 m 3 ) and larger, consider providing earth

- filled ramps to permit vehicle access i nto the dike when approved by Service Headquarters

. If there is sufficient need to provide vehicle access into diked areas , provide a concrete paved road and/ or earth

- filled ramp for vehicle travel

- ways. A removable steel bulkhead section may be a cost

- effective method to provide access for dikes with vertical reinforced concrete walls. Where the vehicle access road crosses the dike , provide a security gate and prominent sign indicating that access is limited to a 1

- ton pick

- up truck that is compliant with NFPA 70 Class I, Group D, Division 2 criteria.

8- 15 MISCELLANEOUS USE TANKS This paragraph provides design guidance for small miscellaneous use tanks. These tanks are typically less than 550 gallons (2100 L) in capacity. Check state and local regulations before beginning design. If a miscellaneous use tank has a capacity greater than 12,000 gallons (45 800 L ), follow the requirements of Table 8 -1 . Otherwise, use the standards described below.

8- 15.1 Installation Install the tank in conformance with the requirements of NFPA 30 . The exception used for the deletion of dike containment is acceptable if all of the criteria associated with that exception are met. Provide containment for all tanks, regardless of size, except small residential heating oil tanks, b y complying with Paragraph 8. 14 of this UFC or by using properly installed aboveground concrete

- encased tanks in accordance with Paragraph 8.7 of this UFC.

8- 15.2 Heating Oil Tanks Comply with NFPA 31

.

8- 15.3 Emergency Generator Fuel Tanks C omply with NFPA 31

, NFPA 37 , and NFPA 110

.

8- 15.4 Fire Pump Fuel Tanks Comply with NFPA 20

, NFPA 30 , and NFPA 31

.

8- 15.5 Waste Oil Tanks Check local and state environmental regulations for any additional requirements for storage of waste oil.

8- 15.6 Containment As discussed previously in this chapter, provide containment, under and around all aboveground tanks except home heating oil tanks.

8- 15.7 Underground Tanks Ensure all underground tanks are double

- walled and have overfill protection, as described previously in this chapter.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

148 8- 16 SHIPBOARD OFF

- LOAD FUEL STORAGE TANKS

8- 16.1 Function In addition to regular storage, consider a storage tank for fuel removed from ships that may be off -specification or otherwise not satisfactory for its intended use. This fuel may be downgraded to heating oil or diesel fuel marine.

8- 16.2 General Design Considerations Determine the volume requirements of the contaminated fuel storage tank by an activity survey. Provide bottom

- loading facilities for tank truck loading and off

- loading of contaminated fuel

.

8- 16.3 Locations Locate the contaminated fuel storage tank(s) in or near the facility tank farm. Clearly mark the tank(s) as to the type or grade of fuel.

8- 17 JET ENGINE TEST CELL FUEL STORAGE T ANKS Design jet engine test cell fuel storage and issue systems to the same standards as operating storage tank fuel systems (e.g., high level alarms, gauging, shut

- offs, etc.). Normally, tanks are refilled using station aircraft refueling trucks through aircraft single

point refueling adaptors.

8- 18 FUELS AUTOMATED SYSTEM The Defense Logistics Agency's Business System Modernization {BSM Enterprise Resource Programs (ERP) - Fuels section) is an Automated Information Sys tem (AIS) designed to support the D E SC and the Military Services in performing their responsibilities in fuel management and distribution. FAS is a multi

- functional AIS which provides for point of sale data collection, inventory control, finance and

accou nting, procurement, and facilities management. BSM

- ERP is composed of an integrated set of commercial off the shelf (COTS) software applications, based around an oracle relational database management system ( RDBMS ) , which is hosted on commercially available computer hardware. The system will provide interfaces to existing logistics/financial AIS's or to be used only when directed by DLA/D E SC.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

149 Table 8

- 1. Appurtenances Item Appurtenance V

- A H

- A H

- U F

- A P

- A V

- U Manhole

a A 30

- inch (750 mm) diameter manho le, a minimum of one manhole for tanks between 1,000 gallons (4000 L) and 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) capacity, and a minimum of two manholes (both are to be at least 36 inches (900 mm), for tanks larger than 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) capacity.     

b A dedicated manhole, other than required above, as the primary point for piping penetrations into a tank (may be as small as 22 inches (559 mm)). 

c A manhole located above the internal floating pan ’ s high position to aid in venting the tank during

c leaning and to provide access to the floating pan ’s elastomeric wiper seals as required by DoD Standard AW 78

- 24

- 27

. 

d Containment sumps and extension manhole. 

e Roof manholes in ac cordance with API Std 650 . A minimum of four 24

- inch (600 mm) square inspection hatches on fixed roof tanks with floating pans and two hatches on all other tanks. Locate the roof manholes near the perimeter of the roof at opposite ends of a diameter and approximately 90 degrees from the shell manholes. 

f Shell manholes in accordance with API Std 650

. Two 36

- inch (900 mm) shell manholes 180 degrees from each other. Align shell manh oles parallel with prevailing wind direction. Hinge

mounted shell manhole covers. 

g A bolted cover in the roof for installation and removal of the internal floating pan as required by the tank supplier based on the pan manufacturer. 

Ladder /Stairs h Internal ladders (in accordance with OSHA criteria) for tanks of 5,000 gallons (19 000 L) or larger.      

i An external ladder and platform with safety railing for gauging and sampling in accordance with 2 9 CFR Part 1910.23 (if height justifies it).   

j Ladders, railings, toeboards, a spiral stairway, top platform, and handrail in accordance with API Std 650 and OSHA requirements. Provide stairways to access high level shut

- off and alarms. Provide serrated treads and non

- slip coatings on stairs and platforms. UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

150 Item Appurtenance V

- A H

- A H

- U F

- A P

- A V

- U Level Alarms k An individual automatic level alarm system, independent of the gauging device or system for each tank. Include high, high

- high, low and low

low level alarms. On aboveground tanks: provide a manual tester for all alarm sensors to ensure system operability without a full tank; locate level alarm equipment for ready access from ground level o r stairway platforms

. On aboveground vertical tanks, in general conformance with API RP 2350 , set high

- level at 21 minutes before overflow level (not to exceed 95 percent) and high

- high at seven minutes before overflow level (not to exceed 98 percent) ; o n tanks with floating pans locate the low level six minutes above the low level of the floating pan (no less than 5 percent) and locate the low

- low level alarm one minute (no less than 2 percent) above the low level of the flo ating pan. For underground tanks, high and high

- high will be 90 and 95 percent, respectively (although this may have to be adjusted downwards for horizontal tanks) . Provide both audible and visible alarms. On all tanks without floating pans

, set low lev el alarm such that air is not allowed into the system. In determining the low level, consider the time it would take for the pump or system to shut down. Review facility size and operating method to determine the most desirable location for audible and v isible alarms, this will usually be in the tank farm and in the operations building. Connect to stop issue pump on low level alarm and receipt pump (if in facility) on high

- high level alarm. Install alarms on winter sun side of the tank. Comply with

mos t stringent of federal, state, or local regulations. For vertical aboveground tanks, see Facility Plates 014 and 015

.  *  *  *   

*NOTE: State and local regulations may be more restrictive. Because underground and aboveground horizontal tanks will fill extremely fast in the last 5 percent, values of high level alarm positions should be chosen based on filling rate, tank size, and time needed to respond to the alarm condition. Adjust values a s well for extremely large vertical tanks with small receipt rates and extremely small vertical tanks with high receipt rates.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

151 Item Appurtenance V

- A H

- A H

- U F

- A P

- A V

- U Vents l Open atmospheric vents with weather hoods and bird screens for tanks to be used for products with true vapor pressure of 0.75 psia (5 kPa) or less. For higher vapor pressure , or if a vapor recovery system is used, provide pressure/vacuum vents in l ieu of open vents. Consider using pressure/vacuum vents if product quality is at risk by blowing sand, dust, or snow. Comply with NFPA 30 , host nation requirements, Chapter 2 of this UFC, API Std 650

, API Std 2000

, 29 CFR Part 1910.106 , and DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 , where applicable. Do not use flame arrestors.      

m Emergency relief venting with capacity in accordance with NFPA 30 and UL 142 , as applicable. For vertical aboveground tanks, a weakened roof

- to

- shell seam, as specified in API Std 650 , may be used to fulfill emergency relief requirements.     

Gauge/Gauge Hatch/Stilling Wells

n A liquid level gauge calibrated in 1/16

- inch (2 mm) graduations mounted at 60 inches (1500 mm) above the walking surfa ce.      

o Automatic Tank Gauging (ATG) for all tanks with fuel managed through the Defense Logistics Agency's Business Modernization {BSM Enterprise Resource Programs (ERP) - Fuels section}, that complies with API MPMS 3 . Key features include: measures fluid level to ±0.05 inch (1 mm); measures standard volume ±0.1 percent; measures average product temperature ±1 F (0.5 C); measures product density ±1 percent; detects water in the tank sump to a level equal to or slightly above the water draw

off pipe; converts volume to API standard conditions; local tank readout; provides backup alarms for high, high

- high, low, and low

- low level conditions; American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII) interface.      

p A 4

- inch (100 mm) gauge hatch with drop tube to within 3 inches (75 mm) of the bottom of the tank. *
A second 4

- inch (100 mm) opening without a drop tube or gauge hatch.   

* = Lowest point in the tank not the sump

. q One 8

- inch (200 mm) flange nozzle for ATG (planned or future) near the edge of the roof for ready access from the stairway platform.  UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

152 Item Appurtenance V

- A H

- A H

- U F

- A P

- A V

- U

r One 8

- inch (200 mm) gauge hatch for water botto m sampling, as close to the tank center as possible. See DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

.  

s One 8

- inch (200 mm) gauge hatch (planned or future) with aluminum, slotted stilling well extended to within 3 inches (75 mm) of the bottom of the tank * for gauging and sampling. A datum plate to establish a gauging zero point.  

Piping Connection
t Inlet fill connection. See Facility Plate s 016

, 017

, and 018 , as applicable. For H

- A tanks, Facility Plate 017 applies to single wall tanks only.   

u Main suction and low suction. See DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. 

v Inlet fill pipe with horizontal exit perpendicular to a tank radial. Discharge is approximately 4 inches (100 mm) above tank floor and enlarged to reduce fuel velocity. An inverted trap is placed in the line to serve as a liquid lock to prevent entry of fire or an explosion from outside the fill pipe. 

Overfill Protection

w Overfill protection with a hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve. Tanks connected to commercial pipelines or marine offload systems with restrictions on shut

- off may require diversion to additional tankage. On vertical tanks, valve typically closes midway between high and high

high levels, but ensure valve closes no later than on high

- high level. For underground tanks, (per NF PA 30 ) and in aboveground horizontal tanks, automatically shut off the flow into the tank when the tank is no more than 95 percent full. Comply with most stringent of federal, state, or local regulations. For Navy, Air Force, and Army systems, include a solenoid on the control valve to close the valve as a backup. Use API RP 2350 to establish the proper overfill level setting. On gravity drop fills, replace valve with an integral high level shut

- off valve in the drop tube . Prior to designing automatic valve closure features, conduct a surge analysis on pressure filled systems. See Plate s 017 and 018

.
* If pressure

- filled.    *   

x A lockable, welded steel overfill protection box (15 gallon (60L) minimum) and a manual drain valve to return spills to the inner tank (omit the drain feature on aviation turbine fuel tanks).  UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

153 Item Appurtenance V

- A H

- A H

- U F

- A P

- A V

- U Water Draw off
y A 2

- inch (50 mm) double block and bleed , plug valve with internal poppet at the low end of the tank, unless tank contains aviation turbine fuels with icing inhibitors. In those cases, the w ater drawoff valve may be a ball valve. 

z Water drawoff connections. See DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. 

aa A 1

- inch (25 mm) connection from the l ow end of the tank to approximately 3.5 feet (1.1 m) above the ground and equipped with a positive displacement

- type, hand

- operated pump for water drawoff . For Air Force projects, use electrical pumps only. 

bb A water removal suction tube at low end of tank with connection for water removal by truck. Consider installing a fixed, hand

- operated pump as an alternative.  

cc A central sump pump. 
Ball Joints

dd Ball joints on pipes to relieve strain caused by tank settling or seismic activity. Ensure that contract specifications do not allow piping connections to be made until after the tank has been completely tested and allowed to settle. As an alternative, settlement calculations can be made and piping flexibility can be designed to account for settling. In this case, pipe can be connected prior to testing.

* May be required on tanks 25,000 gallons (94 600 L) and larger.   *

Cable Supports

ee On the fixed roof of all tanks, provide two scaffold cable supports in accordance with API Std 650

. Locate the supports near the center of the tank so that supported cables will have maximum range and flexibility of operation with minimum int erference with other tank fittings. 

Striker Plates ff Striker plates under all openings used for manual gauging in steel tanks and all openings in fiberglass tanks.      

Monitoring Port

gg A 2

- inch (50 mm) monitoring port including a tube which provides a means to detect product leakage from the primary tank into the secondary tank.  

V- A = Vertical Aboveground Storage Tank H- A = Horizontal Aboveground Storage Tank H- U = Horizontal Underground Storage Tank F-A = Fire

- Resistant Aboveground Storage Tank P- A = Protected Aboveground Storage Tank V- U = Vertical Underground Storage TankUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

154 CHAPTER 9 - PIPING SYSTEMS

9-1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for the design of new piping portions of fueling systems,

as discussed in other chapters of this UFC. The criteria provided is intended to be general in scope except where specific criteria is necessary for given situations.

9-2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

9- 2.1 Design Requirements Ensure that piping design, materials, fabrication, assembly, erection, inspection, and pressure tests for fuel piping systems are in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3

. See Chapter 6 of this UFC for design requirements for interterminal and installation pipelines

. Follow appropriate guide specifications for piping design and materials selection. Use the following design criteria for piping systems:

a) Unless otherwise specified by Service Headquarters , provide underground piping systems in and around areas subject to aircraft ground movements. If approved by Ser vice Headquarters , install piping in concrete trenches. When trenches are employed, comply with NFPA 415 . The use of common trenches for more than one utility is prohibited. Fueling equipment may be aboveground where it does not interfere with aircraft or service vehicle movements. Design all clearances in accordance with UFC 3

- 260

- 02 and DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28

. b) In other cases, aboveground piping is preferred where it is not aesthetically objectionable or not exposed to accidental damage, vandalism, blast damage, or sabotage.

c) The preferred method of routing aboveground piping out of a diked area is over the top of the dike . However, avoid creating an inverted “U” on the suction side of a pump to avoid an air trap. Provide high point vents and low point drains as required, refer to Facility Plate 019

. d) Hydrostatically test new piping systems in accordance with ANSI/ ASME B31.3 . During testing, disconnect system components such as storage tanks or equipment which were not designed for the piping test pressure or protect them against damage b y over

- pressure. Hydrostatically test systems to 1.5 times the maximum allowable design pressure of the ANSI/ASME B16.5 piping system flange s at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C), see Table 9 -1 . Test hydrant and direct aircraft fueling systems and installation fuel pipelines with fuel that will be used in the pipeline or, at a minimum, a fuel with the sameUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

155 minimum specification flashpoint as the fuel that will be used when the piping is in ser vice. The temperature of the fuel, and the ambient temperature, shall be at least 20 degrees F (11 degrees C) below its flashpoint during the test.

e) Testing with water requires S ervice H eadquarters approval. When water is authorized for hydrostatic testing of fuel piping, ensure that all water is removed from the piping by either pigging the piping, air drying the line, or by vacuum extraction.

f) Lay out piping between piers and storage t anks, cross

- country pipelines, and between bulk storage and operating tanks to accommodate pigging operations. Use long radius elbows , full port valves, barred tees

, and provisions for the connection of temporary launchers and receivers. Refer to UFC 3

- 260

- 01 for design guidance. Give special consideration to smart pigging for single wall pipelines.

g) When laying out piping for single wall aircraft hydrant systems

, consider smart pigging/ pigging in the design. For systems with required piping slopes and high and low level drains, provide long radius turns, and provide spool pieces for temporary pig lau nchers and receivers. Ensure valves are accessible for removal and replacement with spool pieces. Where it is more economical or practical to lay hydrant piping flat (slope less than 0 .2 percent), provide the capability to rapidly clean the lines with a pig or to launch a smart pig. This includes providing long radius turns, full port valves, barred tees, and pig launchers and receivers.

h) Provide thermal relief devices on all installed double block and bleed valves and other valve s within the piping system. Provide drain out with non

- freeze valves at all low points of pipelines.

i) Refer to Corps UFC 3

- 130 series for construction of aboveground and underground piping in arctic and subarctic conditions.

9- 2.1.1 Hydraulic Design In general, provide a hydraulic design with a velocity of 7 to 12 feet per second (2.1 to 3.7 m/s) on pump discharge and 3 to 5 feet per second (0.9 to 1.5 m/s) on pump suction at full flow. If project

- specific conditions make it advisable to exceed these values,

consu lt the appropriate Service Headquarters . Consult with appropriate Service Headquarters for outlet pressure requirements. Design suction piping to ensure that the net posi tive suction head required by the pumps is available under all conditions of operation. Consider the following factors in selecting pipe sizes:

a) Operating requirements of the facility to be served.

b) Capital cost of the pipe.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

156 c) Capital cost of pumping stations and attendant facilities.

d) Operating cost of the system.

e) Harmful effects of excessive velocity of flow including hydraulic shock and static generation.

f) Fatigue failure caused by cyclic loading.

9- 2.2 Piping Arrangement Wherever possible, arrange piping in parallel groups to facilitate multiple use of supports, to minimize the amount of trenching for underground piping, and to minimize the number of steps or stiles needed across pipe runs. For underground applications, consider constructability when determining amount of spacing between pipes. Use the following criteria:

a) Provide looped piping systems whenever practical. Loops add to the flexibility and reliability of the system, contribute to product cleanliness by making circulation possible, and can be used to reduce the magnitude of hydraulic shock. Sectionalize loops by double block and bleed valves to provide verifiable isolation and to facilitate pressure testing.

b) Between mains, install cross connections for flexibility of operation and as an auxiliary means of continuous operation in emergency situations. In addition, permit the use of line blinds where space limitations preclude the use of removable pipe sections or fittings. Provide a separate pi ping system for each grade of fuel to be handled. Do not provide cross connections between grades.

c) For short runs, provide a line slope of at least 0.2 percent. For long runs, make line slope sufficient to establish positive drainage by gravity, but with out excessive bury depth. Make gradients uniform between high and low points. Traps are undesirable because they provide a place for water and sediment to accumulate. Install drains at low points to allow removal of any water from condensation. These l ow point drains also provide the capability to remove fuel for line maintenance. If slope is not possible, design the system to accommodate pigging by providing flange connections for pig launchers/receivers, long curvature fi ttings, barred tees, and full port valves. Install high point vents to remove trapped air. Low point drains are not required on interterminal pipelines

. d) As a general rule of thumb, p rovide spacing between pipi ng that will allow a minimum clearance of 3 inches (75 mm) between adjacent flanges. In certain situations, such as in a piping trench or other restrictive location, it may be necessary to reduce the spacing. AUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

157 minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) or one pipe d iameter, whichever is greater , should still be maintained between pipe walls

.

9- 2.3 Surge Analysis Conduct a complete surge analysis of system operation using a computer simulation program for all systems with quick closing valves and for aircraft hydrant and direct fueling systems with more than two outlets. Give full consideration to the causes and effects of hydraulic shock

. This is especially important in closed fueling systems such

as aircraft fueling systems where the receiving tanks or dispensing equipment may be damaged by shock pressure. Reduce the possibility of shock by limiting flow velocity and avoiding the use of quick opening/closing valves except where required for system
op eration such as hydrant pit valves

. Do not reduce flow velocities below minimum velocity indicated in the paragraph titled “H ydraulic D esign ” in this chapter of the UFC

. Every reasonable effort must be made to control hydraulic surge or shock within acceptable limits by the design of the piping system rather than by the use of surge suppressors

. Surge suppressors are strictly a last resort solution and require the approval of Service Headquarters prior to designing into a system. For all aircraft direct fueling / hydrant system designs, the loop backpressure control valve is critical in preventing excessive hydraulic shock. Use the following design criteria and Table 9 -1 for piping design pressures :

a) For all complex piping systems (main header, several late rals, mobile equipment), employ computer modeling techniques to determine if surge suppression is required. Conduct a run at steady state flow conditions to establish system flow rates for the scenario being modeled. After that, conduct a transient surge analysis imposing worst

- case operating conditions on the system. For hydrant systems incorporating the use of a back pressure control valve, simulate this valve as an active modulating valve. If acceptable peak pressures are exceeded, discuss the results with the Service Headquarters fuels engineer to review parameters used and consider alternatives. If this consultation produces no workable solution , perform a second surge analysis to model the use of surge suppressors in the system. This analysis must indicate that damaging peak pressures are not exceeded. Do not use manual surge calculations, except as found under (c) below, because they do not account for dampening effects of the system and yield overly conservative results.

b) Most systems designed in accordance with this manual will have ANSI Class 150 flanges and the maximum allowable operating pressure s

seen in Table 9 -1

. Design the system such that the total pressure including surge , pu mp shutoff pressure, thermal fuel expansion effects

, and static pressure in any part of the system never exceeds the maximum allowable operating pressure

. Other equipment items such as tank trucks, aircraft fuel tanks, or shipboard fuel tanks which may be damaged by shock pressures may require lower maximum surgeUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

158 pressure. Assume a near instantaneous shut

- off by the aircraft in the design of aircraft hydrant systems

. c) Do not use manual calculations instead of computer modeling when system surge pressures are crucial and the piping system is complex. However, for simple piping systems that operate under 80 psi (550 kPa) the manual calculations contained in Appendix B can be used to ascertain if surge will be a problem.

Table 9

- 1. Allowable Pressure Table – ANSI Class 150 Flanged Joints

ASTM A 105 ASTM A 182 Gr. F304 ASTM A 182 Gr. F304L

Maximum Allowable Design Pressure 285 psig (1970 kPa) 275 psig (1900 kPa) 230 psig (1590 kPa)

Maximum Hydrostatic Test Pressure 450 psig (3100 kPa) 425 psig (2930 kPa) 350 psig (2400 kPa)

Minimum Hydrostatic Test Pressure 425 psig (2930 kPa) 400 psig (2760 kPa) 325 psig (2240 kPa)

Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure 285 psig (1970 kPa) 275 psig (1900 kPa) 2 30 psig ( 1590 kPa)

Maximum Allowable Surge Pressure 380 psig (2620 kPa) 366 psig (2525 kPa) 306 psig (2100 kPa)

1. All pressure values are taken from ANSI/ ASME B16.5

- 1996

, ANSI/ASME B16.47

- 1996 and ANSI/ ASME B31.3

- 1999 at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C)

. 2. Values are presented for information only . Confirm actual values with ANSI/ ASME B16 .5 , latest edition, based on actual temperatures, bolting and gasket materials, etc.

3. For other materials, see ANSI/ ASME B16.5 and B31.3

. 4. For lower hydrostatic test pressures, the maximum allowable operating pressure will be lower than indicated. See ANSI/ ASME B31.3

.

9-3 ABOVEGROUND PIPING Support aboveground piping so that the bottom of the pipe is a minimum of 18 inches (450 mm) above the ground surface or higher if required to service valves and equipment. In areas subject to flooding, greater clearance may be desirable. At intersections with roadways, allow enough clearance for the passage of tank trucks, cranes, and similar heavy vehicles. In a reas subject to seismic activity, provide the piping configuration and support in accordance with the seismic design criteria in UFC 3- 310

- 04 . Refer to UFC 3

- 130 series for considerations in extremely cold climate. Whereve r possible, arrange piping in parallel groups to facilitate multiple use s of supports, to minimize the amount of trenching for underground piping, and to minimizeUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

159 the number of pipe stiles needed. Consider constructability and maintenance in spacing of pi ping. As a general rule of thumb, provide spacing between piping that will allow a minimum clearance of 3 inches (75 mm) between adjacent flanges. In certain situations, such as in a piping trench or other restrictive location, it may be necessary to red uce the spacing. A minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) or one pipe diameter, whichever is greater, should still be maintained between pipe walls.

9- 3.1 Identification Identify piping in accordance with Chapter 2 of this UFC. In addition , mark fuel lines at head of fueling pier near valves, and mark valve “open” and “close" positions.

9- 3.2 Pipe Supports Rest piping on supports, both insulated and uninsulated, on a steel shoe welded to the bottom of the pipe. Leave the shoe free to move on the support

. Construct the portion of pipe supports in contact with the ground with concrete. Facility Plate 020 shows the design of typical “slide/guide” pipe supports. Ensure that support material is the same as the pipe material. Other support configurations are acceptable provided the support does not contain rollers
, does not allow movement of the pipe on a metal surface
, and does not include hangars. Design pipe supports to meet the applicable requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3 or ANSI/ASME B31.4

.

9- 3.3 Arrangement Arrange pipes to provide for expansion and contraction caused by changes in ambient temperature. Where possible, accommodate expansion and contraction by changes in direction in piping runs, offsets, loops, or bends. Where expansion loops or off

- sets are not possible, use flexible ball joint offsets. Provide sliding pipe supports or other method of maintaining alignment on each side of the expansion joint. Do not use expansion devices which employ packings, slip joints, friction fits, or other non

- fire resistant arrangements. Use ball

- type offset joints to accommodate possible settlement of heavy structures such as sto rage tanks, if piping design cannot provide enough flexibility. Design expansion bends, loops, and offsets within stress limitations in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.3 and ANSI/ASME B31.4 . Thermal expansion of pipes should also be calculated based on the pipe being empty to include considerations for when the pipe is being installed or drained.

9- 3.4 Anchors Anchor aboveground piping at key points so expansion will occur in the desired di rection. Anchors and guides may also be required to control movement in long runs of straight pipe or near a connection to fixed equipment such as a pump or filter. See Facility Plate 021 . Space anchors to provide maximum amount of straight runs of piping from expansion points to the anchors. In general, place anchors at all points of the system where only minimum piping movement can be tolerated, such as at branch connections and equipment connections. Key locations are pum p houses or other buildings, manifolds, at changes of direction if not used as an expansion joint, at points where the pipe size is drastically reduced related to adjacent piping, and at all terminal points. Limit the use of anchors to the situations described above. Where an anchor isUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

160 welded directly to a pipe, ensure that the anchor material is compatible with the pipe material.

9- 3.5 Thermal Relief Valves The coefficient of expansion of liquid petroleum in the range of 35 degrees to 60 degrees API (0.8498 to 0.7389) at 60 degrees F (16 degrees C) is 0.0005 gallon per gallon per degree F (0.0009 L per L per degree C). The total volume generated in most cases is very small, but the pressure increase resulting from this expansion can equate to as much as 75 psi for every degree rise in the fuel temperature if not relieved . For this reason, provide any section of pipe that has the potential to be isolated by a shut

- off valve or other means with a thermal relief valve to relieve the isolated piping section. Provide a thermal relief of the internal cavity of valves where pressure is trapped when the valve is in the closed position ( double block and bleed plug valves for example)

.

The thermal relief valve should match the material of the piping in which it is install ed. Provide valves used for relief of thermal expansion of not less than 3/4

- inch (20 mm) nominal pipe size. It should be provided with isola tion ball valve s , with removable handles, on the inlet and outlet. The set pressure o f the relief valve will vary , but consider a set pressure of about 10 percent above the dead

- head pressure of the pump. This should keep the valve from opening during no rmal fueling operations

. Ensure the set point is within the design limitations of the piping. Do not provide thermal relief piping with sight flow indicators.

T hermal relief valves should never discharge to grad e or to a stormwater drainage system . Ideally, the relief valve should discharge to a header which is piped directly to an atmospheric source such as a storage tank or product recovery tank

. Often , the practical a lternative, is to configure the relief valves into a cascading system, where each relief valve bypass the shut

- off valve that is isolating the piping section and discharges back into the main product piping. The excess volum e may pass through
t wo or more relief valves before finally making its way back to an atmospheric source. Caution must be taken to ensure that the relief valves have the capacity to handle the additive relief flows this type of system creates and that the total relief pressure does

n ot exceed that system maximum allowable operating pressure. In a cascading system, consider using balanced type relief valves. Balanced type relief valves limit pressure buildup that is created in a cascading system, because the balanced type relief valv es relieve at a point independent of downstream pressure

.

In some cases a small atmospheric tank may need to be placed to properly relieve a piping system. This may be the case if a system component has a lower maximu m allowable pressure then the rest of the system or in a remote location where a

c ascading system will not work. Equip the tank with self

- checking high level alarms and containment. See Facility Plate s 023

, 024

, 025 and 026

.

9-4 UNDERGROUND PIPING Provide underground piping which passes under public roadways or railroad tracks in accordance with Department of Transportation regulations 49 CFR Part 195 and API RP 1102 . Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for corrosion protection and for environmentalUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

161 protection. Before installing underground pipelines, review all federal, state, and local regulations for double wall pipe, leak detection, and corrosion protection requirements.

9- 4.1 Depth of Cover Use the following criteria for depth of cover over buried fuel pipelines:

a) Locate top of lines at a minimum of 3 feet (0. 9 m), except that less cover is permissible for occasional stretches where overriding conditions exist, such as the need to pass over a large culvert or beneath drainage ditches. At such locations, build sufficient slack into the line to allow for vertical and lateral movement due to frost heave. Refer to UFC 3

- 130 series for additional guidance. Protective measures, such as the installation of reinforced concrete slabs above the pipe, may also be required where depth is less than required under Paragraph (b) below.

b) Subject to Paragraph (a), provide minimum depths in accordance with 49 CFR Part 195 and federal, state and local regulations. Under roadways and shoulders of roadways, provide a minimum depth of 4 feet (1.2m).

9- 4.2 Parallel and Crossing Pipes Provide a minimum clearance of 12 inches (300 mm) between the outer wall of any buried POL pipe and the extremity of any underground structures including other underground pipe. Where pipelines cross and a minimum clearance of 12 inches (300 mm) cannot be achieved, provide an insulating mat between the pipes and centered vertically and on the point of intersection. Insulating mat shall be constructed of neoprene or butyl rubber and shall be 36 inch (900 mm) by 36 inch (900 mm) and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. Provide a test station with two test leads from each pipe. See UFC 3- 570

- 02N , Electrical Engineering Cathodic Protection for more informat ion. Where

non

- government and government owned pipe cross or are in proximity of less than 150 feet, contact owner of non

- government pipe for coordination to prevent/mitigate cathodic protection interference. In areas where multiple utilities are routed in the same area (e.g., a utility corridor), make sure electrical and communication ducts/conduits are kept a minimum of 36 inches (900 mm) from all other underground utilities especially fuel, steam, and high

- temperature water pipes. Refer to ANSI /IEEE C2

, ANSI/ASME B31.4

, and 49 CFR Part 195 for additional requirements. For pipes in concrete trenches, provide a minimum clearance of 6 inches (150 mm ) between flanges and the trench wall and between adjacent flanges. If there are no flanges, provide a minimum clearance of 12 inches (300 mm) or one pipe diameter (based on largest pipe), whichever is greater, between the pipe and the trench wall and between adjacent pipes within the concrete trench

.

9- 4.3 Casing Sleeves Use steel casing sleeves only for those crossings where sleeves are required by authorities having jurisdiction, where it is necessary to bore under the roadway or railroad tracks to avoid interference with traffic, or where boring is the most economicalUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

162 construction method. When planning construction of open trench crossings, consider the economics of installing spare casing sleeves to eliminate excavating for future fuel lines. Ensure that t he design isolates fuel

- carrying pipes from contact with the casing pipes. Require a seal of the annular space at each end of the casing. Include a vent on the higher end of each casing. Locate crossings at a minimum depth of 36 inches (900 mm) beneath the bottom of drainage ditches. If this depth cannot be obtained, install above, but not in contact with, the casing or pipe, a 6

- inch (150 mm) thick reinforced concrete slab of adequate length and width to protect the casing or pipe from damage by equipment such as ditch graders and mowers. Refer to API RP 1102 for additional information.

9- 4.4 Line Markers Except where prohibited by national security considerations, install line markers over each buried line and allow for maintenance provisions in accordance with 49 CFR Part 195

.

9- 4.5 Warning Tapes Provide buried warning tape for all underground pipelines as required by the appropriate guide specification.

9- 4.6 Double

- Wall Piping Provide double

- wall piping for Ground Vehicle Fueling Facilities. For other applications, do not use double

- wall piping unless required by state or local regulations, and approved by Service Headquarters

. Service Headquarters approval to use double

walled pipe must be obtained at the programming level and at the 35 percent design level.

9- 4.7 Single

- Wall Piping Leak Detection Systems F or all single

- wall buried pipe not used in aircraft direct fueling systems

, consider provid ing a leak detection system approved by Service Headquarters

.

9- 4.7.1 Leak Detection for Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems For aircraft direct fueling systems , provide an automatic leak detection system approved by Service Headquarters, to test all buried portions of the piping system. Automatic leak detection sy s tems measure changes in either the volume or pressure of the fuel in a fixed piping system, while accounting for variations in ambient temperature. The
pre ssure type shall work by measuring the time rate of change of line pressure at two different pressures. The volume type shall work by measuring the amount of fuel required to maintain a constant pres sure in a line, also at two different pressures. The system shall have sufficient sensitivity to detect leaks of at least 0.004 percent of line volume with a Probability of Detection = 95 percent and a Probabili ty of False Alarm = 5 percent

. All leak detection system shall be third party certified

.

9-5 UNDERWATER PIPING To receive fuel from offshore moorings, provide one or more underwater pipelines from the shore facility to the mooring. Limit the design of these systems to engineers withUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

163 this type of experience. Coordinate offshore piping systems with NFESC

- Ocean Construction Division.

9- 5.1 Special Arrangements At the mooring end of each pipeline, provide lengths of submarine fuel hose equal to 2.5 times the depth a t high water. At the pipe end of the hose, provide a flanged removable section of hose 10 feet (3 m) long. At the free end of the hose, provide a steel valve with a marker buoy attached to a cable or chain which has sufficient strength and suitable fitti ngs for the vessel to lift the hose and valve aboard.

9- 5.2 Connections Lay out multiple fuel lines and connections so that they correspond to the layout of the ship’s discharge manifold.

9- 5.3 Unique Considerations In piping design, consider fuel characteristics as they may be affected by the sea water temperature, particularly in cold water. For diesel fuel, aviation turbine fuel, or other light fuels, small individual lines are preferable as follows:

a) Minimum nominal pipe size of 6 inches (150 mm).

b) For transfers of fuels exceeding 3,000 gpm (189 L/s), use 12

- inch (300 mm) to 16

- inch (400 mm) diameter pipe.

c) Instead of pipes larger than 16 inches (400 mm) in diameter, consider using two smaller diameter pipes.

d) At an accessible upland location, as close to the water ent ry as practical, provide a double block and bleed valve and a manually operated check valve or bypass to allow reversal of flow when required.

e) Provide a dependable means of communication between the vessel in the offshore berth and the shore facility.

9- 5.4 Corrosion Protection Wrap, coat, and cathodically protect underwater pipelines in accordance with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

9- 5.5 Depth of Burial Provide sufficient burial depth of underwater pipelines to prevent damage by dredging of the waterway, by ships’ anchors, trawls, or by scouring action of the current. Specifically, ensure depth conforms to the requirements of 49 CFR Part 195 . Where lines cross ship channels or anchorages, ensure the top of the pipe is at least 12 feet (3.7 m) below the theoretical, present or planned future bottom elevation, whichever is deeper. Recommended backfill in such areas is 2 feet (0.6 m) of gravel directly over the pipe, followed by stones weighing 50 to 60 pounds (23 kg to 27 kg) up to the bottom elevation.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

164 9- 5.6 Pipe Thickness and Weight Provide sufficient pipe wall thickness to keep stresses due to maximum operating pressure and other design loads within design limits. Include full consideration to extra stresses which may occur in laying the pipe. It is common practice to use heavier wall pipe for water crossings of more than 200 feet (60 m) from bank to bank at normal water level. This affords greater stiffness and resistance to buckling during handling of the assembled crossing pipe and requires less weighting material to obtain the necessary negative buoyancy to keep the line in place while empty or containing a light product. Reinforced sprayed

- on concrete is an acceptable weighting material. Hydrostatically test assembled crossing pipe before placing, unless crossing pipe is too long for prior assembly in one segment. In this case, separately test each segment as described.

9-6 PIPING MATERIALS

9- 6.1 Non

- Aviation Systems Use carbon steel piping mate rial for interterminal pipelines (regardless of product) and for all portions of non

- aviation turbine fuel systems

. FRP may be used for underground pipe (not in concrete trenches) in ground vehicle fueling faci lities . FRP is not to be used in aviation turbine fuel system applications. The appropriate service guide specification includes the necessary requirements. See Facility Plate 022

.

9- 6.2 Aviation Systems N ew systems shall use stain less steel issue piping

. I nterior coated carbon steel may be used only with the approval of the S ervice H eadquarters for piping downstream of the last issue filter/separator

. Return piping shall be interior coated carbon steel

. Give special consideration to the pressure rating of both the pipe and fittings to ensure adequacy to accommodate surge pressure. See Facility Pla te 022 for piping material options.

9-7 WELDING CRITERIA Ensure that the contract requires welding and welding inspections in accordance with appropriate guide specifications and/or standard design. Proper welding, done in accordance with the guide specifications, will prevent loose and adhered slag on the inside of the pipeline

. Use 100 percent radiographed weld joints meeting the standards for severe cyclic service contained in ANSI/ASME B 31.3 for piping downstream of the pump in hydrant systems . For all other underground steel pipes, use 100 percent radiographed weld joints meeting the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.3

.

9-8 PIPING CONNECTIONS

a) For steel piping systems, use weld neck forged flanges with raised faces having a modified spiral serrated gasket surface finish.

b) Do not use cast iron flanges.

c) Do not use grooved pipe type couplings or similar fittings in permanent fixed piping systems.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

165 d) Do not direct bury flanges, valves, mechanical couplings, threaded fittings, or any mechanical equipment. If they must be used in an underground system, enclose them in an accessible pit.

e) Use welded connections for joining steel pipe. Use flange connections for joining pipe to equipment. Use threaded connections only where unavoidable such as on differential pressure gages, pressure snubbers, and fuel sample points.

f) Use carbon steel bolts, studs, and nu ts with carbon steel flanges. Use stainless steel bolts, studs, and nuts with stainless steel flanges. S tainless steel bolts may be used on carbon steel flanges in corrosive environments. Select stainless steel bolts, studs, and nuts based on seizing and elongation. Coordinate both strength with force needed to compress selected gasket. In locations where severe corrosion (typically salt air) is susceptible use flange and bolt seals, filled with grease preservative, a s required to prevent and control c orrosion.

g) In steel piping systems, use socket weld joints on 2

- inch (50 mm) diameter nominal size and smaller pipe.

h) Make branch connections with butt welded tees except where the branch is at least two pipe sizes smaller than the run, in which case the b ranch connection can be made with a forged or seamless branch outlet fitting, which is designed in such a way that the connection can be radiographed

. i) Do not use wrinkle bends or mitered bends for changes in direction.

j) Excep t for unions and control tubing couplings, do not use threaded joints in stainless steel systems. Socket

- weld stainless steel drain, vent, and pressure relief valve lines 2

- inch (50 mm) in diameter or less. If aboveground, flanges may be used.

k) Join glass FRP piping by bell and spigot joints sealed with adhesive, except use FRP flanges for connections to flanged equipment such as pumps or valves. Ensure that no loading can be transferred from steel piping to FRP piping.

l) Connect all dissimilar metals with isolation flanges.

9-9 INTERIOR PIPE COATINGS To protect aviation fuel quality and extend the life of the piping, minimize bare carbon steel piping (except interterminal pipeline ) which comes in contact with aviation turbine fuels especially downstream of initial filtration equipment . M aximize the use of internally coated pipe. This is not intended to allow the use of lined carbon steel piping as a substitute for areas requiring non

- ferrous piping. Comply with other paragraphs of this chapter for material selection. Interior pipe coating is not required on non

- aviationUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

166 piping except for carbon steel piping within the lower 36 inches (900 mm) of aboveground vertical storage tanks, and ballast lines on piers.

9- 10 EXTERI OR PIPE COATINGS

a) Protect the exterior surfaces of all underground steel piping systems with a continuously extruded polyethylene coating system or fusion bonded epoxy. C oat welded joints with a system compatible with the pipe coating.

b) Protect the exterio r surfaces of all aboveground carbon steel piping systems by coating in accordance with applicable service requirement. Exterior surface of pipe shall be prepar ed by abrasive blasting and cleaned prior to coating application.

c) Coat underwater piping with t he same materials used for underground piping. In addition, coat underwater piping with a reinforced sprayed

on concrete, or similar type material, for pipe stabilization and to provide negative buoyancy when the pipeline is empty.

9- 11 SAMPLING FACILITIES Pro vide connections for sampling fuels on each section of a fuel transfer piping system. Install sampling and testing connections at receiving points, tank outlets, inlet and outlet sides of filter/separators , all fuel d ispensing points, and between isolation valves so that the remaining fuel in each portion of a fuel transfer pipeline can be sampled. Where possible, install sampling connections in vertical runs. Provide a 1/4

- inch ( 8 mm) diameter sample point with a probe, ball valve, and quick disconnect with dust cap.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

167 CHAPTER 10 - ALTERNATE POL FACILITIES

10 -1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides guidance for design of alternate POL facilities. The alternate fuels discussed are: LPG, CNG, hydrazine, and OTTO fuel. This chapter contain s information on products which are unique. Therefore, some special considerations are discussed, in addition to information provided in Chapter 2 , General Design Information, which contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not start the design of any fueling system without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

10 -2 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG)

10

- 2.1 Uses The uses for which LPG fuel is procured and the methods of tr ansportation of the fuel are as follows:

a) LPG fuel is used for general heating, metal cutting and brazing, and in laboratories. LPG is procured in cylinders or for bulk storage by tank car or tank truck. Cylinders usually contain 100 pounds (45 kg) of gas

, in a liquid state.

b) Fuel supply for firefighting trainers and crash and rescue training facilities.

c) Where economically justified, LPG facilities supplement utility

- supplied gas systems for meeting peak loads and as a standby where interruption to a supply is possible.

(1) Standby LPG facilities serving large capacity equipment, such as boilers of 200,000 British thermal units (Btu's) per hour (58 000 W) and above, may consist of a separate gas system to an alternate set of burners on the equipment.

(2) For a gas system serving multiple small appliances, provide the standby equipment with means for air mixing to dilute the LPG with the proper amount of air to match combustion characteristics of either natural or manufactured gas serving the system in place of the ut ility

- supplied gas, or in conjunction with it to reduce utility peak loads.

10

- 2.2 General Design Considerations LPG is odorless, colorless, non

- toxic, heavier than air, and explosive. To permit easier leak detection, an artificial odor may be introduced when shipped from a refinery. Under standard atmospheric conditions, LPG is in a vapor phase, but it is liquefied under moderate pressure for shipping and storage. The maximum vapor pressure for LPG design is 215 psig (1480 kPa) at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C). All LPGUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

168 purchased by the military should emit a distinct odor at a concentration required by NFPA 58 . See Facility Plate s 027

, 028

, 029 and 030

.

10

- 2.2.1 Fire Hazards In the vapor phase, LPG is a hazard comparable to flammable natural or manufactured gas. The explosive range is 2.16 to 9.6 percent by volume of air

- gas mixture.

a) Provide ventilation in accordance with NFPA 58

. b) In the liquid phase, LPG is a highly volatile, flammable liquid . Because of rapid vaporization, an LPG fire is basically a gas fire. Therefore, in the eve nt of a fire, provide means to automatically shut off the LPG supply feeding the fire.

c) Provide emergency shut

- off consisting of the combination of three modes: manual shut

- off, remote shut

- off, and thermal shut

- off. Remote shut

- off normally consists of a nitrogen system with plastic tubing at the controlled point so that the pressure holds open the valve. The plastic tubing acts as a fusible link. Provide a cable release shut

off with remote shut

- off for combination shut

- off. Refer to UFC 4

- 179

- 01 and API Std 2510

. d) Provide leak detection in accordance with NFPA 59

. e) For LPG equipment located inside buildings where there is a potential for loss of LPG, provide an alarm/detection system with local and remote alarms (audible and visual), high and low ventilation, doors with panic hardware, a leak detector readout with the readout outside, and a leak detector kit located outside.

10

- 2.2.2 Refrigerating Effects At normal atmospheric pressure , the boiling point of propane is

- 45 degrees F (

- 43 degrees C). Propane in a liquid state and open to the atmosphere will evaporate (not boil).

a) Provide means to address operational concerns as described in the following paragraph. When LPG is expanded through a regulator from its vapor pressure to normal service pressures, the cooling effect may freeze the regulator if water is present in the LPG. Freeze

- up can also occur on equipment which accumulates water such as strainers and control valves. The freezing effect can also result in exterior ice formations which disrupts the valve operator. Freeze

- ups can be avoided by cleaning and nitrogen

- purging the system.

b) Although it is dehydrated at the refinery, provide a means to keep LPG dry.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

169 c) In flashing to vapor from the liquid phase, the refrigerating effect can be severe if an abrupt pressure drop occurs . Therefore, design a system which provides means to avoid this problem.

10

- 2.2.3 Design Standards Use the following references for general design and safety standards for all LPG facilities. (Follow particular sections of standards applicable to types of facilit ies. Where conflicts occur, use the more stringent requirements.) Appropriate standards are as follows:

a) NFPA 54

, NFPA 58 , and NFPA 59

. b) API Std 2510

. c) Gas Processors Association Standard 2140

. d) Commercial Item Description A-A- 59666 , Sections ICC 4BW, ICC 4E, and ICC 4BA.

e) UFC 4

- 179

- 01

. f) Factory Mutual Engineering Corp. (FM), Loss Prevention Data, Liquid Petroleum Gas

, Section 7- 55

.

10

- 2.3 Receiving Facilities

10

- 2.3.1 General Design Considerations LPG may be received by truck, rail, or water for either cylinder (bottled gas) or bulk systems.

10

- 2.3.2 T ransfer Methods Design the facility to accommodate one of the following transfer methods:

a) No pumping or pressurizing facilities are required for small bulk systems utilizing truck delivery. Use pumping equipment provided on trucks instead of stationary pu mps.

b) Provide LPG vapor piping, pumps, and compressors for off

- loading tank cars or waterborne LPG tanks to operate, as follows:

(1) Provide compressor and piping to take suction from the vapor space of the storage tanks to be filled through an equalizing line and pressurize the tank to be off

- loaded. This forces the LPG out through the liquid off

- loading line into the storage tank.

(2) Arrange the piping so that after all liquid has been evacuated, the compressor suction can be reversed to pump the LPG gasUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

170 from th e delivery tank to the storage tank through a subsurface dip tube.

(3) Provide connections and valving to allow bleeding of the liquid propane from the connection after shutting off the valve at both the hose end and at the off

- loading piping. This is done af ter off

loading the liquid from either a transport truck or a tank car. Provide a bleed attachment built into the off

- loading equipment for this purpose.

(4) See Facility Plate s 027

, 028

, 029 and 030 for typical installation. Provide liquid pumps as standbys for compressors.

c) Provide the transfer point from trucks or tank cars with a substantial concrete bulkhead. Anchor the piping in the bulkhead. Do not use pipe sleeves. Provide with the bulkhead hose or swivel

- type piping connections. The bulkhead provides a breakaway point if the truck or tank car moves away without first disconnecting the hoses. Also provide emergency shut

- off and excess flo w valves. Refer to NFPA 58 and UFC 4

- 179

- 01 for additional information.

10

- 2.3.3 Flow Rates Use the following flow rates:

a) Provide flow rates commensurate with the storage capacity and the size of pumps, compressors, and loading devices.

b) Provide flow rates that allow operators adequate time to shut down facilities before tanks or trucks are filled beyond maximum allowable. Limit flow rates from tanks by setting excess flow valves.

c) Provide off

- loading line s with manually operated throttle valves so operators can adjust flow rates to points below shut

- off settings of excess flow valves.

10

- 2.4 Storage Facilities

10

- 2.4.1 Types of Storage Types of storage facilities include cylinders or bulk storage tanks

. a) Provide cylinders or containers conforming to ASME and/or DOT criteria as described in guide specifications. Used tanks are not allowed. The number of cylinders at a facility depends on the maximum required flow rate and the vaporiz ation rate per cylinder at the minimum operating temperatures.

b) Provide bulk storage tanks as follows:UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

171 (1) For storage tanks up to 30,000 gallons (114 000 L) capacity, use horizontal steel tanks.

(2) For storage tanks above 30,000 gallons (114 000 L) capacity, use spherical or spheroidal steel tanks.

(3) Do not use underground tanks for LPG.

10

- 2.4.2 Number and Size of Bulk Tanks Storage capacity depends on requirements, frequency of deliveries, and dependability of supply. Consider a mult i- tank system for more dependability.

10

- 2.4.3 Design Requirements Design requirements are as follows:

a) Tanks and tank appurtenances require conformance with NFPA 58 and API Std 2510 . Design LPG tanks for a minimum working pressure of 250 psig (1700 kPa).

b) Tank spacing requires conformance with UFC 4

- 179

- 01 and FM criteria. See Facility Plate s 029 and 030

. c) Provide sufficient flexibility in piping connections to tanks to allow for differential settlement of tank and equipment.

d) Provide cathodic protection in accordance with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

e) If u sing compressor transfer systems, fit tanks with dip pipes a minimum of 3/4 inches (20 mm) diameter, and gas inlet lines from compressors, so that gas pumped into storage tanks from empty delivery vessels is bubbled through liquid LPG to prevent
overpressu ring tanks.

f) Provide float

- actuated high

- level alarms set at maximum permissible filling level of 80 percent on all tanks of 3,000 gallon (11 000 L) capacity and above.

g) If using installed transfer systems, provide pressure switches on tanks set to open at p ressures 5 psig (35 kPa) below set pressures of safety valves to stop compressor pumps transferring LPG to tanks.

h) Ensure that tanks are ASME coded and have the ASME national registration number.

i) Size storage tanks for 120 percent of required storage volume

. j) Electrically ground all storage tanks.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

172 10

- 2.4.4 Inspection , Testing, and Certifications Inspect, test, and certify all new unfired pressure vessels prior to placing into operation. Do not operate the unfired pressure vessel (UPV) without a valid certificate. Perform the following tests on the UPV:

a) A general UPV site inspection

b) An external UPV inspection

c) An internal UPV inspection

d) A hydrostatic test (strength and tightness tests)

e) An operational test

The inspector must be registered by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NBBI) and must possess a Certificate of Competency and a NBBI National Board Inspection Code (NBIC) Commission. Upon completion and passing of the inspections and tests, the tank will be certified. Post a current, valid certificate on or near the UPV under a protective coating.

10

- 2.5 Distribution Facilities See Facility Plate s 027

, 028

, 029 and 030

.

10

- 2.5.1 General Design Considerations The following distribution system requirements apply to the transfer of both the gas and liquid phases of LPG:

a) Lay all distribution piping underground when practicable.

b) Provide the required flow rates.

c) Install electrical equipment in accordance NFPA 70 and API RP 500

. Use only equipment approved for each classified area. Ensure electrical design conforms to API RP 540

. d) Ground and bond all piping, tanks, and equipment in accordance with API RP 2003

, API Std 2510

, API RP 540 , and NFPA 70

. e) Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for corrosion protection requirements of underground pipe.

10

- 2.5.2 Piping Materials Provide pipe, valves, and fittings in accordance with applicable sections of API Std 2510 . Use Schedule 80 welded carbon steel. Threaded connections are only allowed for valves and equipment. Provide design characteristics and features for gas and liquid pipelines in accordance with Chapter 9 of this UFC. The minimum design pressure for liquid LPG piping is 350 psig (2400 kPa) as required by NFPA 58 . Use Class 300 ANSI flanges as a minimum.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

173 10

- 2.5.3 Accessories

a) Provide totalizing

- type meters, pressure gauges, thermometers, strainers, and surge suppressors

. b) Ensure that meters are turbine

- type with pressure and temperature compensation and have electronic/digital readout capability.

c) Install meters, if required, in accordance with requirements of API MPMS 5

. d) Provide pressure gauges of suitable range on all tanks, on suction and discharge of pumps and compressors, on inlet and outlet of vaporizers and on downstream of throttle valves.

e) Provide thermometers on all tanks, in all transfer lines for both liquid and gas, and on inlet and outlet of vaporizers.

f) Provide strainers in compressor suctions, upstream of meters and control valves.

g) Provide surge suppressors on liquid lines, if required.

h) Provide knock

- out drums or scrubbers of suitable capacities in suction lines of compressors to remove entrained liquid. Provide drums with high level, s hut

- down devices, automatic liquid drainers, glass gauges, and drains.

i) Ensure all valves are UL listed or FM approved for LPG service. At a minimum, use Class 300 valves.

j) Provide equipment to inject alcohol into the LPG off

- loading line. Provide equipment capable of injecting alcohol at a rate of 1:800 alcohol to LPG by volume.

10

- 2.5.4 Pumps and Compressors Design and install pumps and compressors in accordance with API Std 2510 and NFPA 58

.

10

- 2.5.5 Vaporizer s Provide vaporizing equipment for distribution facilities as follows:

a) Provide vaporizers at locations where liquid temperatures are too low to produce sufficient vapor pressure to meet the maximum required flow rate.

b) Us e vaporizers that are indirect fired

- type utilizing steam or hot water as a heating medium or direct fire waterbath

- type.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

174 c) Size vaporizers to provide at least 125 percent of expected peak load.

d) Design and install vaporizers in accordance with NFPA 58

. e) Use waterbath vaporizers approved by Factory Mutual.

f) Space waterbath vaporizers in accordance with FM Sectio n 7

- 55

, except provide a minimum of 75 feet (23 m) between truck off

- load stations and tank storage. Where space is limited, provide a blast wall at the truck off

- load stations.

g) When using waterbath vaporizers, provide fire

- safe fusible link shut

- off valves in LPG supply piping at the vaporizers. Provide remote shut

- off capability and 24 -h our remote monitoring.

h) When using waterbath vaporizers, provide an automatic excess flow/emergency shut

- off valves in LPG supply lines to vaporizers. Use a hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve and locate at tank storage.

10

- 2.5.6 Controls Provide the fol lowing controls.

a) Use pumps and/or compressors that can be started and stopped by manual pushbutton.

b) Provide automatic limit switches as follows:

(1) Pressure switches on storage tanks set 5 psig (35 kPa) below relief valve settings.

(2) Liquid level switches on st orage tanks set at maximum filling levels.

(3) Liquid level switches on knock

- out drums set to shut off compressor at high liquid levels.

(4) High pressure switches in compressor discharges to shut off compressor at safe pressure levels.

c) Provide manually operated throttle valves in liquid off

- loading lines to adjust flow rates below excess flow valve settings on delivery tanks.

d) Provide a sight flow indicator in liquid lines near throttle valves.

e) Provide automatic temperature, pressure, and limit controls on vaporiz ers in accordance with NFPA 58

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

175 10

- 2.6 Air Mixing Facilities

10

- 2.6.1 Pressure Controls Provide pressure control valves in both air and gas lines to air mixing equipment. Provide a low pressure alarm in both lines to shut

- off air and gas in the event of low
pressure.

10

- 2.6.2 Volumetric Controls Provide volumetric controls at all distribution facilities as follows:

a) Provide displacement

- type or flow

- type meters in both air and gas lines to maintain a proportional flow of air and gas.

b) Use a venturi

- type proportioner where the variation in demand flow rate does not exceed the limited range of the venturi proportioner. Where the demand flow rate varies excessively, use a venturi

- type proportioner in conjunction with a downstream storage tank, if economica lly justified. The storage tank will permit a varying rate of flow to the system while being filled continually or intermittently at a constant rate of flow through the proportioner.

10

- 2.6.3 Specific Gravity Indication Provide a specific gravity indicator and recorder with high and low

- limit switches to sound an alarm if the variation of specific gravity of an air

- gas mixture exceeds acceptable limits of the system. For air mixing systems using LPG with a propane content of 90 percent and above, the specific gravity of the air

- gas mixture is a sufficiently accurate index of its Btu or joule (J) content, so calorimetric controls and indication are not r equired.

10

- 2.6.4 Calorimetric Controls Where economically justified, provide an automatic calorimeter to indicate and record the Btu or J content of the air

- gas mixture. Provide high - and low

- limit switches to calorimeter to sound an alarm if the variation of Btu content exceeds acceptable limits of the system.

10 -3 COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG) Design CNG storage and dispensing facilities to comply with NFPA 52 and appropriate sections of NFPA 55

.

10

- 3.1 Uses CNG is pr imarily used as an alternative fuel in light duty vehicles although it and its cryogenic counterpart liquid natural gas are gaining acceptance in heavy duty applications

. Energy policy has mandated with certain reservations that by fiscal year 2000 and th ereafter , 75 percent of the light

- duty vehicles purchased by the government will use alternative fuels. Therefore, there will be a significant increase in alternative fuel consumption.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

176 10

- 3.2 General Design Considerations

10

- 3.2.1 System Sizing To size the system, determine the total daily fuel consumption of base liquid natural gas vehicles

. Based on daily miles driven, determine the number to be refueled each day. The number of vehicles refueled during surges limits the capacity of most fas t fill (3 to 6 minutes) operations. Scheduling vehicles to refuel through the day will effectively increase system capacity. Use a computer program to size the system because manual calculations usually result in larger systems than needed. Refer to the Gas Technology Institute in the References section of this UFC for ordering information of one possible program. Use the latest version.

10

- 3.2.2 Future Requirements Anticipate future requirements when sizing the system but normally limit the project to 100 to 150 standard cubic feet per minute (scfm) (47 to 71 L/s). If additional capability will be needed in the future, plan a second system later or consider other options such as slow fill systems for overnight fueling. This will provide redundancy and reduce initial cost. Usually, surge requirements drive machine size and can be controlled by management actions. Additionally, boosters operating from system pressure or special control systems may increase surge handling capacity (e.g., 25 to 30 percent of the gas in a cascade system is available for fast fill operations. A booster or special control system can increase it to 60 percent.) The combination of these actions could delay installing a second system many years at most installations.

10

- 3.2.3 Pressures Most vehicle conversions use 3,000 psig (21 000 kPa) storage systems while original equipment manufacturers use 3,600 psig (25 000 kPa) systems. The compressors

s hould operate up to 5,000 psig (35 000 kPa) to refuel at either pressure.

10

- 3.2.4 Connections Design the systems to be skid

- mounted with compressor system, cascade storage, and controls. Limit field tie

- ins to connecting electricity and high and low pressure gas.

10

- 3.2.5 Compressors Use crosshead guide type compressors for CNG service. Although more expensive, the design life of these units is significantly longer. Another option is a conventional style compressor designed specifically for CNG service. Do not use modif ied air compressors. Choose the type compressor after comparing maintenance and reliability data. Test all compressors at the factory with natural gas before shipping.

10

- 3.2.6 Compressor Drives Use either electric or engine

- driven compressor drives. Gas engine drives are less expensive to operate, but maintenance costs are higher. Use a life cycle cost analysis to determine which compressor drive is best. Although an engine

- driven compressor is more expensive than an electric motor, electrical upgrade costs may be reduced. It also may be able to operate during power outages.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

177 10

- 3.2.7 Compressor Inlet Pressure Suction pressure is a key factor in selecting a compressor. Use high pressure gas mains to reduce both initial and operating costs. Avoid pressures less than 20 psig (140 kPa). If high and low pressure lines are near each other and the pressure differential is at least 150 psig (1030 kPa), 250 psig (1720 kPa) is preferred, and the low pressure line has a continuous load, a system can be installed and powered by the differential pressure. Such systems are extremely effective and have low initial and operating costs. Where a high pressure differential exists, another option is a turbine to drive the
compressor.

10

- 3.2.8 Storage Install a cascade system using ASME vessels; either tubes or spheres. Avoid banks of DOT cylinders since they must be inspected every 5 years.

10

- 3.2.9 Controls Use either pneumatic or electronic controls depending on local practices. Electronic controls are preferred in most areas because they provide more accurate compensation for temperature effects. Pneumatic controls are simpler, but do not fill tanks to their limits. Normally, this is not a problem, since base vehicles do not normally operate to their maximum range in one day. Since vehicle tank pressures are rated at 70 degrees F (21 degrees C), tanks will fill to a higher pressure when outside temperatures are warmer and to a lower pressure when temperatures are cooler.

10

- 3.2.10 Dispensers Although more expensive, provide conventional rather than post styl e dispensers. To reduce installation costs, use dispensers with the electronics internally mounted and calibrated at the factory. A dispenser makes CNG refueling similar to conventional refueling. Depending on funds, a post style dispenser is an option.

10

- 3.2.11 Nozzles Use the industry standard nozzle . It comes in three pressure ranges: 2,400 psig (16 500 kPa), 3,000 psig (21 000 kPa), and 3,600 psig (25 000 kPa). These nozzles are designed so that a fill system cannot connect to a vehicle tank with a lower pressure rating, yet it can connect to vehicle tanks with higher ratings.

10

- 3.2.12 Environmental Considerations

a) The compressor unit’s receiver is usually blown

- down automatically, releasing about 0.06 gallons (0.2 L) of oil to the base and subsequently the ground. Discharges from other components, such as intercoolers, add to the contamination . Therefore, drip gutters with drains are required at each corner of the base. Develop a means of collection and retention of these wastes. Deactivating the automatic dump features and manually draining is an alternative to a collection system.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

178 b) Provide gas recovery system as part of the compressor package to recover gas into an ASME recapture tank when off

- loading the
compressor.

c) At the dispenser, provide a vent 8 feet (2.4 m) to 10 feet (3 m) above ground level to discharge vent gas from dispenser hoses. Oversize the conduit from the dispenser to the cascade for a vent line to a futur e gas recovery system.

d) Locate units with care because of noise. Use landscaping to conceal units and attenuate the sound.

e) Natural gas engine drives, if used, may require an air emissions permit.

10

- 3.2.13 Weather As a minimum, protect compressor units from the weat her with a canopy. In colder climates, use a heated shelter/enclosure with sound attenuation. Some vendors have enclosures as normal options. Costs vary widely depending on the degree of protection. Enclosures may require ventilation and Class I, Division 1 classified electrical components. They should also be accessible by inspectors and servicing personnel. In lieu of a heated facility/enclosure, crankcase heaters and/or circulating block heaters may be suitable in moderately cold climates.

10

- 3.2.14 Coatings The CNG equipment comes factory

- painted. Specify special coatings where climatic conditions warrant. Select a color from the base color scheme. Light beige is a practical choice. White is a poor choice since the heat of operation discolors it. Storag e containers may have to be painted white with blue letters to meet codes.

10

- 3.2.15 Water Content Water content in natural gas varies with region. Gas in the Southeast United States is usually dry, while gas from West Virginia is very wet. Provide dryers to dry the gas to a pressure (storage pressure) dew point (PDP) at least 10 degrees F (6 degrees C) below the winter design dry bulb temperature.

10

- 3.2.16 Design Standards Design CNG systems to NFPA 52 . Use NFPA 54 for the gas supply to the compressor. Use the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for cascade storage. Electrical work must conform to NFPA 70

. When collocating CNG and gasoline stations, also use NFPA 30A

.

10

- 3.3 Warning During peak demand periods, some suppliers mix propane air mixtures with natural gas. When the amount added exceeds 10 percent by volume, the CNG produced from this gas will normally not perform properly in CNG vehicles because propane becomes a permanent liquid in storage tanks. Oxygen sensors can be installed to shut down theUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

179 station during such periods. Installations with this situation should use dual fuel vehicles.

10 -4 HYDRAZINE STORAGE AND SERVICING FACI LITIES

10

- 4.1 Uses A blend of 70 percent hydrazine and 30 percent water, known as H

- 70 fuel, is used to operate the F

- 16 emergency power unit (EPU). The F

- 16 H

- 70 tank carries 56 pounds (25 kg) of fuel and requires servicing after the fuel has been used. The H

- 70 tanks are removed from the aircraft when the fuel is depleted below a level specified by the using activity. The tanks are delivered to the servicing facility where any remaining fuel is drained into a closed 55

- gallon (210 L) stainless steel drum. The aircraft H

- 70 tank is filled using a closed system charging unit and is either returned to the aircraft or placed in a handling/storage container for future use. The bulk H

- 70 storage tank is a 55

- gallon (210 L) stainless steel drum containing approximately 51 gallons (190 L) of H

- 70. Nitrogen gas is used as an inert pressure head in the bulk drum to transfer H

- 70 to the charging unit. The charging unit is 75 inches (1900 mm) long by 36 inches (900 mm) wide by 92 inches (2340 mm) high and weighs approximately 475 pounds (216 kg). An F- 16 tactical wing is expected to use approximately 100 gallons (380 L) of H

- 70 per 20,000 flight hours with an additional minimum of 150 gallons (570 L) held in reserve to handle deployment/safety stock requirements.

10

- 4.2 Gene ral Design Considerations

a) H- 70 carries the compatibility group designation of Group C.

b) Separate H

- 70 fuel storage and liquid/gaseous oxygen storage in accordance with AFMAN 91

- 201 . Locate the facility a minimum of 50 feet (15 m) from aboveground explosive storage in accordance with AFMAN 91

- 201

. c) Locate the facility a minimum of 100 feet (30 m) from public highways; civilian or government living areas; public facilities such as schools, chur ches, clubs, sewage treatment plants; or rivers, lakes, or streams because of bio

- environmental considerations.

d) Segregate the servicing and storage facility from large population concentrations within the confines of a military installation and subject
to the criteria stated above.

e) Store 55

- gallon (210 L) drums of hydrazine in facilities no less than 80 feet (24 m) apart. The spacing is also subject to the other criteria stated in this chapter. This criterion is limited to ten 55

- gallon (210 L) drums and 20 EPU tanks (provided the tanks are stored inside an approved shipping container).

f) Refer to Air Forces AF TO

- 42B1 -1

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

180 10

- 4.3 Construction Concepts Provide the H

- 70 facility with space for tank servicing, storage, and personnel hygi ene.

10

- 4.3.1 Access

a) Provide security fencing with a vehicle entrance gate surrounding the facility to restrict access.

b) Provide a doorway leading into storage areas to allow for forklift

access.

10

- 4.3.2 Architectural

a) The total area recommended for the facility is 783 squ are feet (73 m 2 ) with H

- 70 and N 2 bulk storage occupying 210 square feet (20 m 2 ), a servicing and storage area of 449 square feet (42 m 2 ), and a personnel area of 124 square feet (12 m 2 ).

b) Provide ceiling height of 12 feet (3.7 m) in storage and servicing a reas and 8 feet (2.4 m) in personnel areas.

c) Provide hollow, metal, exterior and interior doors with panic hardware and automatic closure. Provide double doors, 6 feet (1.8 m) wide to allow for equipment movement. Ensure single doors are standard size.

d) Pr ovide a rack in the servicing and storage area for vertical drum storage (bung side up) to allow for drainage of flush water. Construct storage rack of hydrazine compatible materials such as stainless steel, plastic, or high

- density polyethylene (HDPE).

e) D esign floors to permit drainage and prevent collection of liquids on any floor surface.

10

- 4.3.3 Fire Protection Systems A wet pipe sprinkler system is recommended. Consider above

- ceiling detectors, as well as room detectors. Provide fire extinguishers of a type approved for use in combating hydrocarbon fuel fires in regulated areas. Use AFFF or water. Do not use halogens or CO 2 extinguishers. Refer to Air Forces AF TO 00

- 25

- 172

.

10

- 4.3.4 Spill Containme nt

a) Provide spill containment in the H

- 70 storage area with a capacity equal to the larger of 110 percent of the largest drum present or 10 percent of the total volume present.

b) Spill containment for facilities which store only one or two drums of H

70 can be individual containers for each drum.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

181 c) Provide a diked containment area for facilities which store multiple drums of H

- 70.

(1) Provide ramps for vehicle access.

(2) Provide a coating or liner for concrete containment areas. Do not allow exposed iron or rebar in the containment area.

10

- 4.3.5 Floor Drains

a) Provide a concrete floor in the regulated areas, sloped to floor drains which lead to a collection tank.

b) Provide a floor trench drain 18 inches (450 mm) wide by 6 inches (150 mm) deep by 9 feet (2.7 m) long, covered with an open stainless steel grate in the H

- 70 fuel tank servicing area. The trench is required to contain any possible H

- 70 spillage and periodic draining of the H

- 70 servicing stand. Construct the trench parallel to the wall separating the storage area from the servicing area. Locate the servicing stand so the drain spigot from the scrubber is in

- line with the trench drain. A polypropylene or polyethylene elbow connection directly from the drain spigot to the trench drain is requ ired.

c) Ensure deluge shower and eyewash units in the servicing area drain into the containment tank.

d) Ensure industrial sink in the protective equipment room drains into the containment tank.

e) Equip drains leading to the containment tank with traps to prevent vapors from contaminating the area.

f) Provide access to the sanitary sewer for both clean change room and shower facilities.

g) Construct floor drains which are subject to carrying H

- 70 residue of polypropylene or polyethylene.

10

- 4.3.6 Collection Tank and Piping

a) Prov ide a collection tank and piping of materials compatible with hydrazine, water, and neutralizer.

b) Size the collection tank to contain 100 times the maximum quantity of H- 70 that could spill with a minimum capacity of 1,000 gallons (4000 L).UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

182 c) Provide piping o f 304 stainless steel, HDPE, or to a limited extent, galvanized steel.

d) Provide gaskets of suitable materials such as Viton.

e) Test the system annually with water.

10

- 4.3.7 Grounding In the storage area, provide a ground strap or grounding point system to ground each drum of H

- 70. Locate the grounding strap around the interior walls of the storage room, 54 inches (1370 mm) above the floor. The grounding system must have a resistance of 25 ohms or less. The facility must also have an approved lightning protection system.

10

- 4.3.8 Hygiene Support Criteria

a) Provide lavatory washing facilities in a non

- regulated area close to the exit from the regulated area and contiguous to the clean change room.

b) Provide shower facilities for each 10 or less workers.

c) Provide a clean change room. Provide a separate area for the removal of contaminated clothing to prevent the spread of potential contamination from the regulated area.

d) Provide toilet facilities if the H

- 70 facility is i solated from other buildings where toilet facilities are available.

e) Post signs which state that consumption of food, beverages, cosmetics, tobacco products, and chewing materials are prohibited.

10

- 4.3.9 Lighting Provide lighting intensities of 50 foot

- candles (540 lux) in the servicing area and 30 foot

candles (320 lux) in the remainder of the facility. Provide exterior lighting at all entrances and security lighting as required.

10

- 4.3.10 Safety

a) Provide vapor sniffers for use in the H

- 70 fuel drum storage area and servici ng area to alert personnel to excessive levels of H

- 70 fuel vapors. Provide sniffers capable of detecting 10 ppb of H

- 70.

b) A facility respirator air system is recommended. Breathing air shall meet at least the minimum Grade D breathing air requirements of 29 CFR Part 1910.134 and Compressed Gas Association (CGA) Pamphlet G

- 7.1

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

183 c) Provide an explosion

- proof observation window (4 feet (1.2 m) by 4 feet (1.2 m)) between the H

- 70 fuel drum storage area and the tank servicing area.

d) All lighting fixtures, electrical outlets, and electrical components located within the storage and servicing area should be explosion

- proof

. e) Provide eyewash fountains and deluge shower units within sight of and on the same level as locations where direct exposure to H

- 70 might occur. Pipe eyewash and showers to the H

- 70 collection tank.

f) Post signs at entrances to all areas. Signs should warn personnel that “H

- 70 is a cancer suspect agent,” “Authorized Personnel Only,” and “No Smoking.”

g) All tools and equipment must be constructed of hydrazine compatible,
rust

- free, corrosion

- resistant materials.

10

- 4.3.11 Utilities

a) For electricity, provide 120

- VAC, 60

- Hz, singl e phase, three

- wire, 20 amperes, duplex convenience outlets in each area of the facility (minimum six outlets). Two

- way switching is preferred to control lighting in the H

- 70 fuel drum storage area from the H

- 70 fuel tank servicing area. Provide explosion

- proof , Class I, Division 2, Group C electrical fixtures.

b) Provide 15 gpm (1.0 L/s) hose bibb water outlets with backflow prevention. Size hose bibb for standard lawn hose connections. Locate the hose bibb to provide water to service stand on the inside of the exterior wall, on the center of the servicing trench, about 2.5 feet (0.8 m) above the finished floor (below the 4

- inch (100 mm) pipe sleeve). Water with a reduced pressure

- type backflow preventor will also be required for the fire suppression system and potable water systems.

10

- 4.3.12 Ventilation

a) Segregate mechanical ventilation for regulated versus non

- regulated areas. Exhaust regulated areas through a common manifold. Evaluate the need for an air pollution control system on a case

- by -case basis and consider federal, state, or local emissions criteria applicable to the construction location.

b) Design ventilation systems for regulated areas to maintain a negative pressure of 0.05 to 0.1 inches of water (12 to 25 Pa) with respect to adjacent non

- regulated areas.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

184 c) Design ventilation for servicing and storage areas to provide a minimum of 20 air changes per hour.

d) Design the ventilation system for automatic shutdown in the event of a fire within the facility.

e) Use flexible exha ust vent of the “elephant trunk” type to exhaust vapors that are released when full hydrazine drums are opened. Design for air flow at the vent nozzle to be approximately 150 cfm (71 L/s). Refer to American Conference of Gover nmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design

. f) Place exhaust ports at approximately 18 inches (450 mm) above the floor. To avoid exhausting H

- 70 vapors into areas where personnel are present, such as walkways or escape paths, consider placing exhaust ports above the roof line.

g) Place a switch on the outside of the building, near an entrance that will allow personnel to turn on all exhaust fans prior to entering the facil ity This will purge the facility of any H

- 70 vapors that may have collected in the facility while not in use.

h) Maintain temperature in regulated areas below 120 degrees F (49 degrees C). Provide environmental controls consistent with ventilation for personnel comfort.

10

- 4.3.13 Waste Product Disposal

a) Add water to H

- 70 spills in a 100 to 1 ratio to reduce the H

- 70 concentration to less than 1 percent. Size collection tank accordingly.

b) Use neutralizers, such as 65 percent granular calcium hypochlorite (HTH), 14 perc ent bleach, and 5 percent bleach to stabilize the H

70/water mixture.

c) Provide storage for HTH away from hydrazine and other potentially reactive materials. HTH is extremely corrosive.

d) Consult with local base bio

- environmental engineer as to procedures for emptying the collection tank.

10 -5 OTTO FUELS Information on OTTO fuels is contained in NAVSEA S6340

- AA

- MMA

- 010 . Distribution of this document is restricted. Requests for information are handled by Naval Sea Systems Command. Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for additional information.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

185 CHAPTER 11 - SUPPORT FACILITIES

11 -1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides design criteria for facilities which may be required to support fueling activities. Specifically, ope rations buildings, contaminated fuel recovery systems, roads, utilities, and aircraft refueler parking areas are detailed in this chapter.

11 -2 OPERATIONS BUILDING Review the fueling activity to establish a need for each component of this building. Factors which will affect these reviews are number of people required for fueling activity, level of activity, types of fuels handled, on

- site quality control, availability of replacement parts, availability of maintenance support, and level of training required.

11

- 2.1 Design Standards The support facilities shall be designed in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 , General Requirements. See UFC 3

- 600

- 01 for fire protection requirements.

11

- 2.2 Fuel Office Provide a fuel office with sufficient space to perform the necessary planning, administrative, and management functions associated with the accomplishment of the fuel division’s mission. Refer to AFH 32

- 1084 for size on Air Force projects.

11

- 2.3 Training/Conference Room Provide a multipurpose room with equipment for training, conferences, and briefings. Design this room to accommodate furniture and have built

- in features such as markerboard, tack board, book shelves, screen, clock, coat hooks, and storage cabinets.

11

- 2.4 Fuel Maintenance Workshop Provide a fuel maintenance workshop with an adequately sized and convenient work bench with compressed air and electrical outlets available . Provide slip and fuel

resistant floor, emergency shower/eye wash, and adequate storage space adjacent to the workbench for frequently used tools, spare hardware items and accessories. If facility is large enough and mission warrants, consider overhead crane, laundry facility, and shower facility. Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for electrical hazard classification and requirements and NFPA for ventilation requirements.

11

- 2.5 Storeroom Provide an adequate storeroom for spare hoses

, nozzles , filtration elements, special tools, special clothing, test equipment, and fuel spill clean

- up equipment. Determine size and location of each facility to provide sufficient space for orderly storage and location for r eady access to needed material by fuels division personnel.

11

- 2.6 Laboratory Laboratories shall comply with the general facility requirements of UFC 3

- 600

- 01 and NFPA 45 Laboratories using Chemicals. The fuel laboratory size and associated equipment depend on the scope of the quality surveillance and testing programUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

186 performed. Design the laboratory in accordance with applicable NFPA and CFR codes. Review NFPA 45 for applicability. Minimum laboratory requirements are as follows:

a) Lighting and fixtures in accordance with NFPA 70

. b) Sink with running hot and cold water. Include hot water heater capable of providing water at 130 degrees F (54 degrees C) for cleaning laboratory glassware.

c) Work bench(s) or counter(s) of sufficient size to accommodate and maintain all required test equipment in a ready

- to

- use position. Compose countertops of a non

- permeable material suitable for working with petroleum fuels. Ensure that laborator y flooring material is impermeable and suitable for a fuels laboratory.

d) Storage cabinets for test equipment support items; for example, bottles, drying rack, and spare millipore pads. Construct cabinets of a

non

- permeable material suitable for exposure to petroleum fuels.

e) Fume hood, comply with 29 CFR Part 1910.1450 , Appendix A. E lectrical equipment located inside the fume hood shall be rated for classified areas.

f) Emergency eyewash/shower. Construct adjacent walls of
wate rproof/water

- resistant materials.

g) Outward opening doors with panic bars. Multiple doors may need to be provided in accordance with NFPA 45

. h) Portable firefighting equipment.

i) Telephone.

j) Fire alarm box.

k) A waste tank or means to dispose of fuel samples.

l) Lighted exit signs.

m) Capabilities to maintain laboratory at 73 degrees F (23 degrees C) plus or minus 5 degrees F (3 degrees C). (Required to protect laboratory equipment.)

n) Bonding and grounding of all metal working surfaces and electrical equipment. Also, provide a common static grounding strap or approved grounding points readily accessible to all fixed working surfaces and alongside entrance doors.

o) Recessed floor to prevent sp illed fuel from flowing into adjacent areas.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

187 p) Windows constructed of fireproof materials. Draperies and curtains are prohibited. If interior windows are provided, use translucent reinforced safety glass.

q) An HVAC system designed so that air from the laboratory does not recirculate to other portions of the building.

r) Interior separations from other portions of the building with a partition rated for fire separation as required by NFPA 45

. s) Type “N” unprotected non

- combustible constru ction.

t) Provide a location and connections for an automatic laboratory glassware washer.

u) E lectrical installation s in the laboratory work areas are non -classified.

11

- 2.7 Miscellaneous Safety Equipment Provide firefighting, fire alarm, and emergency eyewash/shower equipment. Provide emergency eyewash/shower with tempered water in cold weather climates. Also see applicable service

- specific guidelines.

11

- 2.8 Control Room Where computerized control equipment is anticipated, provide a control room of adequate size and with a maximum view of outside activities. Allow extra space along the ceiling/wall interface for future installation of security monitors. Consider electrical receptacles and data outlets for future use.

11

- 2.9 Miscellaneous Spaces Provide toilets, shower facilities, lockers, dressing rooms, mechanical room, electrical room, janitor closet, break room, etc. based on the size of the facility and the planned activities. Provide exhaust for locker rooms through the back or top of the lockers.

11

- 2.10 Communications Make provisions for telephone, data transmission, and other planned communications equipment.

11 -3 ROADS Design roads within a fueling facility to accommodate maintenance activities, operations personnel, and fuel delivery and/or issues. In addition, evaluate the roads leading to the facility for their adequacy of width, access, geometrics, and weight restrictions. For vehicle access roads in diked areas around tanks, see Chapter 8 of this UFC. Refer to UFC 3- 250

- 18 and FA UFC 3

- 250

- 01FA for design guidance.

11 -4 UTILITIES In most cases, a fueling facility requires water (domestic and fire protection), sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and electricity.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

188 11 -5 AIRCRA FT REFUELER AND FUEL DELIVERY VEHICLE PARKING

11

- 5.1 General Ensure aircraft refueler and ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas meet the following criteria at a minimum. For additional design guidance, refer to NAVAIR 00

- 80T

- 109 and Air Force AF TO 00

- 25

- 172

.

11

- 5.2 Clearances

a) Provide a minimum of 25 feet (7.6 m) between the centerlines of adjacent aircraft refueler trucks and ground fuel delivery vehicles when in the parked position or 10 feet (3 m) minimum of clear space between parked trucks, whichever is greater.

b) Provide a minimum of 50 feet (15 m) between aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking area and the following:

(1) Uninhabited building for new projects.

(2) Pump house or filter/separator building.

(3) Taxiing aircraft.

(4) Fence, if space is a limitation (100 feet (30 m), if space is available).

(5) Roads outside of a security fence.

(6) Overhead power and communication lines.

(7) Pad

- mounted transformers.

(8) Parked aircraft.

(9) Any building other than a maintenance building.

c) Provide a minimum of 100 feet (30 m) between aircraft refueler /ground fue l delivery vehicle parking area and the following:

(1) Inhabited buildings.

(2) Aboveground Storage Tanks

(3) Truck or tank car off

- loading station.

(4) Truck fill station.

(5) Property lines.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

189 (6) Highways.

(7) New POL Operations Building.

(8) Airport surface detection radar equipment.

d) Pr ovide a minimum of 300 feet (90 m) between an aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas and the following:

(1) Aircraft warning radar antennas.

(2) Areas where airborne surveillance radar may be operated.

e) Provide a minimum of 500 feet (150 m) between an aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas and airport ground approach and control equipment.

f) Provide a distance as great as practically possible between an aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas and radio transmitting antennas.

g) Contact the installation safety office to obtain distance criteria from an aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas to aircraft carrying explosive materials.

11

- 5.3 Arrangement The preferred arrangement is parallel positions, but “front

- to

- back” and variations of the two are acceptable. Provide “front

- to

- back” clearance between vehicles such that the air craft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle in the “back” position would not have to back

- up to pull out of the parking position. This distance will vary according to the turning radius of each aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle . Arrangement should satisfy functional requirements of users and provide for safe operation and efficient use of available space. Provide for parking of all refueling vehicles expected to use this facility an d include identification of positions.

11

- 5.4 Ingress/Egress Provide for “drive

- ahead” motion of vehicles at all stages to avoid backing up vehicles under normal circumstances. Provide for smooth and efficient movement from the truck fillstand area to the parkin g positions and from the parking positions to the aircraft apron. Where necessary, provide adequate markings to ensure safe and efficient vehicle movements. At a minimum, provide two means of ingress/egress.

11

- 5.5 Paving Use concrete pavement, capable of withstanding design vehicle wheel loads. Seal joints with fuel

- resistant materials. For circulation pavements, provide bituminous flexible pavements unless an economic analysis shows rigid concrete is more cost

effective. Use concrete pavement in aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle parking areas.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

190 11

- 5.6 Containment Area Provide a containment area consisting of an impermeable retention and controlled drainage system leading to a concrete remote spill containment system. Pave the area with concrete pitched a minimum of 1 percent toward catch basins or trench drains. Design the containment area in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 , federal, state, and local regulations. Do not use asphalt within a spill containment area. The maximu m slope of any paving within a truck movement or parking area shall not exceed 2 percent excepting rollover curbs. If a rollover curb is provided, the sum of the vertical entrance and exit grades shall not exceed 8 perce nt, the horizontal length of the curb in the direction of truck movement shall not be less than 15 feet, and the rollover curb shall be aligned perpendicular with direction of truck movement.

11

- 5.7 Remote Spill Containment System Provide a concrete remote spill containment system. Design the spill containment system in accordance with UFC 1

- 200

- 01 , federal, state, and local regulations. Provide the remote spill containment system with capacity greater than either the volume of the largest aircraft refueler /ground fuel delivery vehicle to be parked or runoff from a rainfall of intensity equal to a 5

- year expectancy, 1

- hour duration storm. Provide a lockable knife gate valve with indicator post located outside the enclosure in an area that will be safely accessible during a fire. The valve on the drain system shall be lockable and normally closed to allow for containment during fueling operations and which can be opened to drain the area when necess ary. Tank trucks can be as large as 10,000 gallons (38 000 L) in capacity. Consider combining the remote spill containment system with other remote spill containment systems on site, except with tank containment systems. However, take the level of contamination in each containment area into consideration. Construct the drain lines between the containment area and the remote spill containment system, and between the remote spill containment system and the lockable knife gate valve of petroleum

- resistant, fire

- resistant, impervious material; do not use clay, concrete, fiberglass or plastic piping materials.

11

- 5.8 Fire Protection Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for fir e protection requirements.

11

- 5.9 Security Provide fencing and lighting for security as required in Chapter 2 of this UFC.

11

- 5.10 Lighting Provide 1

- footcandle (10 lux) lighting to ensure that a fuel leak from the refueler is seen.

11

- 5.11 Block Heater Connections At facilities where aircraft refuelers /ground fuel delivery vehicles have block heaters, provide connections for those heaters.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

191 CHAPTER 12 - MAJOR REHABILITATION

12 -1 INTRODUCTION Decisions concerning major rehabilitation will be based on economics, mission, safety, or environmental factors. It is not the intent of this chapter to mandate rehabilitation

, but only to provide guidance if the decision is made. The most common reasons for rehabilitati on are to meet environmental needs or to extend the usable life of the facility. If a tank or major component is taken out of service for rehabilitation, review other chapters of this UFC. However, consider each change based on its merits and its complia nce with this UFC. It is not the intent of this UFC to initiate changing and upgrading of existing facilities. Before initiating a facility improvement or major rehabilitation fuel project, it is recommended that a Physical Condition Survey be conducted to survey the condition of the facility with the goal of identifying major deficiencies and prioritizing the work required. Contact the appropriate Command Fuels Engineer, Naval Facilities Engineering Component Commands and the Naval Facilities Engineerin g Service Center, or Army Corps of Engineers regional design office. For Naval Air Stations and Marine Corps Air Stations, include a representative from NAVAIR on the survey team. In most cases, coordinate major rehabilitation proposals with the base master plan.

12 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not begin the design or modification of any fueling system without first becoming completely famil iar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

12 -3 ABOVEGROUND FUEL STORAGE TANK REHABILITATION Existing aboveground storage tanks can be modified to meet fuel quality standards, safety requirements, and environmental regulations. To maintain t he structural integrity of aboveground storage tanks and to ensure a complete and usable facility, ensure all designs are accomplished by an engineering firm regularly engaged in tank modification or have all plans and specifications reviewed by an API Std 653 certified inspector. Complete all tank modifications, repairs, alterations, or inspections in accordance with API Std 653 and API Std 650 . Require a n ew strapping table after any major tank rehabilitation.

12

- 3.1 Aboveground Vertical Tank Inspections Prior to modifying the tank
, conduct a thorough inspection consistent with the requirements of API Std 653 . This inspection will reveal any repairs that need to be made in order to comply with current regulations.

12

- 3.2 Increase Manhole Sizes Many older aboveground vertical tanks have inadequately sized shell manholes. The ventilation and equipment requirements for maintenance have created a need for 36

- inch (900 mm) diameter manholes. If they do not exist, consider rehabilitation. Provide in accordance with Chapter 8 of this UFC.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

192 12

- 3.3 Replace Tank Floors Replace existing tank f loors only when an API Std 653 inspection (including a magnetic flux leakage test) indicates that the useful life of the bottom has expired, or that the bottom requires more than minor repairs or upgrades, or if significant fuel quality
p roblems due to pon ding water exist. Contact Service Headquarters for guidance. Whenever a tank bottom is replaced it shall comply with current design standards including either a double bottom or single bottom with liner. In no case shall a tank with a single bottom remain in service when the bottom warrants replacement, unless other provisions such as a programmed MILCON or SRM project has been approved to replace the tank and/or bottom. Conduct an analysis of the existing tank and local conditions to determine the most desirable approach. The type of new bottom to be installed depends upon a number of factors, including: condition of the existing bottom, tank foundation, shell condition, and amount of tank capacity which can be “lost.” Install double bottoms or replacement bottoms in accordance with API Std 653 . Install sloped bottoms (3 to 5 percent) either above the existing bottom if the user can accept the resulting loss in tank capacity or remove the existing bottom and install a new sloped bottom in its place. A slope of 5 percent is preferred, but not required. If conditions and cost make the recommended slope impractical, provide a minimum slope of 2 percent. In either case, install an impermeable liner in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 , as well as leak detection between the two floors. The technology exists and it may be cost effective to raise the tank off its foundation to accomplish under tank modifications or repairs (e.g., adding containment liner/tell

- tale system, cathodic protection , ringwall, etc.).

12

- 3.3.1 Double Bottom With Washed Sand Layer and Liner Clean and repair the existing tank bottom, install a liner on top of the existing t ank bottom, add a 4 - to 6

- inch (100 to 150 mm) silica sand layer on top of the liner, and install the new steel tank bottom on top of the sand layer. Refer to Chapter 8 of this UFC for suitable sand criteria. Leak detection consists of tell

- tale slotted PVC pipes within the sand layer at regularly spaced intervals and extending out through the outer shell of the tank. Provide cathodic protection by sacrificial anodes or impressed current close to the liner to allow maximum clearance from the new tank bottom. Install adequate numbers of a cathodic protection reference cells between the two bottoms.

12

- 3.3.2 Double Bottom With Con crete Layer and New Steel Bottom Clean and repair the existing tank bottom, install a liner on top of the existing tank bottom, pour 4 to 6 inches (100 to 150 mm) of fiber reinforced (low slump mix - typically 3,000 psig (21 000 kPa)) concrete over the liner and existing bottom, shape the concrete to provide adequate slope, and install the new steel tank bottom on top of the concrete. Slope the concrete towards a sump and form with a series of grooves along the top surface to collect any product which may leak through the new bottom. Slope the channels to a collection point with a pipe extending to an observation well. Provide concrete with an alkalinity of 13 or higher.

12

- 3.3.3 Double Steel Bottom Clean and repair the existing tank bottom, place a structural support system on top of the existing tank bottom, and install the new tank bottom. Design the structural supportUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

193 system to prevent excessive deflections resulting from loads on the primary (new) tank bottom. Allow for an interstitial space between the two tank bottoms to detect and collect any product from a leak. Purge the interstitial space between the two bottoms with nitrogen to remove the oxygen, thus creating a non

- corrosive, non

- combustible environment. The elimination of condensation and oxygen within the space minimizes corrosion formation for the upper (new) bottom . Provide leak detection with sensors which can detect pressure changes within the space. A pressure increase results from a leak in the upper tank bottom as product enters the space. A decrease in pressure indicates a leak or steel failure has occurred in the lower tank bottom.

12

- 3.3.4 Single Bottom With Liner Remove the existing tank bottom and prepare the sub

- base for bearing capacity. Place sand layer on the sub

- base to support the primary tank bottom, install a liner with a slope to a center liner sump , place a minimum 12

- inch layer of sand on top of the liner, and install a new tank bottom on top of the sand layer. The liner sump is the collection point for any leaks from the bottom and consists of a drain pipe leading to an observation well. An alternative method is to use tell

- tale slotted PVC or stainless steel pipes in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. Provide cathodic protection by sacrificial anodes or impressed current close to the liner to allow maximum clearance from the new tank bottom . Install adequate numbers of a cathodic protection reference cells between the two bottoms. Place cathodic protection in the sand layer approximately 6 inches (150 mm) below the new tank bottom and above the liner.

12

- 3.4 Replace Floating Roof Tanks With Fixed Roofs If a floating roof requires significant repair work, is corroded beyond economic repair, or for any reason is considered unserviceable (by an API Std 653 inspection), consider replacing it with a fixed cone roof and internally sealed honeycomb cell floating pan, as required in paragraph 2

- 15.2 . When a fixed cone roof is added to an existing tank the roof manufacturer and the designer mu st determine that the tank has sufficient strength to support the new roof. If the shell is structurally insufficient, a geodesic dome may be considered. Install structural supported roofs in accordance with API Std 650

, API Std 653 , and DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27 . In general, all open top, floating roof tanks containing aviation fuel should be programmed to receive a cover, as should all tanks in northern climates where snow and ice is a problem.

12

- 3.5 Product Recovery Systems Provide storage tanks with pumps, piping, valves, and tanks to collect, recover, and return usable aviation turbine fuel which would otherwise become waste. Include a tank(s) to collect fuel/water mixtures from tank and equipment sumps, equipment drains, high point vents, low point drains, and any other equipment from which fuel/water mixtures can be collected. Separate the fuel and water portions. Filter the fuel portion and return to bulk storage tanks . Do not discharge the water portion to surface water without additional treatment and permits or treat the water portion as wastewater. Refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for information on handling of wastewater. Design in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

194 12

- 3.6 Coatings In tank coating projects, minimize the generation of hazardous waste associated with coating removal. Some alternatives to traditional sand blasting include shot “blasting”, chemical stripping, high pressure water, carbon dioxide, or chemical stabilizer additive process. Designs for maint enance painting, both interior and exterior, should be based on a coating condition survey, as discussed in the notes to UFGS 09 97 13.15

, 09 97 13.17 , and 09 97 13.27 . An evaluation of shell coating should be based not only on condition but on the need for coating the shell and an evaluation of apparent corrosion pressures on the shell. Corrosi on pressure on shell coatings is generally fairly low; therefore, there is not the same need for coating thickness and integrity that is required for floors and ceilings. Refer to Chapter 8 of this UFC for additional informa tion on interior and exterior coatings for storage tanks. Re

- coat the portion of the tank that is already coated. When tanks are taken out of service for inspection or repairs, inspect the underside of the roof for rust . If con ditions merit, coat the underside of the roof in conformance with Chapter 8 of this UFC.

12

- 3.7 Isolation Valves Require tank isolation valves to prevent the accidental release of fuel into the environment. On aboveground tanks larg er than 12,000 gallons, provide double block and bleed tank shell valves located between the tank shell and the high level shut

- off valve.

12

- 3.8 Alarms and High Level Shut

- off Valves Equip storage tanks with a means to prevent accidental overfill. Design in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 27

. Refer to Chapter 8 of this UFC for applicable requirements for alarm and valve installation.

12 -4 UNDERGROUND OPERATING TANKS If major rehabilitation is required, upgrade existing underground operating tanks to conform with 40 CFR Part 280 and 40 CFR Part 281 and applicable state and local underground storage tank regulations. As a minimum, provide leak detection, cathodic protection , and overfill protection. Careful study of cut and cover tanks is necessary since construction features may make it impossible to comply.

12

- 4.1 Manholes Provide a 36

- inch (900 mm) diameter manhole for tanks. Extension necks and internal ladders are required for cleaning and inspection. Provide a minimum of one manhole for tanks between 1,000 gallons (4000 L) and 5,000 gallons (19 000 L). Provide a minimum of two manholes for tanks larger than 5,000 gallons (19 000 L). Provide manhole containment sumps for all manholes.

12

- 4.2 Interior Coatings Coat underground operating tanks in accordance with Chapter 8 of this UFC.

12 -5 HYDRANT SYSTEMS Decisions concerning major rehabilitation of existing direct aircraft refueling systems will be made by Service Headquarters . This paragraph addresses existing direct aircraftUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

195 refueling systems (Type I and Type II) which can be rehabilitated or modified to meet fuel quality standards, safety requirements, mission requirements, and environmental regulations. All designs should be accomplished by an engineering firm regularly engaged in the design of direct aircraft fueling systems. The provisions of Chapter 4 of this UFC are applicable.

12

- 5.1 Pumps Repair or replace existing pumps to meet increased fuel demands. Rebuild pumps in cluding complete bearing replacement, additional bowls or increased impeller size, replacement of mechanical seals, shaft lengthening or shortening to match replacement tanks, etc. In some cases, additional capacity can only be achieved by total pump repl acement or rearrangement of piping. Consider pump replacement where, due to equipment age or condition, it is more economical to replace than to rebuild. Pump and motor replacement may also result in higher efficiency units with lower power demands and increased spare part availability.

12

- 5.2 Filter/Separators Existing filter/separators must be capable of meeting requirements of EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5)

. Existing filter/separator vessels built to earlier editions of API 1581 may be able to be reutilized with EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5) coalescer and separator elements. Where possible, the replacement elements should meet the standard sizes described in DESC -X-P-2

. Contact the S ervice H eadquarters for guidance. Replace existing vessels if they cannot be converted to use EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5) elements or if the vessel with EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5) elements fails to meet quality standards. Issue filter/separators should be given priority for upgrade on a stand

- alone project. Upgrade of all filter/separators is mandatory on any major rehabilitation project.

12

- 5.3 Fuel Quality Monitors Existin g fuel quality monitors will be removed

. Fuel quality monitor elements degrade when they come in contact with fuel additives (FSII) in aviation turbine fuel causing fuel quality issues.

12

- 5.4 Control Systems Pump houses and h ydrant systems typical of the Panero (circa 1952) and Pritchard (circa 1958) designs utilize hard

- wired, high

- voltage mechanical relays. Control systems installed from the pump house to the lateral control pits, emergency stops, and pit activation switches are typically high voltage. Age, elements, and exposure to fuels may deteriorate control system wiring and render it no longer reliable or safe to operate. Consider control system replacement whenever a significant portion of the pump house is repaired or when fire, safety, or electrical codes indicate a hazard exists. Generally, hard

- wired relay logic systems are expensive to build and maintain and do not offer the flexibility of PLC based systems. Control systems should be of low voltage design inc orporating industry standard PLCs. If control facilities are isolated from the pump house (not subject to atomized fuel) and the facility has positive ventilation, then non

explosion

- proof fixtures may be incorporated into the design. Existing control wiring has probably deteriorated and numerous conduits are no longer intrinsically safe. ReplaceUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

196 control wiring and wherever possible run control wiring in overhead conduit. If necessary, replace kill switch and emergen cy stop circuits as part of the pump house rehabilitation. Cable wiring systems are easier to install and troubleshoot and should be considered whenever the wiring to hydrant system is replaced.

12

- 5.5 Electrical Systems Repla ce secondary electrical systems, including lighting and motor conductors and motor control centers, as part of pump house repairs

. Ensure circuits within the pump house, exposed to the possibility of atomized fuel, comply with the provisions of NFPA 30 and are classified Class I, Division 1. If the motor control center is isolated from the pump house (not subject to atomized fuel) and the facility has positive ventilation, then the area may be derated and non

- explosion

- proof lighting fixtures may be incorporated into the design. Existing secondary wiring has probably deteriorated and numerous conduits are no longer intrinsically safe. Replace motor wiring and wherever possible run control wiring in overhead conduit.

12

- 5.6 Lateral Control Pits Lateral control pits are typically concrete structures with heavy metal

- hinged lids containing valves, pumps, filters, and piping associated with the supply of fuel from a pump house to a hydrant outlet. Repair or replace pits to prevent the accidental release of aviation turbine fuel to the environment and water infiltration. Slope pit floors to a
sump and provide manually operated sump pumps to aid in water removal. Use either rolling or light

- weight hinged aluminum pit lids with a water

- tight design. Comply with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28

.

12

- 5.7 Distribution Piping Minimize the use of unlined carbon steel pipe, especiall y with jet aircraft. A number of alternatives exist which reduce the exposure of aviation turbine fuel to unlined carbon steel pipe. One option is to internally coat existing systems without pipe removal. In

situ coatings can prevent fuel degradation; however, final filtration must still be provided at the aircraft by either a mobile or fixed filter/separator . Another option is to sleeve the piping with a non

- ferrous material (stainless steel). Consider this option if reduced flow rates are acceptable.

12

- 5.8 Diaphragm Control Valves Consider reusing existing diaphragm control valves wherever possible. Diaphragm

c ontrol valves can typically be refurbished by either the original manufacturer or by a factory authorized repair facility for less than the replacement cost. Ensure refurbishers modify or replace pilot assemblies, tubing, and solenoids to meet specifications as outlined in DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 . As a minimum, replace no n- ferrous pilot tube assemblies with a stainless steel unit. Provide stainless steel control tubing and replace all internal valve components. If the valve body is carbon steel, request Service Headquarters to determine if the valve body should be sand

- blasted and cleaned or replaced. Coat or plate carbon steel bodies to meet DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

197 12

- 5.9 Hydrant Outlets Remove and replace existing hydrant outlets and connections (e.g., Buckeye) with API adapters. Conversion to API adapters ensures compatibility with all refueling equipment. If adequate pressure control (regulating and surge ) in accordance with DoD Standard Design AW 78

- 24

- 28 does not exist at the hydrant pit or at the lateral control pit, then install a control valve at either location.

12 -6 DIKES, LINERS, AND BASINS If dikes , liners, and basins do not comply with the requirements of this UFC, 40 CFR Part 112 , state, or local spill containment regulations and the potential for accidental fuel discharges exists, repair or replace the existing structures. The provisions of Chapter 8 of this UFC are applicable. In general, if the dike does not retain rainwater, improvements are necessary.

12 -7 LEAK DETECTION When rehabilitating fuel facilities, install leak detection, if necessary, as detailed in Chapter 2 of this UFC.

12 -8 CATHODIC PROTECTION When rehabilitating any fuel facility, install or upgrade cathodic protection . Ensure cathodic protection systems are designed by a NACE certified Corrosion Specialist or Cathodic Protection Specialist or a registered professional Corrosion Engineer. Install cathodic protection on all steel structures including, but not limited to, aboveground storage tanks, underground storage tanks, and underground piping systems. The provisions of Chapters 2 and 8 of this UFC are applicable.

12 -9 ISOLATION VALVES Provide valves in product piping systems to control flow and to permit isolation of equipment fo r maintenance or repair. Provide additional valves at required locations necessary to conduct a valid hydrostatic test . Provide manually operated valves, except where motor operators are specifically authorized by applicable standard drawings or technical specifications. Use double block and bleed type isolation valves for separation of product services, on tank shell connections (ASTs over 12,000 gallons only), when piping goes above or below ground, between pier and tank storage, and other locations critical to periodic pressure

- testing of piping. Quick opening/frequent opening type isolation valves may be used for less critical applications where double block and bl eed shutoff is not required. Before adding isolation valves, evaluate piping system and make modifications to prevent pressure buildup caused by thermal expansion. Review paragraph on relief valves in Chapter 9 of this UFC. Except for those serving tactical refueler fillstands, this paragraph does not apply to systems covered by Chapter 7 of this UFC unless otherwise directed by Service Headquarters

.

12

- 10 SO IL AND GROUNDWATER REMEDIATION Monitor, store, and dispose of petroleum

- contaminated soil disturbed during rehabilitation in accordance with state and local environmental regulations. Collect, test (if appropriate), and treat petroleum

- contaminated groundwater removed during dewatering by one of the following methods:UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

198 a) Off

- site disposal at an industrial waste facility.

b) On

- site treatment with a portable groundwater treatment system.

c) Treatment through an oil/water separ ator

. d) Treatment through the sanitary sewer.

Prior to selecting a treatment method, review state and local environmental regulations and consult the facility for acceptable alternatives and permits required for on

- site treatment and disposal.

12

- 11 LIQUEFIED PET ROLEUM GAS (LPG) FACILITIES When rehabilitating an LPG facility, back weld (seal weld) all existing threaded piping.

12

- 12 PIPELINE INSPECTION

12

- 12.1 Inspection Conduct pipeline inspections in accordance with API 570 and NACE S P0169

.

12

- 12.2 Smart Pigging To determine if or how a pipeline requires rehabilitation, information on the pipeline’s structural integrity is essential. One method to survey the condition of the pipeline is to use smart pigs.

12

- 12.2.1 General A “smart” or “int elligent” pig is one of a variety of instrumented tools using one or more physical or electro

- mechanical principles for recording and measuring information for positioning and relative severity of anomalies in a pipeline. Smart pigs can detect cracks, met al loss, and curvature/bends. Other types available can map and profile pipe, detect leaks, perform photographic inspection, and sample product. Use of smart pigs may require modifying the pipeline to increase the radius of sharp elbows and eliminate obstructions caused by valves that are not full port type.

12

- 12.2.2 Types The three basic types of smart pigs are ultrasonic, magnetic flux leakage (MFL), and eddy current

. Ultrasonic, MFL, and eddy current pigs can be used in liquid pipelines. An alternative form of ultrasonic inspection is an electromagnetic acoustic transducer (EMAT). An EMAT can be used in either a liquid or gas pipeline. MFL can also be used in gas pipelines. Prior to choosing a smart pig, consider expected results, cost of various options, and expected pipeline condition.

12

- 13 CHECKLIST The following is a checklist of items to be considered in a major rehabilitation.

a) Aboveground storage tank rehabilitation

(1) API Std 653 inspection.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

199 (2) 36 inch (900 mm) diameter manholes fo r maintenance.

(3) Add double bottom.

(4) Repair and slope tank floor.

(5) Repair or replace floating roof.

(6) Product recovery system.

(7) Internal and external coating systems.

(8) Tank isolation valves.

(9) Fill and overfill protection.

(10) Corrosion protection to tank bottom.

(11) Leak d etection.

(12) Automatic tank gauging system.

(13) Thermal expansion relief.

b) Underground storage tank rehabilitation

(1) 36 inch (900 mm) diameter manhole(s).

(2) Leak detection.

(3) Corrosion protection.

(4) Overfill protection.

(5) Interior coating.

c) Aviation/ Hydrant system rehabilitation

(1) Repair or replace pumps to API Std 610

. (2) Upg rade filter/ separators to comply with EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5)

. (3) Remove automatic water drains from filter separators.

(4) Repair or replace control systems.

(5) Repair or replace electrical systems.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

200 (6) Repair or replace lateral control valve pits and lids, including an impervious liner.

(7) Internal coating to carbon steel d istribution pipe.

(8) Refurbish diaphragm control valves.

(9) Hydrant outlets to API adapters.

(10) Replace lubricated valves and swivels with non

- lubricated.

d) Truck fill/off

- load stands

(1) Grounding, d eadman

, and high level shut

- off systems.

(2) Pantographs - convert from 3 -i nch to 4

- inch (75 mm to 100 mm).

(3) Low profile filters.

(4) Fusible link butterfly valves ( These valves are not required nor permitted on Air Force projects ).

(5) Piping of pressure reliefs to contained tank.

(6) Updated meters and meter diaphragm control valves.

(7) Adequa cy of piping and system grounding

. (8) Adequacy of spill collection and containment.

(9) Upgrade military specification filter separators to comply with EI Specification 1581 (Edition 5)

. (Iss ue filters have priority over receipt filters.)

(10) Remove automatic water drains on filter/separators and ensure that any liquid drained from separators is properly handled.

e) Add isolation valves and blind flanges throughout system.

f) Use smart pigging to determine the condition of the distribution piping.

g) Monitor, remove, and dispose of petroleum

- contaminated soil and groundwater.

h) Spill Containment and c ollection.

(1) Concrete containment areas for dikes , equipment pads, fillstands, etc.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

201 (2) Impervious lining system for dikes , containment areas, and catch basins.

(3) When required to meet federa l, state, and local regulations, refer to Chapter 2 of this UFC for information on design and sizing of oil/water separators for treatment of stormwater discharges from containment areas (e.g., dike areas, fillstands, equipment pa ds, etc.)

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

202 CHAPTER 13 - FUELING FACILITY TEMPORARY DEACTIVATION

13 -1 INTRODUCTION Follow the more stringent of local, state, or applicable guidelines of this chapter during the initial deactivation of a fueling facility. Follow the applicable subsection when temporarily deactivating a fueling facility for three months or more. For continuing maintenance issues and reactivation of a deactivated facility, refer to inactive document UFC 4

- 911

- 01N , which is required for these circumstances . Ad ditional guidelines for the deactivation of storage tanks and pipes are provided in API Std 2610 and NFPA 30

, Appendix C. Federal regulations addressing out

- of

- service underground storage tank

s ystems are in 40 CFR Part 280

.

13 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not begin the design of any deactivation plan without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

13 -3 FUEL STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES

13

- 3.1 Tanks The following items apply to deactivation of all tanks in general.

a) Empty and clean tanks in accordance wit h API Std 2015 and UFGS 33 65 00

, Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks

. b) Provide water ballast with a copper sulphite solution (1 part copper sulphite to 3 million parts water) to discourage organic growth. Verify compatibility with environmental regulations prior to employing this solution.

c) Follow the procedures of MO

- 230 and 29 CFR Part 1910 when entering tanks or performing maintenanc e on tanks.

d) For tanks equipped with cathodic protection systems, inspect for proper operation and repair if necessary. For tanks not equipped with cathodic protection system s, investigate the economic trade

- offs of installing those systems at deactivation versus the associated caretaker maintenance costs and various environmental protection

concerns.

e) Mark each tank clearly with its status. Place a warning sign on the tank to indicate its current and former contents.

f) If required by state or local regulatory agencies, submit required documentation for “out

- of

- service” storage tanks.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

203 13

- 3.1.1 Aboveground Tanks

a) Empty and evaluate for hazardous atmosphere as defined by 29 CFR Part 1910.146

. b) Wash and dry tank interior until visibly clean in accordance with API Std 2015

. c) Physically disconnect all fuel connections.

d) Treat the interiors of tanks that have been used to store fuel oil with a corrosion

- preventive compound. For all other steel tanks, coat the unpainted interior surfaces with a preservative lubricating oil.

e) Close vents on lubricating oil tanks. Vents on other tanks should remain open.

f) Partially fill tanks subjecte d to high winds to prevent overturning. Use water except where there is the possibility of it freezing and rupturing the tanks. In those environments, use kerosene . Add caustic soda to the water to obtain a pH of 10 or a corrosion inhibitor. Determine the amount of liquid ballast required based on the expected winds, size of the tank, and specific gravity of the liquid used.

g) Comply with API Std 2015

. h) Co mply with state and local environmental requirements.

13

- 3.1.2 Underground Tanks

a) Empty, evaluate for hazardous atmosphere as defined by 29 CFR Part 1910.146 , and clean underground metal and concrete tanks.

b) Partially fill tanks insu fficiently anchored against flotation with water to prevent buoyancy. Provide adequate safeguards where there is danger of the water freezing.

c) Provide a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) of water in rubber

- lined concrete tanks.

d) Leave vent lines on underground tanks open and make sure the vents are adequately screened.

e) Tightly cap or plug all other tank openings after removal of equipment.

f) Provide release detection where fuel is left in the tank.

g) Comply with 40 CFR Part 280 and a ny applicable state and local environmental regulations.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

204 13

- 3.1.3 Tank Level Controls

a) Remove controls such as float control valves, float

- operated gauges, low level cutoffs, water detector locks, and probes from tanks.

b) Clean, treat with corrosion

- preventive compound, and store controls in a dry place.

13

- 3.2 Pipelines

a) Drain and vacuum extract all fuel from the pipeline.

b) If possible, pig the pipeline to remove any residual fuels.

c) Blind all flange connections and vents.

d) Charge the line with nitrogen gas.

e) Continue to provid e cathodic protection and maintain the nitrogen charge.

f) Externally coat unpainted and unwrapped lines exposed to the weather with a corrosion

- preventive compound.

13

- 3.2.1 Pipeline Equipment

a) Remove, clean, coat inside and outside with a light oil, and reinstall strainers.

b) Remove, clean, treat with corrosion

- preventive compound, and store meters in a dry place.

c) Keep gaskets tight to prevent dirt and water from entering.

d) Remove, clean, grease, and store hydraulically operated diaphragm control valves in a dry place.

e) Paint exterior or treat with a corrosion

- preventive compound and leave all other valves, such as plug valves and check valves in place.

f) Lubricate plug valves and leave in an open position.

g) Remove, tag, date, and sto re hoses in dry storage.

13

- 3.2.2 Fueling Pits

a) Inspect, tag, and secure fueling pits.

b) Make provisions for pumping pits dry.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

205 13 -4 FACILITIES

13

- 4.1 General Considerations

a) Make arrangements to retain the minimum amount of maintenance equipment.

b) Check and label all keys to all doors, gates, hatches, and other moving items.

c) Clean and repair as necessary all storm sewers, drainage ditches, and other drainage structures to prevent flooding and storm damage to roads, runways, tracks, and structures.

13

- 4.2 Fencing

a) Tighten connections at gates, posts, braces, guys, and anchorages to ensure stability and correct alignment.

b) Clean and lubricate all hinges, latches, locking devices, and all other alignment hardware.

c) Confine painting to those parts of fences and gates that show signs of corrosion

.

13

- 4.3 Paved Surfaces

a) Unpaved shoulders

(1) Provide unpaved shoulders with only the repairs necessary to ensure positive drainage of surface water from the adjoining pavement.

(2) Fill holes and ruts and blade ridges to eliminate standing water.

(3) Backfill depressions when the undermining of pavement is threatened.

(4) When possible, retain existing ground cover.

b) Concrete pavements

(1) Repair concrete pavements only as required to perform service activities and to prevent severe disintegrati on.

(2) Patch bituminous surfaces of depressed or broken slabs to prevent ponding of water and the resultant saturation of the subgrade.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

206 (3) Seal joints and cracks in concrete pavement with bituminous material.

c) Bituminous pavements

(1) Limit surface repairs of bituminous pavements to the repair of holes, raveled areas, edge failures, and open cracks.

(2) Repair unused surfaces only as necessary to maintain drainage and to prevent the ponding of surface water.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

207 CHAPTER 14 - FUELING FACILITY CLOSURE

14 -1 CLOSURE REQUIREMENTS Follow the more stringent of local, state, or applicable guidelines in this chapter when permanently closing a fuel facility or a portion of a fuel facility. Additional guidance on closure and disposal of storage tanks is available in Appendix C of NFPA 30 and API Std 2610

.

14

- 1.1 Aboveground Tanks

a) Physically disconnect all fuel connections.

b) Remove fuel.

c) Clean tank in accordance with API Std 2015

. d) Dismantle the tank and dispose of as scrap steel.

e) Comply with API Publ 2202

. f) Comply with state and local environmental requirements.

14

- 1.2 Underground Tanks

a) Perform a soil and groundwater analysis to determine if a fuel release occurred.

b) Review and comply with 40 CFR Part 280 and any applicable state and local environmental regulations.

c) If allowed by federal, state and local regulations, perform closure in place, as outlined in API RP 1604 . However, this alternative may be more expensive than removal for small volume tanks. Abandoning in place also impedes soil clean

- up and future land use.

d) If removal is required, excavate and dispose of the tank in accordance with API RP 160 4

. e) Comply with applicable guide specifications and EM 1110 -1- 4006

.

14

- 1.3 Pipelines

a) Physically disconnect the pipeline from any active fuel systems.

b) Remove all fuel and pig to remove any residual fuel.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

208 c) Purge the pipeline to remove all vapors. Do not use water as flushing media because it will typically generate large quantities of hazardous waste with high disposal costs

. d) Excavate the line only if required by federal, state, or local regulations or if deemed necessary by Service Headquarters for land reuse.

e) Report any contaminated soil or groundwater discovered during excavation to the appropriate state and local environmental authorities.

f) If excavation is not performed, fill the pipeline with cellular concrete or other acceptable inert solid material allowed by regulations requiring the filling. Consider the lowest cost from the acceptable materials list. As an option, the pipeline can be capped, where it meets environmental regulations and with approval from Service Headquarters

.

14 -2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Chapter 2 , General Design Information, contains important information on fueling facilities. Do not begin the design or modification of any closure plan without first becoming completely familiar with Chapter 2 of this UFC.

14 -3 INVENTORY Prepare an inventory of valuable fueling hardware which could be easily salvaged and reused at another base . Equipment such as pantographs, control valves, pumps, and filtration equipment are always in demand. Submit list to your command fuels engineer.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

209 Plate 001 – UFC Chapter Identification PlanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

210 Plate 002 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Receiving and Dispen sing FacilitiesUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

211 Plate 003 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Off

- Loading Drop Tank SystemUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

212 Plate 004 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Packaged Off

- Loading SystemUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

213 Plate 005 – Tank Truck and Tank Car Loading System and Direct Off

- Loading SystemUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

214 Plate 006 – Re fueler Truck Facilities Layout PlanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

215 Plate 007 – Refueler Truck Loading SystemsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

216 Plate 008 – Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Large Frame Aircraft On

- Apron Fueling PositionsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

217 Plate 009 – Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Small Frame Aircraft Fueling Lane a nd A pron EdgeUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

218 Plate 010 – Aircraft Direct Fueling Systems Small Frame Aircraft In

- Shelter Fueling PositionsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

219 Plate 011 – GOV Vehicle Motive Fuel Filling Station PlanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

220 Plate 012 – Tactical Refueler Ground Product Truck Loading Facility PlanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

221 Plate 013 – Tactical Refueler Ground Product Truck Loading SystemsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

222 Plate 014 – Level Alarm Setpoints Vertical Aboveground Tank w ith Floating PanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

223 Plate 015 – Level Alarm Setpoints Vertical Aboveground Tank without Floating PanUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

224 Plate 016 – Aboveground Vertical Storage Tanks Inlet Fill ConnectionUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

225 Plate 017 – Horizontal Underground Storage Tanks Inlet Fill ConnectionUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

226 Plate 018 – Horizontal Aboveground Storage Tanks Inlet Fill ConnectionUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

227 Plate 019 – Earthen DikesUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

228 Plate 020 – Pip ing Systems Sliding Pipe SupportUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

229 Plate 021 – Piping Systems Anchor Pipe SupportUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

230 Plate 022 – Aviation System Piping Materials System StandardsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

231 Plate 023 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Integral Valve a nd ConventionalUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

232 Plate 024 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Equipment Pump House or PadsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

233 Plate 025 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Tank Truck and Refueler RacksUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

234 Plate 026 – Thermal Relief Piping Systems Storage TanksUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

235 Plate 027 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Small Volume Facility f or Trucks and CylindersUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

236 Plate 028 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Large Volume Facility for Tank Cars and Water VesselsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

237 Plate 029 – Liquefied Petroleum Gas Facilities Tank Spacing RequirementsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

238 Plate 030 – Liq uefied Petroleum Gas FacilitiesTank Spacing RequirementsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

239 GLOSSARY ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ACGIH . American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.

AEI . Architectural and Engineering Instruction.

AFFF . Aqueous film

- forming foam.

AFPET

. Air Force Petroleum Office

.

AFS S . Automated fuel service station.

AIS . Automated Information System.

ANSI . American National Standards Institute.

APC

. Army Petroleum Center

.

API . American Petroleum Institute.

ASCII . American Standard Code for Information Interchange.

ASME

. American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

AST . Aboveground Storage Tank.

ASTM . American Society for Testing and Materials.

ATG . Automatic tank gauging.

BOCA . Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc.

BSM -E

. Business System Mo dernization – Energy

.

BS&W . Common abbreviation for bottom sediment and water as found in the bot tom of fuel tanks, also; a type of sampling procedure.

Btu . British thermal unit.

CFR . Code of Federal Regulations.

CI . Corrosion inhibitor.

CNG . Co mpressed Natural Gas.

C0 2 . Chemical notation for carbon dioxide; fire extinguishing agent.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

240 CONUS . Continental United States.

COTS . Commercial

- off

- the

- shelf.

DBB . Double block and bleed.

DESC . Defense Energy Support Center.

DFM . Diesel fuel mari ne.

DIEGME . Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether.

DLA . Defense Logistics Agency.

DoD . Department of Defense.

DOT . Department of Transportation.

EFSO . Emergency fuel shut

- off.

EMAT . Electromagnetic acoustic transducer.

EPDM . Ethylene

- propylene t erpolymer.

EPU . Emergency power unit.

F-A

. Fire Resistent Aboveground Storage Tank.

FDV . Fuel Delivery Vehicle

.

FRP . Fiberglass reinforced plastic.

FSII . Fuel system icing inhibitor.

H-A

. Horizontal Aboveground Storage Tank.

HDPE . High

- dens ity polyethylene.

HTH . Calcium hypochlorite.

H-U

. Horizontal Underground Storage Tank

.

ICBO . International Conference of Building Officials.

ICC

. International Code Council

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

241 JPTS . Jet Propellant Thermally Stable

.

LPG . Abbreviation for liquefied petroleum gas; propane, butane.

MAJCOM . Major Command. A major subdivision of the Air Force, directly subordinate to Headquarters US Air Force.

MFL . Magnetic flux leakage.

MIL . A unit of length equal to one thousandth of an inch, especially used to measure the thickness of paints and coatings.

Mogas . Common contraction of motor gasoline, referring to fuel for land vehicles.

NACE . National Association of Corrosion Engineers.

NATO . North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

NAVAIR

. Naval Air Systems Command

.

NBBI . National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.

NBIC . National Board Inspection Code.

NFESC

- OCD . Naval Facilities Engineering Service Center, Ocean Construction Division.

NFPA . Abbreviation for the National Fire Protection Association.

NOLSC -P

. Naval Operational Logistics Support Center Petroleum

.

NPDES . National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.

OCONUS . Outside of the Continental United States

.

OMSI . Operation and maintenance support information.

OSHA . Occup ational Safety and Health Act of 1970.

P-A . Protected Aboveground Storage Tank.

PACAF . Pacific Air Force.

PDP . Pressure dew point.

pH . A number assigned to indicate whether a substance is acidic or alkaline (pH 7 is considered neutral, less than 7 is acidic and more than 7 is alkaline).UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

242 PLC . Programmable logic controller.

POL . A commonly used abbreviation which broadly refers to all petroleum, oils, and lubricants.

PSI or PSIG . Abbreviation for pounds per square inch, the unit of pressure

meas urement; gage pressure above atmospheric.

PSIA . Pounds per square inch absolute; pressure above an absolute vacuum.

PVC . Polyvinyl chloride.

RDBMS . Relational Database Management System.

SAE . Abbreviation for Society of Automotive Engineers, used in conjunction with specification for viscosity of lubricating oils.

SPCC . Spill prevention control and countermeasure.

SPR . Single Point Receptacle

.

SSPC . Steel Structures Painting Council.

STANAG

. Standardization Agr eement (NATO term)

TAU . Twin agent unit.

TYCOM

. Type Command (Navy/Marine Corps equivalent of MAJCOM)

.

UFGS . Unified Facilities Guide Specifications.

ULSD . Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel.

UPV . Unfired pressure vessel.

UST . Underground Storage Tank.

U SAFE

. United States Air Forces in Europe.

V-A . Vertical Aboveground Storage Tank.

VOC . Volatile organic compound.

V-U . Vertical Underground Storage Tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

243 TERMS

Additive . Chemical added in minor proportions to fuels or lubricants to create, enhan ce or inhibit selected properties; example, fuel system icing inhibitor (FSII).

Aircraft Direct Fueling System . Method used to refuel aircraft by issuing fuel directly to the aircraft from the tank farm without first transferring the fuel to a refueler truck . Also known as a hydrant system

.
Aircraft Refueling Adapter . A device, mounted on an aircraft, that combines with a
pressure re fueling noz zle mounted on a refueling vehicle or station to form a quick disconnect connection for the purpose of refueling or defueling aircraft. It can also be used for refueling and defueling refuelers

.

Ambient . Encompassing on all sides, as temperature.

Anode . The positively charged electrode of an electrolytic cell.

API Gravity . Petroleum industry scale for measuring the density of oils.

Aromatic Hydrocarbons . C haracterized by the presence of the hexagonal benzene ring; als o having an aroma.

Atmospheric Pressure . The pressure exerted by the earth's atmosphere, when measured at sea level under standard conditions is equal to 14.7 pounds per square inch (101 kPa).

Atmospheric Tank . Storage tank which operates at or near atmospheric pressure (14.7 psi (101 kPa) at sea level).

Auto

- ignition Temperature . The temperature at which a substance will ignite without the further addition of energy from an outside source.

Ballast Water . Water carried in ship's fuel tanks or cargo tanks to improve the vessel's stability when empty of petroleum.

Barrel . Measure of volume as used in the petroleum industry, equivalent of 42 U.S. gallons (0.16 m 3 ).

Blind Flange . Piping flange with no passage through the center.

Boiler Fuel Oil . Fu el oil that is burned in furnaces to create steam or hot water, also called fuel oil.

Boiling Point . The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid is equal to the pressure of the vapor above the liquid, usually atmospheric pressure. The temperatureUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

244 increases as the atmospheric pressure increases.

Bollard . A heavy solid post used to protect equipment from an impact. Also used on docks and ships for mooring.

Bond . Electrical connection between two objects which equalizes their potential.

Boom . Flexible floating barrier consisting of linked segments designed to contain free oil on the surface of a body of water.

Booster Pump . Pump installed along the run of a long pipeline for the purpose of increasing pressure.

Bottom Loading . Method of filling tank trucks or tank cars through a tight connection at the bottom.

Breakaway Coupling . Coupling designed to part easily with a moderate pull with a dry

break from both directions.

Breathing . The movement of vapors into or out of a container because of natu ral cyclical heating and cooling.

Bulk Storage Tank

. Storage tank for fuel normally received by pipeline, tank truck, or tank car. For aviation turbine fuel, configure tank to supply fuel to operating storage tanks , either directly tank

- to

- tank, or indirectly by issuing fuel to tank trucks, tank cars, barges, ships, or pipelines.

Bunkers . Common expression referring to heavy residual boiler fuel.

Calibration . Adjustment of the scale of a graduated device to meet an estab lished standard, especially applicable to the adjustment of meter registers to indicate true volume as determined by a standard measure.

Catalyst . A substance that provokes or accelerates chemical reactions without itself being altered.

Cathodic Protection . A method for preventing the corrosion of metals by electrolysis.

Centistokes . A centistoke (cSt) is equal to 1 millimeter squared per second.

Centrifugal Pump . A rotating device which moves liquids and develops liquid pressure by imparting centrifugal force.

Centrifugal Separator . A rotating device which separates liquids of different density by centrifugal force, a form of centrifuge.

Clarifier . Commonly used name for a micronic filter.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

245 Clean Product . Refined light petroleum products such as gasoline or distillates , as differentiated from residuals or black oils.

Clear and Bright . Description of uncontaminated fuel indicating a complete abs ence of haze , free water or particulate matter.

Cloud Point . The temperature at which a fuel develops a cloudy or hazy appearance due to the precipitation of or moisture. The condition developed is called temperature haze.

Coalescer

. A porous substance through which a liquid is passed to remove unwanted water from fuel by causing very small drops of water to form larger drops (coalesce) which will separate from fuel by gravity.

Coalescer Vessel . A pre

- filtration vessel designed to remove gross amounts of water and, to a lesser degree, particulate water

. Types include haypack coalescers

.
Combustible Liquid . Any liquid having a flash point at or above 100 **°** F (38 **°** C).

Combustible Vapo r Indicator . Device which measures the quantity of combustible vapor in the atmosphere; explosion meter.

Contaminated Fuel . Petroleum fuel containing suspended or emulsified water, cleaning chemicals; or other foreign matter such as iron scale, dust, or other solid particles; or containing an unacceptable percentage of noncompatible fuel or other liquids; or containing more than one, or all of these classes of contaminants.

Contamination . The accidental addition to a petroleum fuel of some foreign mate rial (contaminant) such as dirt, rust , water, or accidental mixing with another grade of petroleum.

Copper

- copper Sulphate Electrode . Reference electrode used to measure structure

- to

soil potentials for corrosion control; a half cell.

Corrosion . The process of dissolving, especially of metals due to exposure to electrolytes.

Crude Oil . Petroleum in its natural state prior to refining.

Cut and Cover . Refers to underground vertical storage tanks.

Cyclonic Filter . A filter u sed to remove gross amount of particulate matter using the principle of centrifugal force to separate solid particles from a liquid.

Deadman Control . A control device, such as a switch or valve, designed to interrupt flow if the operator leaves his sta tion.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

246 Defueler . Tank vehicle used to remove fuel from aircraft.

Density . The mass per unit volume of a substance.

Dike . An embankment or wall, usually of earth or concrete, surrounding a storage tank to impound the contents in case of a spill.

Disso lved Water . Water which is in solution with fuel as opposed to in suspension.

Distillate . Common term for any of a number of fuels obtained directly from distillation of crude petroleum, usually includes kerosene , JP

- 5, lig ht diesel, and light burner fuels.

Double Block and Bleed Valve . A valve with two seats with a cavity in between them which can be drained while the valve is closed to prove the valve is not leaking.

Downgrade . To use a fuel for a lesser purpose than o riginally specified, often because of contamination.

Effluent . Stream flowing; discharge.

Electrode

. Electric al conductor through which an electric current enters or leaves an electrolyte.

Electrolysis . Chemical change, especially decomposition, produced in an electrolyte by an electric current.

Electrolyte . A substance capable of forming solutions with other substances which produce ions and thereby permit the flow of electric currents.

Electrical Conduct or . A substance which permits the flow of electric currents without permanent physical or chemical change; copper, aluminum.

Element

. Term used to describe the ‘disposable’ part of a filter vessel such as a filter/separator, micronic filter, or haypack coalescer. Also referred to as a cartridge.

Emulsion . A suspension of small globules of one liquid in a second liquid with which the first will not mix.

Epoxy Coating . A coating of thermosetting resins having strong adhesion to the parent structure, t oughness, and high corrosion and chemical resistance, also used as an adhesive.

Explosive Limits - (Upper and Lower) . Limits of percentage composition of mixtures of combustible vapors and air which are capable of producing an explosion or combustion whe n ignited; also flammable limit.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

247 Explosion

- proof . Classification of electrical enclosures for use in hazardous areas designed to prevent the passage of internal arcs, sparks or flames.

Fender . Part of a pier structure designed to absorb the impact of a moving vessel.

Fiberglass . Composite material consisting of glass fibers in a matrix of resin such as
epoxy.

Filling Station . A facility designed to fill vehicles with gasoline or diesel as motive fuel

.

Filter

. A porous substance through which a liquid is passed to remove unwanted particles of solid matter. Types include cyclonic filters and micronic filters

.
Filter/ Coalescer Elements . A type of coalescer that removes water and particulate matter from fuel. Used as the first element in filter/separators. Also referred to as coalescer elements or coalescers

. Filter/separator

. A filtration vessel consisting of two separate element types (also called stages). The first stage consists of filter/coalescer elements to remove fine particulate matter and to remove entrained water by coalescing it ; the second stage consists of separator elements to prevent fine droplets of water (caused by the coalescing process) from reaching the vessel outlet . It removes dirt and free water down to the very low levels required for aircraft operations. Filter /separators are the only approved vessels for use in fine filtration ; they are occasionally used for pre

- filtration as well.

Fine Filtration

. A term used to refer to filtration ve ssels used to remove dirt and free
water down to the very low levels required for aircraft operations. Fine filtration vessels are always filter/separators

.

Fire Resistant Tank

. Ab oveground storage tank that is listed in accordance with UL 208 0 , that consists of a primary tank that is protected or insulat ed from a 2

- hour fire
exposure.

Flammable Liquid . Any liquid having a flash point below 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) and a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 psia (275 kPa) at 100 degrees F (38 degrees C).

Flash Point . The lowest temperature at which a combustible or flammable liquid prod uces enough vapor to support combustion.

Floating Roof Tank . Petroleum storage tank with a roof that floats on the liquid surface and rises and falls with the liquid level.

Flocculation . A treatment process in which waste waters are clarified by the ad dition of chemical coagulants to produce finely divided precipitates which will agglomerate into larger particles.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

248 Free Water . Undissolved water content in fuel.

Freeze Point . The temperature at which w ax crystals form in distill ate fuels and aviation turbine fuels.

Fuel Oil . See Boiler Fuel Oil

. Fuel Quality Monitor . A special type of filter designed to interrupt the flow of fuel when dirt or water content becomes too great.

Galvanizing

. Rust resistant zinc coating applied to iron and steel.

Ground . An electrical connection to earth.

Haypack Coalescer

. A type of coalescer that uses hay, straw, or excelsior as a medium to remove large slugs of water.

Hazardous A rea . Electrical classification for areas where flammable or com bustible liquids or vapors may be present.

Hot Refueling

. Refueling of aircraft when one or more engines are running

.
Housekeeping Pad . Concrete pad usually installed on concrete slabs or floors to elevate and anchor equipment. Housekeeping pads aid in maintenance and keep equipment clear of debris.

Hydrant System . Distribution and dispensing system for aviation turbine fuels consisting of a series of fixed flush type outlets or hydrant s connected by piping. It issues fuel directly to the aircraft from the tank farm without first transferring the fuel to a refueler truck

. Also known as an aircraft direct fueling sy stem

.
Hydrocarbon . A compound made up exclusively of hydrogen and carbon in various ratios and molecular arrangements.

Hydrostatic Head . Pressure caused by a column of liquid.

Hydrostatic Test . A test for leaks in a piping system using liquid under pressure as the test medium.

Hydrostatic Test Pressure . The pressure in the system while it is undergoing a hydrostatic leak test as defined by ANSI/ ASME B31.3. For the purpose of this document, set at 1.5 times the maximum allowable design pressure.

I gnition Temperature . The minimum temperature required to initiate or cause self

sustained combustion independent of any heating or heated element.

Intrastate Interterminal Pipelines

. Interterminal pipelines that do not cross state lines.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

249 Interstate Int erterminal Pipelines

. Interterminal pipelines that cross state lines.

Impervious

. Not easily penetrated. The property of a material that does not allow, or allows only with great difficulty, the movement or passage of a fluid. Also referred to as impe rmeable.

Impressed Current System . A cathodic protection system using an outside source of electric power.

Inert Material . Any solid, liquid, or gaseous substance not combustible or fire

- producing when exposed to the atmosphere under ordinary climatic conditions; it includes common metals, packing materials, ceramic materials, con struction materials such as concrete, mineral aggregates, and masonry.

Installation Pipelines . Pipelines which connect POL facilities within an installation such as a barge pier to a bulk facility and a bulk facility to an operating (ready

- issue) tank. These pipelines do not cross property lines and, therefore, do not leave the government facility and control.

Interterminal Pipelines . Pipelines which connect two government installations such as a Defense Energy Supply Center depot to a military installation. These pipelines cross property lines and cross public and/or private properties, streets, highways, railroads, and utility rights

- of

- way.

JP Fuel . Military designation applied to aviation turbine fuels (e.g., JP

- 4, JP

- 5, and JP

8).

Kerosene . A general term covering the class of refined petroleum which boils between 370 degrees F and 515 degrees F (188 degrees C and 268 degrees C). Mostly used in oil lamps and cooking stoves.

Kerosene Type Aviation Turbine Fuel . JP fuel derived from kerosene without the addition of naphtha ; characterized by a flash point of 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) or

more.

Kinematic Vis cosity . The ratio of viscosity of a liquid to its specific grav ity at the temperature at which the viscosity is measured.

Lead Hazard . Poisonous contami nation of the atmosphere, sludge , or other surroundings, particularly in petroleum storage tanks,

- caused by tetraethyl lead or its residues.

Line Blind . A solid flat plate used to obtain absolute shut

- off of flow. Also, refer red to as spectacle plates or flanges, blinding plate, figure eights and paddle blinds.

Liter (L) . Equivalent to 0.001 m 3

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

250 Lube Oil . Common contraction for lubrication oil; used to reduce friction and cool machinery.

Maximum Allowable Design Pressure

. The maximum allowable pressure of a fuel system or component will see. For the purposes of this document, set at the pressure rating of a flanged joint per A NSI/A SME B16.5

. Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure

. The m aximum pressure at which a system is to operate. For the purposes of this document set at 2/3 of the hydrostatic test pressure, not to exceed the maximum allowable design pressure.

. Maximum Allowable Surge Pressure . The maximum pressure allowed during a surge event. For the purposes of this document, set the pressure at 133% of the qualified Maximum Allowable Operating Pressure.

Micron . A unit of length equal to one millionth of a meter, especially used as a measure of the size of very fine particles found as contaminants in fuel.

Micronic Filter

. A type of pre

- filter vessel equipped with paper filter elements , designed to remove particulate matter from a fuel stream. Will not remove water.

Military Specifications . Gu ides for determining the quality requirements for materials and equipment used by the military services (MIL).

Motive Fuel . Any fuel that is used to power vehicles, aircraft, or vessels.

Naphthas . Refined petroleum which boils at 800 degrees F ( 427 degrees C) to 4400 degrees F (2427 degrees C), used as a component of gasoline and solvents.

Nipple . Short length of pipe, usually used to make side branch connections.

Nondestructive Testing . A method of inspecting materials without cutting, drilling or otherwise destroying the material; usually used to examine steel plates, pipes, and welds.

Nozzle . A spout or connection, usually with a control valve through which fuel is discharged into a receiving container.

Octane Number . A numerical measure of th e antiknock properties of automotive gasoline as measured against standard reference fuels, under controlled labor atory conditions. Iso

- octane is a reference fuel whose octane number is given a value of 100.

Off

- Specification. U sually referring to fuel which is contaminated or otherwise deficient in quality. Commonly used contraction for off

- specification is “off -spec”.

Oil/water Separator . A device used to separate mixtures of oil and water, usually by theUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

251 difference in specific gravity and usually to protect the environment from contamination by the oil.

Oily

- water Mixture . Mixture in which water comprises more than half the total volume

. Most such untreated mixtures contain less than 15 percent oil, some of which may be in emulsified form.

Operating Storage Tank s

. Storage tank for aviation turbine fuel configured to issue fuel directly to an aircraft, hydrant system

, or refueler . A tank configured to issue aviation turbine fuel to a refueler only in an emergency is considered a bulk storage tank

.

Orifice Plate . A plate with a hole in the center held between two flanges in a pipeline, used to create a drop in pressure which is proportional to flow and can be used to measure the flow or to modulate control devices.

Pantograph . A series of pipes, joined by flexible joints, used to connect fueling equipment to aircraft.

Para llel Pumps . Two or more pumps having common suction and discharge connec

tions.

Particulate Matter . Solid particles such as dirt, grit, and rust , which contaminate fuel.

Pigging . The use of internal pipe tools, called pigs, to clean the inside of the pipe, determine the geometry of the pipe, and determine the location and magnitude of any internal or external corrosion occurring on the pipe.

Pig Launcher . An arrangement of valves and closure devices to launch pigs at the beg inning of their run through a pipeline.

Pig Receiver . An arrangement of valves and closure devices to trap pigs at the end of their run through a pipeline.

Pile Cluster . A group of pilings driven close together and usually wrapped with wire rope to act as fender or mooring for small vessels.

Pour Point . The lowest temperature at which an oil will pour or flow without disturbance.

Pontoon Roof . A type of floating roof for a storage tank having liquid

- tight compartments for positive buoyancy.

Pre

- filter

. A term used to refer to any filtration vessel used immediately upstream of a fine filtration filter / separator in a fuel storage/delivery system. T hey are used to remove gross amounts of particulates and/or free water from a fuel stream in order to prolong the life of the elements used in the fine filtration filter / separator

. Typically cyclonic or micronic filters are used as pre

- filters although h aypack coalescers or even filter/se parators may also be used in this role

.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

252 Pre

- Filtration

. Pre

- filters or coalescers vessels placed ahead of additional , more sophisticated, fine filtra tion vessels for the gross removal of solids and/or free water

. Pressure Drop . The loss in pressure of a liquid flowing through a piping system caused by friction of pipe and fittings, velocity, and change in elevation.

Pressure Refueling Nozzle . A device, mounted on a refueling vehicle or station, that combines with an aircraft refueling adapter mounted on an aircraft to form a quick disconnect connection for the purpose of re fueling or defueling aircraft. It can also be used for refueling and defueling refuelers

.
Product Recovery Tank . Tank used to collect and store aviation turbine fuel that would otherwise become waste fuel. It is part of a closed system that, either manually or automatically, pumps the fuel back into the system through a hard piped connection. Tanks that do not have this hard piped connection are not product recovery tanks.

Protected Tank

. Aboveground storage tank tha t is lis ted in accordance with UL 2085

, that consists of a primary tank that is protected or insulated from a 2

- hour fire exposure and protected from physical damage.

Radiograph . An image produced on radiosensitive film by invisible radiation such as X

ray, specifically the image produced by radiographic inspection of welds and plates.

Ready

- Issue Tank

. See operating storage tank

.

Recoverable Fuel . That portion of the fuel which may be separated and collected from a given lot of contaminated fuel, by proper processing in the treating facility in question.

Recovered Oil . Used to denote untreated petroleum fuel removed from oil

- water separators or picked up after being spilled on land or water. Also used to mean oil which has been separated from and collected from a given lot of con taminated fuel by processing in a treating facility.

Refueler

. Except for tactical refuelers, tank truck vehicles used to resupply aircraft with fuel. Tactical refuelers may transport ground products (gasoline, diesel) or aviation turbine fuel.

Reid Vapor Pressure

. Vapor pressure measured under controlled conditions with the liquid temperatures at 100 **°** F (38 **°** C).

Residual Fuel Oil . Topped crude petroleum from refinery operations. Commercial grades of Burner Fuel No. 5, No. 6, and bunker fuels are residual fuel oils.

Relaxation Tank . Small tank in a fuel dispensing piping system downstream of filter/separators designed to remove static electricity from the liquid stream before discharge into a receiving tank.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

253 Rotary Pump . A positive displacement pump which operates in rotary fashion such as a vane, gear, bucket, lobe, or screw pump; not centrifugal, turbine, or propeller pumps.

Rust . Ferric oxide, a reddish

- brown scaly or powdery deposit found on the surface of steel and iron as a result of oxidation of the iron.

Safety Relief Valves . Valves that are installed on pressurized vessels to relieve pressure in access of the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel. Safety valves are provided to protect people, equipment, and property.

Scraper . A type of cleaning pig used in pipelines.

Secondary Containment

- Typ e T ank . A tank that has an inner and outer wall with an interstitial space (annulus) between the walls and that has a means for monitoring the interstitial space for a leak.

Service Headquarters . Defined as follows: Army – Headquarters, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Technical POC, POL Facility Criteria (CECW

- CE); Air Force - The Air Force Fuels Engineer (HQ AFCESA/ CEOA ) through the applicable Major Command (MAJCOM) Fuels Engineer; Navy/Marine Corps: NAVFAC POL Facility Subject Matter Expert (NFESC

- OP 232); Defense Energy Support Center (DESC) - DESC Facilities Engineer. Defense Energy Support Center (DESC

- WI)

Single Point Recept a cle

. Point at which fueling hose is attached to skin of aircraft during aircraft refueling operations.

Skimmer . A device used to collect thin layers of oil floating on a body of water.

Slop Oil . Oil or fuel which has become contaminated with other oils or sub stances, often requiring separation or treatment before it is fit for use.

Sludge . Heavy viscous oily mass found in the bottom of storage tanks and treatment vessels, often contains rust , scale, dirt, lead additives, wax , gum, or asphalt.

Specific Gravity . The ratio of the weight in air of a given volume of a sub stan ce to the weight in air of an equal volume of distilled water (62.4 lb/ft 3 ) (1000 kg/m 3 ), both taken at the same temperature, usually 60 **°** F (16 **°** C).

Static Electricity . Accumulation of electric charge on an insulated body; also the electrical discharge resulting from such accumulation.

Strapping . The process of determining the volume of a storage tank or cargo hold by measuring its linear dimensions.

Stripper Pump . A pump used to strip or remove the last bit of liquid from a tank or pipe.

Sump . A l ow area or depression which receives drainage.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

254 Surge . Sudden increase in fluid pressure caused by sudden stopping of a moving stream as by a quick closing valve; hydraulic shock; also the sudden, brief increase in voltage or current in an electrical circ uit.

Surge Arrestor

. A protective device for limiting surge voltages by discharging or bypassing surge current, and it also prevents continued flow of follow current while remaining capable of repeating these functions. Designed primarily for connection between a conductor of an electrical system and ground to limit the magnitude of transient (surge) overvoltages on equipment. Also known as arrestor or arrester, surge arrester, lightning arrestor or arrester.

Surge Suppressor . Device designed to control or reduce surges; hydraulic shock absorber.

Thermal Relief Valves . Valves that are installed around isolation valves to relieve excessive pressure caused by thermal expansion of the fuel in the pipe.

Tolerance . An allowable variation from a specified standard of measurement, commonly applied to the accuracy of meters.

Top Loading . Method of filling tank cars and trucks through an opening in the top.

True Vapor Pressure

. Vapor pressure measured at actual liquid temperature.

Vapor Lock . Malfunction of an engine fuel system or of a pumping system caused by vaporization of the fuel, usually associated with gasoline.

Vapor Pressure . Internal pressure of vapor in a liquid usually in pounds per square inch; an indi cation of volatility

.
Viscosity . Measure of the internal resistance of a fluid to flow or movement, most commonly measured in centistokes.

Volatility . Measure of the tendency of a liquid to vaporize; vapor pressure.

Was te Oil . Oil from which the water and other contaminants cannot be removed by the available treating facilities, and hence is unfit for further use. This term is also loosely used for contaminated oil which may contain recover able fuel collected at facil ities having no treatment facility for fuel recla mation.

Water Bottom

. Free water which has settled to the bottom of a storage tank.

Water Drawoff . A valve or similar device used to remove water from the bottom of a tan k.

Water Slug Shutoff . A valve in the discharge piping from a filter/separator which closesUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

255 automatically when the water in the unit rises above a set level.

Wax . Viscous or solid high molecular weight hydrocarbon subs tance; paraffin.

Weatherproof . Type of enclosure for electrical apparatus for outdoor service in nonhazardous areas.

Wharf . A landing place where vessels tie up to load or unload; pier.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-1 APPENDIX A - REFERENCES

NOTE: THE FOLLOWING REFERENCED DOCUMENTS FORM A PART OF THIS UFC TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED HEREIN. USERS OF THIS DOCUMENT SHOULD REFER TO THE LATEST REVISIONS OF CITED DOCUMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED.

FEDERAL/MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, BULLETINS, HANDBOOKS, USAFE/NATO STANDARD DESIGNS, AND NAVFAC GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS :

Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Standardization Document Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111

- 5094. For account and order information, the phone number is (215) 697

- 6257 or DSN 442

- 2179/2667. Many of the documents below are also available on the following websites:

**•** The Whole Building Design Guide website provided by the National Institute of Building Sciences at http://www.wbdg.org/cc b

.

**•** The Department of Defense Single Stock Point for Military Specifications, Standards and Related Publications at http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil/

MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS

MIL

- DTL

- 5624 Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Grades JP

- 4 and JP -5

MIL

- DTL

- 16884 Fuel, Naval Distillate

MIL

- DTL

- 25524 Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Thermally Stable (JPTS)

MIL

- DTL

- 38219 Turbine Fuel, Low Volatility , JP -7

MIL

- DTL

- 83133 Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Kerosene Type, JP

- 8 (NATO F- 34), NATO F

- 35, and JP

- 8+100 (NATO F

- 37 )

.

MIL

- DTL

- 85470 Inhibitor, Icing, Fuel System, High Flash

M IL

- DTL

- 87107 Propellant, High Density Synthetic Hydrocarbon Type, Grade JP

- 10

MIL

- PRF

- 17331 Lubricating Oil, Steam Turbine and Gear, Moderate Service

MIL

- PRF

- 25017 Inhibitor, Corrosion/Lubricity Improver, Fuel Soluble

MIL

- PRF

- 26536 Propellant, Hydrazine

MIL

- PRF

- 9000 Lubricating Oil, Shipboard Internal CombustionUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-2 Engine, High Output Diesel

DoD STANDARD DESIGNS

AW 78

- 24

- 27 Standard Fueling Systems; Aboveground Vertical Steel Tanks with Floating Pan s an d Fixed Roofs

AW 78

- 24

- 28 Pressurized Hydrant Fueling System, Type III

AW 78

- 24

- 29 Aircraft Direct Fueli ng System, Type IV

HANDBOOKS

MIL

- HDBK

- 1004/6 Lightning Protection

MIL

- HDBK

- 1005/17 Nondomestic Wastewater Control and P retreatment D esign C riteria

MIL

- HDBK

- 1013/1 Design Guidelines for Physical Security of Facilities

MIL

- HDBK

- 1013/10 Design Guidelines for Security Fencing, Gat es, Barriers, and Guard Facilities

UNIFIED FACILITIES GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS

UFGS 09 97 13.15 Epoxy/Fluoropolyurethane Interior Coating of Welded Steel Petroleum Fuel Tanks

UFGS 09 97 13.17 Three Coat Epoxy Interior Coating of Welded Steel Petroleum Fuel Tanks

UFGS 09 97 13.27 Exterior Coating of Steel Structures

UFGS 28 31 76 Interior Fire Alarm and Mass Notification System

UFGS 33 65 00 Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks

UFGS 44 42 53 Parallel Plate [or Vertical Tube], Gravity Oil

- Water Separator

UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA

UFC 1

- 200

- 01 General Building Requirements

UFC 2

- 000

- 05N/P

- 80 Facility Planning Criteria for Navy/Marine Corps Shore Insta llationsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-3 UFC 3

- 130

- 01 General Provisions

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 02 Site Selection and Development - Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 03 Runway and Road Design

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 04 Foundations for Structures

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 05 Utilities

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 06 Calculation Methods for Determination of Depths of Freeze and Thaw in Soil

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 130

- 07 Buildings

- Arctic and Subarctic Construction

UFC 3

- 220

- 01N Geotechnical Engineering Procedures for Foundation Design of Buildings and Structures

UFC 3

- 220

- 10N Soil Mechanics

UFC 3

- 240

- 02N Wastewater Treatment Systems Augmenting Handbook

UFC 3

- 240

- 09 FA Domestic Wastewater Treatmen t

UFC 3

- 250

- 01FA Pavement Design for Roads, Streets, Walks, and Open Storage Areas

UFC 3- 250

- 18 General Provisions and Geometric Design for Roads, Streets, Walks, and Open Storage Areas FA

UFC 3

- 260

- 01 Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design

UFC 3

- 260

- 02 Pavement Design for Airfields

UFC 3- 301

- 01 Structural Engineering

UFC 3

- 310 -04 Seismic Design for Bui ldings

UFC 3

- 420

- 01 Plumbing Systems

UFC 3

- 460

- 03 O&M: Maintenance of Petroleum SystemsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-4 UFC 3

- 501

- 01 Electrical Engineering

UFC 3

- 550

- 01 Exterior Electrical Power Distribution

UFC 3

- 570

- 02N Electrical Engineering Cathodic Protection

UFC 3

- 580

- 01 Telecommunications Building Cabling Systems Planning and Design

UFC 3

- 600

- 01 Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities

UFC 4

- 010

- 01 DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Bui ldings

UFC 4

- 020

- 01 DoD Security Engineering Facilities Planning Manual

UFC 4

- 020

- 03FA Secur ity Engineering : Final Design

UFC 4

- 150

- 02 Dockside Utilities for Ship Service

UFC 4

- 150

- 06 Military Harbors and Coastal Facilities

UFC 4

- 152

- 01 Design: Piers and Wharves

UFC 4

- 179

- 01 Design: Navy Firefighting School Facilities

UFC 4

- 832

- 01N Design: Industrial and Oily Wastewater Control

UFC 4

- 911

- 01N O&M: Inactive Care and Closure of Shore Facili ties

STANDARDS

MIL

- STD

- 161 Identification Methods for Bulk Petroleum Products Systems Including Hydrocarbon Missile Fuels

MIL

- STD

- 461 R equirements for the Control of Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics of Subsystems and Equipment

MIL

- STD MS 24484 Adapter, Pressure Fuel Servicing, Nominal 2.5

- inch Diameter

AIR FORCE

AIR FORCE HANDBOOKS

AFH 32

- 1084 Facility RequirementsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-5 AIR FORCE INSTRUCTIONS (AFI)

AFI 32

- 1054 Corrosion Control

AIR FORCE MAN UALS (AFM)

AFM 88 -9 Electrical Design – Lightning and Static Electricity Protection

AFMAN 91

- 201 Explosives Safety Standa rds

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH

AFOSH 91

- 38 Hydrocarbon Fuels

-- General

TECHNICAL MANUALS

AFTO 00

- 25

- 172 Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bondin g

AFTO 37 -1-1 General Operation and Inspection of Installed Fuel Storage and Dispensing Systems

AFTO 42B1 -1 Quality Control of Fuels and Lubricants

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE

DESC -X-P-2 DoD Fuel Filter Element Standardization Policy

NATO STANDARDS

S TANAG 3784 Technical Guidance For The Design And Construction Of Avi a tion And Ground Fuel Installations On NATO Airfields

U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS

Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Washington, D .C. 20314

- 1000. Many of the documents below are also available on the following website: the Whole Building Design Guide website provided by the National Institute of Building Sciences at http://www.wbdg.org/ccb

.

ENGINEER MANUAL

EM 1110 -1- 4006 Removal of Underground Storage TanksUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-6 ENGINEER TECHNICAL LETTERS

ETL 1110 -3- 466 Selection and Design of Oil/Water Separators at Army Facilities

ETL 1110 -3- 502 Telephone and Network Distribution System Design Implementation Guide

ETL 03

- 04 Alternative Fuels E85 and B20

REGULATION

AR 420

- 90 Fir e and Emergency Services

TECHNICAL MANUALS

TM 5

- 811 -3 Electrical Design - Lightning and Static Electricity Protection

TM 5

- 811 -9 Voice/Data Telephone Systems

NAVY DESIGN MANUALS, P- PUBLICATIONS, AND MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS :

Available from National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161, Attention: Defense Publications. Many of the documents below are also available on the following website: the Whole Building Design Guide website provided by the National Institute of Building Sciences at http://www.wbdg.org/ccb

.

NAVAIR

NAVAIR 00

- 80R

- 14 NATOPS U.S. Navy Aircraft Fire Fighting and Resc ue Manual

NAVAIR 00

- 80T

- 109 Aircraft Refueling NATOPS Manual

NAVFAC

DEFINITIVE DRAWINGS

No. 1404000 Aircraft Direct Fueling System

Nos. 1403995 Non

- Polluting Fuel Piers

thr u 1403999

No. 1404005 Truck Unloading System DesignUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-7 INSTRUCTIONS

OPNAVINST 5090.1 Environmental Readiness Program M anual

OPNAVINST 5100.23 Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Manual

INTERIM TECHNICAL GUIDANCE

FY94

- 01 Cathodic Protection Systems

P- PUBLICATIONS

P- 80 /UFC 2

- 000

- 05N Facility Planning Criteria for Navy / Marine Corps Shore Installations

MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS

MO

- 230 Petroleum Fuel Facilities

NAVSEA

NAVSEA S 6340 - Technical Manual for OTTO Fuel II AA

- MMA

- 010 Safety, Storage, and Handling Instructions

GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTION

CID A -A- 52557 Fuel Oil, Diesel ; for Posts, Camps and Stations

CID A -A- 59693 D iesel Fuel, Biodiesel Blend (B20)

CID A -A- 59666 Cylinder, Compressed Gas

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from :

**•** GSA, 1800 F Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20405

, Phone Number: ( 816 ) 823

- 1219 ) ( www.gsa.gov )

**•** The Department of Defense Single Stock Point for Military Specifications, Standards and Related Publications at http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil/

OTHER GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS AND PUBLICATIONS :

CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)

29 CFR Part 1910 Occupational Safety and Health StandardsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-8 33 CFR Part 154 Facilities Transferring Oil or Hazardous Material in Bulk

40 CFR Part 60 Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources

40 CFR Part 112 Oil Pollution Prevention

40 CFR Part 122 EPA Administered Permit Programs: The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)

40 CFR Part 280 Technical Standards and Corrective Action Requirements for Owners and Operators of Underground Storage Tanks (UST)

40 CFR Part 28 1 Approval of State Underground Storage Tank Programs

49 CFR Part 195 Transportation of Hazardous Liq uids by Pipeline

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, D.C. 20402.)

UNITED STATES CODE

42 USC 4321 National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A-9 NON

- GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS :

AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS (ACGIH)

-- Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for Design

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), 1330 Kemper Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45240. Phone Number: (513) 742

- 2020. ) ( www.acgih.org )

AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE

ACI 350.4R

- 04 Design Considerations for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures.

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from American Concrete Institute, P.O. Box 9094, Farmington Hills, MI 48333

- 9094. Phone Number: (248) 848

- 3800.) ( http://www.aci

- int.org/general/home.asp )

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)/AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME)/INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)

ASME BPVC Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

ANSI/ASME B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings

ANSI/ASME B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges: NPS 26 through NPS 60

ANSI/ASME B31.3 Process Piping

ANSI/ASME B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hy drocarbons and other liquids

ANSI/IEEE 142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

ANSI/ IEEE 1100 Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment

ANSI/IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety CodeUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 10 (Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 3rd Street, New York, NY 10036, Phone Number: (202 ) 293

- 8020 ( www.ansi.org ) ; American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), 22 Law Drive, Fairfield, NJ 07007

- 2900 , Phone Number: (973) 882

- 1170 ( www.asme.org ) ; and Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), Inc., IEEE Standards, 445 Hoes Street, Piscataway, NJ 0 8855

- 1331 , Phone Number: (800) 701

- 4333 ( www.ieee.org ).)

AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)

API 570 Piping Inspection Code: In

- Service Inspection, Rating, Repair and Alteration of Piping Systems

Bulletin D16 Su ggested Procedure for Development of Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plans

MPMS 2 Tank Calibration

MPMS 3 Tank Gauging

MPMS 5 Metering

Publ 2202 Dismantling and Disposing of Steel from Tanks which have Contained Leaded Gasoline

RP 50 0 Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities – Classified as Class I, Division I and Division 2

RP 540 Electrical Installations in Petroleum Processing Plants

RP 651 Cathodic Protection of Aboveground Petroleum Storage Tanks

RP 1004 Bottom Loading and Vapor Recovery for MC

- 306 Tank Motor Vehicles

RP 1102 Steel Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways

RP 1110 Pressure Testing of Steel Pipelines for the Transportation of Gas, Petroleum Gas, Hazardous Liquids, Highly Volatile Liquids or Carbon

- Dioxide

RP 1604 Clos ure of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks

RP 1615 Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage SystemsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 11 RP 1637 Using the API Color

- Symbol System to Mark Equipment and Vehicles for Product Identification at Gasoline Dispensing Facilities and D istribution Terminals

RP 2003 Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning, and Stray Currents

RP 2350 Overfill Protection for Storage Tanks in Petroleum Facilities

Spec 6D Specification for Pipeline

Std 607 Testing of Valves – Fire Type

- Testing Requirements

Std 608 Metal Ball Valves – Flanged, Threaded and Butt

Welding End s

Std 610 Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industri es

Std 650 Welded Tanks for Oil Storage

Std 653 Tank Inspection, Repair, Alteration, and Reconstruction

Std 2000 Venting Atmospheric and Low

- Pressure Storage Tanks

Std 2015 Requirements for Safe Entry and Cleaning of Petroleum Storage Tanks

Std 2 510 Design and Construction of Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Installations

Std 2610 Design, Construction, Operation, Maintenance, and Inspection of Terminal and Tank Facilities

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20005

- 4070 ( www.api.org ) .)

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)

ASTM D910 Standard Specification for Aviation Gasoline ( Avgas )

ASTM D 975 Standard Speci fication for Diesel Fuel OilsUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 12 ASTM D1655 Standard Specification for Aviation Turbine Fuels ( DoD Adopted)

ASTM D3699 Standard Specification for Kerosene

ASTM D4814 Standard Specification for Automotive Spark

- Ignition Engine F uel

ASTM D5798 Standard Specification for Fuel Ethanol (Ed 75 -Ed 85) for Automotive Spark

- Ignition Engine s

ASTM D6751 Standard Specification for B iodiesel Fuel Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels

ASTM F758 Standard Specification for Smooth -W all Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Underdrain Systems for Highway, Airport, and Similar Drainage ( DoD Adopted)

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428

- 2959

, Phone Number: (610) 832

- 9585 ( www.astm.org ) .)

COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION (CGA)

Pamphlet G

- 7.1. Commodity Specification for Air

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Compressed Gas Association, 4221 Walney Road, 5th Floor, Chantilly VA 20151

- 2923

, Phone Number: ( 703 ) 788

- 2700 ( www.cganet.com ) .)

COORDINATING RESEARCH COUNCIL, INC. (CRC)

Report No. 346 E lectrostatic Discharges in Aircraft Fuel Systems – Phase I

Report No. 355 Electrostatic Discharges in Aircraft Fuel Systems – Phase II

Report No. 635 Handbook of Aviation Fuel Properties

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Coordinating Research Council, Inc., 3650 Mansell Road, Suite 140, Alpharetta, GA 30022, Phone Number: (678) 795

- 0506 ( www.crcao.com/ .)

ENERGY INSTITUTE ( EI )UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 13 EI Std 1529 Aviation Fueling Hose and Hose Assemblies (formerly API Std 1529)

EI Specification 1581 Specifications and Qualification Procedures for Aviation Jet Fuel Filter/Separators (formerly API/IP Specification 1581)

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Energy Institute (EI), 61 New Cavendish Street, London W1G 7AR, UK, Phone Number: +44 (0) 20

- 7467

- 7100 ( http://www.energyinst.org/ ) .)

FACTORY MUTUAL ENGINEERING CORP. (FM)

Section 7

- 55 Loss Prevention Data, Liquid Petroleum Gas

( Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from FM Global, 1301 Atwood Avenue , Johnston, RI 02919, Phone Number: (877)364

- 6726 ( www.fmglobaldatasheets.com ).)

GAS PROCESSORS ASSOCIATION

Standard 21 40 Liquefied Petroleum Gas Specifications and Test Methods

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from Gas Processors Association, 6526 East 60 th Street, Tulsa, O K 74145 , Phone Number: (918)493

- 3872, ( w ww.gpaglobal.org ).)

GAS TECHNOLOGY INSTITUTE (GTI)

GTI

- 02/0136 CASCADE TM Gaseous Fueling System Sizing Software

(Unless otherwise indicated copies are available from the Gas Technology Institute, 1700 South Mount Prospect Road, Des Plaines, IL 60018, Phone Number: (847) 768

- 0500 ( www.gastechnology.org ).)

HYDRAULIC INSTITUTE

-- Individual Standards for Centrifugal, Vertical, Rotary, and Reciprocating Pumps, as well as General Guidelines for Pumps

(Unl ess otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Hydraulic Institute, 9 Sylvan Way, Parsippany, NJ 07054

- 3802 , Phone Number: (973) 267

- 9700 ( www.pumps.org ) .)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 14 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATION (ISEA)

ISEA Z358.1 Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment (formerly ANSI Z358.1)

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are availabl e from the International Safety Equipment Association (ISEA), 1901 North Moore Street, Arlington, VA 22209

- 1762, Phone Number: (703) 525

- 1695 ( www.safetyequipment.org ).)

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS (NACE) INTERNATIONAL

S P0169 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) International, 1440 South Creek Drive , Houston, TX 77218

- 8340 , Phone Number: (281) 228

- 6200 ( www.nace.org/ .)

NATIONAL FIR E PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 11 Standard for Low

– , Medium

– , and High – Expansion Foam

NFPA 20 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection

NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code

NFPA 30A Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages

NFPA 31 Standard for the Installation of Oil

- Burning Equipment

NFPA 37 Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines

NFPA 45 Standard on Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals

NFPA 52 Vehicular Gaseous Fuel Systems Code

NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code

NFPA 55 Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code

NFPA 58 Liquefied Petroleum Gas CodeUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 15 NFPA 59 Utility LP

- Gas Plant Code

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

NFPA 77 Recommended Practice on Static Electricity

NFPA 1 10 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems

NFPA 307 Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves

NFPA 407 Standard for Aircraft Fuel Servicing

NFPA 415 Standard on Airport Terminal Building s , Fueling Ramp Dra inage, and Loading Walkways

NFPA 780 Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169

- 7471

, ( www.nfpa.org .)

UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (UL)

UL 58 Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

UL 142 Steel Above ground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

UL 1746 External Corrosion Protection Systems for Steel Underground StorageTanks

UL 2080 Fire Resistant Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids

UL 2085 Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable a nd Combustible Liquids

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062

- 2096 , Phone Number: (847) 272

- 8800 ( www.ul.com ) .)

S OCIET Y OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS

AS5 8 77 Detailed Specification for Aircraft Pressure Refueling NozzleUFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

A- 16 (Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from SAE Customer Service, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096

- 0001, Phone Number: (877) 606

- 7323 ( www.sae.org/ ).

STEEL TANK INSTITUTE

STI P3 Specification and Manual for External Corrosion Protection of U nderground Steel Storage Tanks

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies are available from the Steel Tank Institut e, 944 Donata Court, Lake Zurich, IL 60047, Phone Number: (847) 438

- 8265 ( www.steeltank.com/ ).UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

B-1 APPENDIX B - MANUAL SURGE CALCULATIONS FOR SIMPLE PIPING SYSTEMS

(1) Determine the critical time of the system. This is defined as the time it takes for the first increment of the pressure wave to travel upstream, reflect, and return to the valve. Use the following equation:

EQUATION: T

c = 2L/a (1)
where: T c = critical closure time of system(s) L = length of pipe (ft or m)

a = surge pressure wave velocity (fps or m/s)

Values for “a” for liquid petroleum in schedule 40 steel pipe are as follows. These values are based on hydrocarbons with a specific gravity of 0. 8 at a temperature of 68 degrees F (20 degrees C):

Nominal Pipe Size inches (mm) Surge Pressure Wave Velocity, “a”

ft/s (m/s) 2 (50) 3,771 (1149.4) 3 (75) 3,763 (1147.0) 4 (100) 3,736 (1138.7) 6 (150) 3,692 (1125.3) 8 (200) 3,663 (1116.5) 10 (250) 3,639 (1109.2) 12 (300) 3,599 (1097.0)

(2) If valve closure time (T) is less than T c , it is equivalent to instantaneous closure and will result in maximum surge pressure

. The equation used to calculate surge pressure rise for this situation is:

EQUATION: P 1 - P = [(V 1 - V 0 )( w )( a)] / [ (C)( g) ] (2) where: P 1 = maximum pressure (psig or Pa) P = pump shutoff pressure (psig or Pa) (equal to system static pressure) V 1 = initial velocity (fps or m/s) V 0 = fin al velocity (fps or m/s)

w = specific weight of the fluid ( lbm/ft 3 or kg/m 3 )
g = gravitational constant ( 32.2 ft/ s 2 or 9.81 m/s 2 ) C = unit constant (144 in2/ft 2 , 0.101 (kg/m 2 )/Pa

a = surge pressure wave velocity (fps or m/s)UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

B-2 (3) For example, a fuel storage facility has a truck loading rack located 2,000 feet (610 m) away. The load rack is fed by a 600 gpm (38 L/s) pump located at the storage facility. The load rack is equipped with a deadman apparatus which is tied to a hydraulically operated diaphragm control valve at the rack. The valve has a closure time of 1.0 seconds. The pipe is 6

- inch (150 mm) diameter carbon steel, Schedule 40, with Class 150 flanges. The pump shutoff pressure is 60 psig (410 kPa). Find the critical time of the system if the loading rack control valve closes.

T c = 2L/a = 2×2,000/3,692 = 1.08 seconds

From the table of values for “a”, the surge pressure wave velocity (a) is 3,692 fps (1125.3 m/s). The maximum pressure in any pipeline occurs when the total discharge is stopped in a period of time equal to or less than the critical time

. Since the valve will theoretically close prior to this, Equation (2) should be used to determine the pressure rise. In this case, the final velocity (V o ) will be assumed t o be zero because the critical time is greater than the valve closure time.

P 1 – P = [ (V 1 )( w )( a) ] / [ (144 )( g) ]

= [ (6.81×51.5×3,692) ] / [ (144×32.2) ] = 279 psig (1925 kPa) P 1 = P+273 = 60+279 = 339 psi (2337 kPa)

Initial velocity (V 1 ) was found by dividing the given flow rate of 600 gpm (38 L/ s ) by the cross sectional area of the 6

- inch (150 mm) diameter, Schedule 40 pipe. Considerations will have to be made for this system to deal with the maximum predicted pressure.

(4) When the valve closure time is longer than the critical time, the surge will be less than predicted by Equation (2). The equation used to calculate surge pressure rise for this situation is:

EQUATION: P 1 - P = [2 (L )( w) (V 1 - V c )] / [1.3 (C )( g )( T )] (3) where: P 1 = maximum pressure (psig or Pa) P = pump shutoff pressure (psig or Pa) (equal to system static pressure) L = length of pipe (ft or m) V 1 = initial velocity (fps or m/s) V c = velocity at Tc (fps or m/s)

w = specific weight of the flui d ( lbm/ft 3 or kg/m 3 )
g = gravitational constant ( 32.2 ft/ s 2 or 9.81 m/s 2 ) C = unit constant (144 in2/ft 2 , 0.101 (kg/m 2 )/Pa

a = surge pressure wave velocity (fps or m/s) T = valve closure time (sec)

Determination of V c is too complex for simple calculation. Therefore, for the conditions where T > T c , use a computer modeling program.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

C-1 APPENDIX C - CHARTER OF DoD FUELS FACILITY ENGINEERING PANEL

A. INTRODUCTION 1. To benefit from Department of Defense ( DoD ) wide petroleum, oils, and lubricants ( POL) expertise and apply it to fuel handling issues facing the DoD

, an ad hoc group known as the Fuels Facility Engineering Panel (FFEP) is hereby established. The DoD FFEP (Panel) is an association of recognized POL experts, primarily from the engineering community, and is established to advise the DoD community on ways to provide safe, operationally effective, and economic DoD fuel handling systems. The P anel will examine, develop, and recommend design features for the standardization of facilities and equipment, and procedures used in fuel handling systems for storage, distribution, maintenance and dispensing of aircraft, marine, and ground fuel. The Pan el will evaluate facility component parts on DoD installations and will serve as a pool of expertise to assist in resolving systemic fuel handling facility problems. Panel meetings will also serve as a forum to update members on n ew equipment, DoD or service

- specific programs, and changes affecting the fuels maintenance/repair community.

B. COMPOSITION 1. Voting members: a) Air Force Fuels Engineer (HQ AFCESA/ CEOA ) b) NAVFAC POL Facility Subject Matter Expert ( NFESC) c) HQ Army Corps of Engineers Technical POC, POL Facility Criteria (CECW

- CE) d) The Defense Energy Support Center – Facilities Engineer (DESC

- WI)

2. Coordinating members: a) Defense Logistics Agency b) Defense Fuel Region Facility Managers c) AF MAJCOM Fuels E ngineers d) AF Petroleum Office Fuels Technical Assistance Team Members e) NOLSC Fuels Facility Engineers f) NAVAIR Fuels Engineers g) NAVFACENGCOM, Fuels Facility Engineers h) Army APC Fuel Facility Team Members i) Army Corps of Engineers, Huntsville Division, Technical POC, POL Facility Criteria j) Army Corps of Engineers, Omaha District, POL Facility Design Center of Expertise

3. The Chairperson will be rotated biennially among the voting members.

C. TASKS 1. Tasks of the FFEP include but are not limited to: a) Develop standardized designs for receipt, storage, and dispensing of fuels. b) Periodically review and update UFC 3

- 460

- 01, including referenced DoD fuel handling facility criteria, and fuel system maintenance and repair criteria.UFC 3

- 460

- 01 16 August 2010

C-2 c ) Perform technical review of new or proposed design standards or concepts. d) Review system operational problems, including components and materials, and recommend corrections. e) Cross

- feed information such as problems and solutions, new missions an d equipment, needed modifications to equipment, and new DoD or Service

- wide programs and periodically communicate this information in a newsletter. f) Provide a means of communication among the Air Force, Army, Navy, and Defense Energy Support Center to reduce duplication and effect DoD

- wide Standardization. g) Review training and utilization of fuel handling system maintenance personnel and recommend improvements. h) Provide information to fueling operations personnel to assure proper operation of equipment. i) Assess the impact of environmental regulations on POL design, and develop designs that will address these impacts. 2. Substantive Deviations, or departures from design standards in UFC 3

- 460

- 01

, must be approved by the FFEP.

D. MEETINGS 1. The Panel will meet at the call of the Chairperson but not less than once per year. Voting members may request a meeting at any time. 2. Decisions of the FFEP will be made by achieving consensus among the voting members of the FFEP.

E. CHARTER REVIEW 1. The Panel will review the Charter at least once per year, and update as required.